A
. PRACTICAL
SPANISH GRAMMAR
WITH
EXERCISES AND THEMES
BY
EUGENE W. MANNING, PH.D.
PROFESSOR OF MODERN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES IN DE PAUW UNIVERSITY
FOURTH EDITION, REVISED
NEW YORK HENRY HOLT AND COMPANY
PRESERVATION COPY ADDED
, I .'••."
COPYRIGHT, 1891,
BY HENRY HOLT & CO.
ROBERT DRTTMMOND,
ELECTROTYPER AND PRINTER,
NEW YORK.
PREFACE.
THE following pages, written at first for my classes in Cornell University, are now handed over to the public in the hope that they may be of some help in introducing others, as well as college students, to the Spanish language ' and literature. My aim has been to write a practical grammar and, so far as college students are concerned, one that may be tolerably well mastered (leaving time for reading about 150 ordinary duodecimo pages of Spanish in one college year), provided two recitations per week are devoted to it.
My own custom has been to have the students learn the advance lesson only so thoroughly as to be able to write out the theme ; to have them put the theme on the board ; to correct jt myself, having the students correct their themes as I indicate mistakes and state reasons for changes, and on the review (next time we meet) to give (without book or theme) the Spanish for the English (as well as the English for the Spanish) on my reading the sentences aloud. A part at least of the Spanish reading lessons was also translated on review (as above) from hearing me read the Spanish. This method seemed to work admira- bly at Cornell ; but is given here simply for such teachers as may not have a definite and possibly better method of their own.
Since Spanish is rarely taken up until after some
m
IV PKEFACE.
other language than the mother-tongue has been studied, much has been left out that otherwise would have found its way into the book. The statements about the pronunciation of Spanish are the results of some months' careful listening to the best Spanish orators in the Ateneo at Madrid. In the vocabulary the order of the English alphabet has been followed, since that is of course much more familiar to English- speaking persons. No great effort has been made after the first half-dozen themes to have the sentences easy, and so the vocabularies are long. It will be found, however, that only about one half the words are used in the themes (masculine nouns coming first in the lesson vocabularies, then feminine nouns, then other words). The reading of easy Spanish may be begun with profit after the first conjugation (12th lesson) has been mastered.
It will be noted that the arrangement of the Span- ish verb is an entirely new one, which it is believed will greatly facilitate the mastering of the verb. A short chapter on the history of Spanish, especially in its relation to Latin, will be found just before the general vocabularies. A list of all irregular verbs in the Spanish, for which I am indebted chiefly to Knapp's Spanish Grammar, will be found on pp. 113-127, and a general index at the end of the book. While acknowl- edging my indebtedness to the Spanish Academy Grammar, to Wigger's "Grammatik der Spanischen Sprache " (to this latter especially for the treatise on the subjunctive mood), and to others, no one has been so closely followed as to make its author responsible for what is here, though I have taken from many sources whatever suited my purpose.
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
PAGE
ALPHABET AND PRONUNCIATION, 1
Alphabet, § 1. Gender of Letters, 2. Capital Letters, 3. Remarks on Letters, 4. Sound of Vowels, 5. Quality of Vowels, 6. Diphthongs, 7. Triphthongs, 8. Consonants, 9-32. Double Consonants, 33. Tonic Accent, 34-36. Graphic Accent, 37. Division of Syllables, 38. Punctuation, 39.
LESSONS WITH EXERCISES AND THEMES.
I. GENDER, ARTICLE, etc. : Present of ser, . 7 II. NOUN s— GENDER, NUMBER, CASE, etc.: Imper- fect of ser, .0 10
III. NOUNS WITH ARTICLE, and as Diminutive and
Augmentative, and Present Tense of tener, 14
IV. ADJECTIVES : Present Tense of estar, . . 18 V. ADJECTIVES (Comparison of) : ser and estar
distinguished, . . . c . .21 VI. NUMERALS : Present of haber, c . .25
VII. CONJUNCTIVE AND DISJUNCTIVE PERSONAL
PRONOUNS, and Present Tense of amar, . 30 VIII. CONJUNCTIVE AND DISJUNCTIVE POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES AND PRONOUNS: Present
Tense of comer, 36
IX. DEMONSTRATIVE ADJECTIVES AND DEMON- STRATIVE PRONOUNS : Present Tense of
recibir, 40
X. RELATIVE AND INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS :
Imperfect of amar, . . . . .44
XI. INDEFINITE PRONOUNS : Preterite of amar, . 49
XII. VERB-FORMS : hablar (First Conjugation), . 54
XIII. SECOND AND THIRD CONJUGATION : temer,
recibir, 60
XIV. EUPHONIC CHANGES IN REGULAR VERBS:
tocar, etc., .... . 64
v
VI TABLE OF CONTENTS.
PAGE
XV. COMPOUND TENSES and haber, to have, . 68
XVI. PASSIVE VOICE : ser and estar, . . .72 XVII. REFLEXIVE VERBS and tener, . . . 77
XVIII. IRREGULAR VERBS : acertar and others— First
Conjugation, 81
XIX. IRREGULAR VERBS: atender and others — Second
Conjugation, 87
XX. IRREGULAR VERBS — Second Conjugation (con- cluded) : DEFECTIVE VERBS, ... 93 XXI. IRREGULAR VERBS : sentir and others — Third
Conjugation, 99
XXII. IRREGULAR VERBS: Third Conjugation (con- cluded)— DEFECTIVE VERBS, . . . 103
XXIII. IMPERSONAL VERBS : Verbs used negatively
and interrogatively, 109
LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS AND PRINCIPAL DEFEC- TIVE VERBS, 113
XXIV. USE OF THE TENSES : Simple Tenses, . . 128 XXV. SIMPLE TENSES (concluded) : COMPOUND
TENSES, 132
XXVI. THE IMPERATIVE MOOD: CONDITIONAL MOOD, 136 XXVII. THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD in Independent and
Dependent Sentences, .... 140
XXVIII. THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD in Dependent Sen- tences (concluded): Sequence of Tenses, . 144
XXIX. THE INFINITIVE MOOD, 148
XXX. THE INFINITIVE MOOD (concluded), . .152
XXXI. PRESENT PARTICIPLE : PAST PARTICIPLE, . 156
XXXII. ADVERBS, 160
XXXIII. PREPOSITIONS, 164
XXXIV. PREPOSITIONS (concluded), . . . .169 XXXV. CONJUNCTIONS AND INTERJECTIONS, . .175
SKETCH OF THE HISTORY OF THE SPANISH LANGUAGE,
especially in its Relation with Latin, . . . 179
SPANISH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY, 195
VOCABULARY OF SPANISH PROPER NAMES, . . .219
ENGLISH- SPANISH VOCABULARY, 221
GENERAL INDEX, 237
PKACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR
1. ALPHABET AND PRONUHCIATION.
|
Letters. |
Names. |
Pronounced. |
|
A a |
a |
a in ah |
|
B b |
be |
bd in bane |
|
C c |
ce |
thd in thane |
|
Ch ch |
che |
chd in change |
|
D d |
de |
da in date |
|
E e |
e |
d in ate |
|
P f |
efe |
a'fay2 |
|
G g |
ge |
*hld in hate ' |
|
H h I i |
hache i |
a'tchay^ 7&1tfieel |
|
J i |
jota |
'h^'ta |
|
K4 k4 |
ke |
kay2 |
|
L 1 |
ele |
a'lay2 |
|
LL 11 |
elle |
arly3ay* |
|
M m |
erne |
a'may8 |
|
N n |
ene |
a'nay2 |
|
N n |
ene |
S'ny5ay2 |
|
0 o |
0 |
0 |
|
P p |
pe |
pa in pane |
|
Q q |
cu |
coo in coon |
|
R r |
ere |
a'ray2 |
|
RR rr |
erre |
ar'ray2 |
|
S s |
ese |
a'say24 |
|
T t |
te |
ta in tame |
|
U u |
u |
oo in ooze |
|
V v |
ve |
va in vane |
|
W6 w' |
doble u |
dorblay2 oo ' |
|
X x |
equis |
a'keece |
|
Y y |
i griega |
ee greea^ga |
|
Z z |
zeta |
thaOar~-^ |
1 Strongly and deeply aspirated. 2 ay having the sound of ey in they. 8 Like Hi in William. 4 Used only in borrowed words, as kilometro. 5 ny here like ni in um0n. 6 Used only in foreign words, as Wj,M;i$ton, and pronounced as oo in ooze,
2 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
2. All letters are of the feminine gender : as, una a, una b, etc.
3. Capital letters are used in general as in English. The names of the months and days of the week, also adjectives formed from names of nations, provinces, towns, and men and yo ( = /), begin with small letters.
4. (a) The vowel sounds (which occur of tener than in English) are full and distinct, (b) The consonants are rather touched upon than distinctly pronounced. (c) The only new sound (not found in English) is that of g before e or i, and of j (always like Spanish g be- fore e or i). (d) H (except in ch [see 11] and in initial hie1 and hue) is silent, (e) U, except when it has the diaeresis2 (ii), is silent between g and e or i, and always after q.
5. A like a in ah or in far: arma, casa. E " a in ate: edad, doble.
I " ee in eel: indicar, inutil.
0 " o in go: obra, modo.
TT " oo in ooze: lugar, unos.
Y4 as vowel like Spanish i : voy, doy, soy.
6. The quality of the vowels remains the same, though they are short in unaccented and (generally) long in accented syllables.
7. DIPHTHONGS.5 — Each of the five vowels (a, e, i, o, u) may be doubled (without forming a diphthong), or
1 Very lightly touched even here. Many say it is silent.
2 Always used to break up a diphthong.
8 See § 4 (e). * Y is a vowel when alone, as in y (and), and at the end of a word or syllable; elsewhere a consonant.
5 In diphthongs and triphthpngs te&clj vowel is slightly
DIPHTHONGS — TRIPHTHONGS — CONSONANTS. 3
be followed1 by and may form a diphthong1 with each2 of the other four vowels. If one of the vowels of these combinations is accented, they generally do not form a diphthong ; if neither is accented, they generally form a diphthong. (See § 8 (&).)
8. (a) TRIPHTHONGS. — These are iai, as in preciais ; iei, as in precieis ; uai (or nay), as in santiguais, guay ; uei (or uey), as in bueitre (buitre), buey.
(b) Note that the triphthongs (and diphthongs) have each vowel sounded and with its usual sound, only each vowel unites more or less intimately with the other vowel (s).
9. CONSONANTS. — B as in English before 1 and r; elsewhere not so distinctly (with lips scarcely touch- ing), and by some, though incorrectly, almost like v.
10. C like k before a, o, u, or a consonant (except h), and sounds like th (as in thin) before e or i. Cc used only before i and like k'th : as, accion.
11. Ch. like ch in much (mucho).
12. D as in English, except with lighter pressure of the tongue; before r or final very slightly sounded, or almost like th in then.
13. F like English/.
14. G3, before a, o, u, or another consonant, as in English go. Before e or i is nearly like h in hate, deeply and fully aspirated (or better, ch in German Tuch, deep and full). Gn as in signal.
sounded, and except in the combinations io, oi, and some- times eo, it is the vowel first in alphabetical order that gen- erally receives the tonic, if not the graphic, accent.
1 Y takes the place of final i, except when i is accented: as, jabali.
2 H between vowels has no effect on the pronunciation. «See§4(e).
4 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
15. H: see § 4 (d) and page 3, note 2.
16. J always like g before e or i. (See § 14.)
17. K like k in kind.
18. L as in English.
19. LI like Hi in William.
20. M as in English; never doubled, m or nm used instead and rarely final.
21. N as in English; when doubled, both sounded.
22. N1 as ni in union.
23. P as in English (initial only before 1 or r or a vowel).
24. ft always followed by u, and sounds like k being silent).
25. R is strongly rolled at the beginning of a word or syllable, or after 1, n, s, and whenever doubled.
26. S always hard, as in English sand.
27. T always (even before i) like t in tin.
28. V2 as in English, except that the upper teeth and lower lip scarcely touch.
29. W as in English (when used at all).
30. X now always like Ics : as, x in wax.
31. Y as consonant (i.e., at beginning of word or followed by a vowel in same syllable) is pronounced as in English.
32. Z always like c before e or i (that is, as th in thin).
33. Spanish avoids assimilation of consonants (using inmortal [Eng. immortal]), and generally sim- plifies double consonants (as dificil [Eng. difficult]). Except n and 1, only c and r are capable of being doubled: as, ella, ennoblecer, accion, error. (Double
1 For description of this sign see § 37.
2 Found only before vowels.
TONIC ACCENT — GRAPHIC ACCENT. 5
1 [= 11] and double r [= rr] are phonetically indepen- dent letters.)
34. TONIC ACCENT. — (a) Words ending in a con- sonant ' (including infinitives, imperatives [2d plu.], and the second person plural of verbs), except plurals in s or es, and verb-forms in s, es, mos, an, en, and on, are accented on the final syllable, unless other- wise marked, (b) Proper names in ez, and some in es, are accented on the next to the last syllable: as, Lopez, Cervantes.
35. Words ending in a vowel or diphthong (counted as one syllable2), and plurals in s or es, and verb- forms in s, es, mos, an, en, and on, are accented on the next8 to the last syllable, unless otherwise marked.
36. Plurals keep the accent of the singular (except car£cterand regimen, caract6res and regimenes); and compounds, the accent (not always marked) of the separate parts : as, mondadientes = m6nda-di6ntes.
37. GEAPHIC ACCENT. — (a) The acute accent (') is used4 to distinguish a word-form used in one sense from the same form used in another sense: as, el = the, 61 = Tie ; se = self, s6 = / know ; etc. : and to indicate irregularly accented syllables and interrogative words, etc. (b) The tilde (~) is used over n when the vowel
1 Or in a diphthong with y as the last letter.
2 Providing the word has a syllable preceding the diph- thong, which, to fall under the rule, must be i plus a vowel or u plus a vowel; but tio is pronounced ti'-o, and aldea = al-de'-a, etc. Many verbs-forms in ia, ie, io, ua, ue, no sometimes graphically accent the i or u.
3 The rules of the Spanish Academy for the accent differ somewhat from the above; but the Academy rules have not, up to the present, been generally followed by publishers.
4 Even over capital letters.
6 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
sound following n is to be preceded by the sound of initial y: hence aiio = anyo. (c) The diaeresis (") is placed over the vowel u in the syllables giie, giii to denote that the u must be pronounced; and in poetry it also breaks up diphthongs : as, riiido, viaje. (cl) Other graphic signs (except as elsewhere referred to) as in English.
38. DIVISION OF SYLLABLES. — (a) One consonant, including ch, 11, n (rr1), belongs to the following vowel : as, ca-lle, ha-cer, ha-llar, sue-no, (b) Two consonants, if they are such as may begin a Spanish word (b^c^j^ g, and p followed by 1 or r, and d or t followed by r), go with the following vowel: as, ha-blar, con-cluir, etc. (c) In other cases the first (or the first plus s) of several consonants goes with the preceding vowel, (even x is divided into c-s): as, con-mover, ins-pi- rar, mac-simo (maximo). (d) Unaccented diphthongs are generally not divided: as, a-gua, bue-no, etc.; but continu-a, continu-e, etc. (e) Compound words are divided between the different parts : as, pro-nom-bre ; but in many words little attention is paid to the origi- nal Latin division : as, su-bir, des-cripcion, etc., instead of sub-ir, de-scripcion, etc.
39. (a) Owing to the difficulty in distinguishing the interrogative or exclamatory sentence by its form, the sign of interrogation2 or exclamation2 (only inverted) is usually placed before it : as, j due* me quieres ? 2 ; Como llueve ! 2 (b) Other punctuation in Spanisa is about the same as in English.
J Authorities differ as to rr, but the dictionaries consulted generally divide: as, per-ro.
2 The inverted sign is generally omitted at the beginning with short sentences.
GENDER, ARTICLES, ETC. 7
%
LESSON I.
GENDER, ARTICLES, ETC.
40. CASES. — There are two cases1 (nominative and objective), as in English.
41. GENDER. — There are three genders, masculine, feminine, and neuter, though the neuter2 is very sel- dom used.
42. NUMBER. — There are two numbers, singular and plural; and the sign of the plural is s or es, as in English.
43. DEFINITE ARTICLE.
m. el ) m. los ) ,
/. la [ sing. /. las f Plu'
n. lo ) n. (no plural.)
44. INDEFINITE ARTICLE.
m. un ) a or an m. unos4 ) ones or a few.
/.3 una ) sing. /. unas4 ) plu.
n. (wanting.) n. (wanting.)
1 The Spanish Academy Grammar gives six cases, as follows:
Masculine. Feminine.
Nom. el lobo, the wolf. la carta, the letter.
Gen. (de el) del lobo, of the de la carta, of the letter.
wolf. [to the wolf.
Dat. (a el) al or para el lobo, a or para la carta, to the let- Ac", el lobo, the wolf. la carta, the letter. [ter. Vov. lobo, wolf. carta, letter. Abl. con el lobo, with the wolf. con la carta, with the letter.
8 Used chiefly with adjectives, pronouns, and possessives: as, the good, lo bueno; (the) mine, lo mio.
3 See §§61 and 46.
4 Really indefinite adjectives; at times indefinite pronouns or even nouns.
8 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
I
45. De el (of the) are contracted to del,, and a el (to the) to al.
46. El is used for euphony before feminine nouns of. two syllables1 (not adjectives) beginning with an accented a or ha : as, el ala, el ave ; also del ala, al ave : but plural regular: las alas, las aves, de las alas, a las aves, etc. Tin is used for una, just as el for la ; though this usage is not to be commended.
47. INFLECTION OF PRESENT TENSE OF ser, to be.
yo soy, / am. nosotros somos, we are.
C(tu eres,2 ihou art.) ffvosotros sois,*^6 are.)
^_Usted es,3 you are. \JJstedes son,3 you are.
el es, he is. ellos son, they are.
ella es, she is. ellas son, they are.
48. listed and Ustedes are contractions for vuestra merced (your honor) and vuestras mercedes (your worft ships), and are still further contracted to V.4 (for sin- gular) and VV.4 (for plural); but they represent the English you singular and plural: as, V.4 ("UV esmiamigo. VV.4 (Ustedes) son hermanos (brother
49. i Habla V. ? means, do you speak ? are you .</;< ing ? speak you 9 i Hablaba V.? means, did you sj». were you speaking 9 spoke you ? And the same r,< of other verbs in the positive, interrogative, ai clamatory forms.
VOCABULARY I.
el astro, star. la muchacha, girl.
hermano, bi*other. tierra, earth.
hijo, son. vida, life.
1 But not longer words: as, la anima, la Africa.
2 Avoid the use of this form. 4 With verbs in third person.
HOUHS. GEKDER — DUMBER — CASE. 11
51. Names of months, days, points of the compass, of most fruit-trees, rivers, and mountains, are mas- culine: as, enero, January; domingo, Sunday; norte, north; castano, chestnut; Bin, Rhine; los Alpes, the Alps.
52. Compound nouns, made up of a verb and a noun, are generally masculine; others usually take the gender of the second part: as, besamanos (m.), a kissing of the hand; cortaplumas (m.), a penknife; contrahaz (f.), wrong side.
53. (a) Except those ending in a, d (and many in z), most nouns, especially those in o, are mascu- line: as, hijo, son; mes (m.), month; but mesa (f.), table; verdad (f.), truth; faz (f.), face, (b) Some nouns are of either gender: as, el martir, la martir. (c) Some have different forms for the feminine: as, caballo, horse; yegua, mare.
54. Proper names of kingdoms, provinces, cities, etc., ending in a are feminine; others are gener- ally masculine: as, el Brasil, la Suiza (Switzerland), Madrid (m.). .
55. NUMBER. — Nouns ending in an unaccented vowel (except y or i : as, rey, reyes), and a few with accented final vowels (as, pi6, mama, pap&), take s; all others (except proper names in s and z, and some others with final syllable unaccented and ending in s/ which remain the same) take es to form the plural : as, libro, libros; mujer (woman), mujeres; jabali, jaba- lies, etc. (but los Cervantes, los liines [the Mondays]). Z final becomes c before es of plural: as, voz, voces.
56. Some nouns are used only in the singular: as, fe, faith; oro, gold; some only in the plural: as, los viveres, provisions; some have different meaning in
12 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
singular and plural : as, esposa, wife; esposas, wives, or handcuffs. Most compounds make only last part plural: as, ferro-carril (railway), ferro-carriles. IMPERFECT TENSE OF ser, to be.
era, / was. eramos, we were.
V. era, you were. VV. eran, you were.
era, he, she, it was. eran, they wer&.
VOCABULARY II.
el Americano, American. la Europa, Europe.
amigo, friend. flor. flower.
amor, love. madre, mother.
buque, ship. mama, mamma.
cabello, hair. manzana, apple
Cervantes, Cervantes. palabra, word.
chino, Chinese. semana, week.
dia, day. senora, lady.
domingo, Sunday. Suiza, Switzerland.
enero, January. activo, active.
espanol, Spanish. [States, fbien, well. los Estados Unidos, The United t cerca (de), near.
el Frances, FrencJiman. cinco, jive.
guante, glove. dan, give.
hombre, man. femenino (a,}, feminine.
ingles, English. fuerte, strong.
mariner o, sailor. grande, large.
ojo, eye. j hay, there are.
palacio, palace. joven, young.
papa, papa. largo, long.
pie, foot. moreno, chestnut
plural, plural. negro, black.
"primo, cousin. no, no.
oficial, officer. pequeno, small.
rio, river. primero, first.
sofa, sofa. que, than.
tribu, tribe. tambien, also.
valor, courage. tienen, have.
Wostenholm, Wostenholm. no, no.
GENDER — NUMBER — CASE. 13
EXERCISE II.
1. Los muchachos son los hermanos de la mucha- cha. 2. Enero es el primer^ mes del ano. 3. Do- mingo es el primer dia de la semana. 4. Los hom- bres del norte son activos. 5. El Rin es un rio grande. 6. Las palabras mesa, verdad y faz, son ferne- ninas. 7. Los pinos de los Alpes son hermosos. 8. Los reyes de Europa tienen muchos palacios. 9. Este mes tiene cinco limes. 10. No hay dos Cervantes. 11. La Suiza es un pais pequeno. 12. La fe da valor. 13. Las esposas (wives) de los oficiales hablan de las esposas (handcuffs) del marinero. 14. Los Ingleses y los Franceses son amigos. 15. Los Americanos son industriosos. 10. Los cortaplumas cle Wostenholm son buenos. 17. El Brasil es mas grande que la Suiza. 18. Los plurales de las palabras pie, papa, mama, sofa, etc., son pies, papas, mamas, sofas, etc.
THEME II.
1. [I]2 am the3 son of a merchant. 2. Are you (sing.) from Madrid ? 3. [We]2 are Americans. 4. Are you (phi.) also Americans ? 5. The son of the mariner is very young. 6. The ships of the English are very large. 7. The railroads of the United States are very long. 8. Truth has not two faces. 9. My cous- ins (m.) give apples to the girls. ' 10. The pines on the Alps near the Ehine in Switzerland are tall and fine. 11. The eyes and hair(s) of the Spanish are black or chestnut. 12. My brothers have English
1 See § 66.
2 Words in brackets [ ] are to be omitted.
3 See § 60 (I).
14 PEACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
hats, and my sisters have French gloves.- 13. The feet of the Chinese are small. 14. The rivers of America are large. 15. The love of (the) mothers is strong. ] 6. Two of my friends speak1 English very well. 17. Do you give flowers to the ladies ? 18. No, the Germans give flowers to the girls and to the ladies.
LESSON III.
THE NOUN WITH ARTICLE, AND AS DIMINUTIVE AND AUGMENTATIVE.
57. The definite article (which may here be called the inclusive article) is used where any and every member of a class is referred to: as, El hombre es mortal, Man (any or every man) is mortal; La pa- ciencia y la reflexion hacen faciles muchas cosas, Patience and reflection make many things easy.
58. Senor, senora, etc., when used in address (and proper names generally) take no article; but when not used in address (and proper names with adjec- tives2) generally take the article: as, Seiior doctor ! La senora condesa. El senor Don3 Luis Garcia.
59. (a) Many names of countries take the article (others take it in some cases and not in others) : as, el Brasil, el Canada, la China, la Florida, etc. (b) Mountains and rivers generally (and some cities: as, el Cairo, la Habana.) take the article.
1 See Exercise II. sen. 13.
2 ([Except santo]: as, el gran Luis), but san Pablo, santa Teresa.
3 Don only used with Christian name.
NOUN WITH ARTICLE — AUGMENTATIVES, ETC. 15
60. Observe the following : (a) El si cuando es con- juncion no tiene acento, Si when it is a conjunction has not an accent, (b) Tenia banados de ligrimas los ojos, She had her eyes bathed in tears, (c) El do- mingo pasado, Last Sunday, (d) Son las siete, It is seven o'clock, (e) El oro es el metal m£s precioso, Gold is the most precious metal. (/) El rey de Prusia. (g) Los vinos de Espana. (li) Dos pesetas la libra. (t) El norte, el sud, etc. (j) El Tasso. (k) Historia de Espana ; Vida de C. (1) Es hijo del capitan. (m) Es- tar en casa, to be at home, (n) El dolor y Idgrimas re-
•~sisfr>7/ endure the pain and tears (article not repeated).
61. IKDBFINTB ARTICLE. — Some is generally un- derstood: as, tiene hijos, lie has (some) children; vinie- ron soldados, (some) soldiers came; d6me V. pan, give me some bread. And in apposition and predicate in- definite article is generally omitted: as, Ileg6 & Bona, ciudad de Prusia, he came to Bonn, a city in Prussia; es Aleman, he is a German; la vida es sueno, life is a dream.
62. AUGMEOTATIVES AND DIMINUTIVES. — Many nouns and adjectives (and a few participles and ad- verbs) increase or decrease, or otherwise change their meaning, by assuming certain terminations. The most usual augmentatives are : on, ona ; azo, aza ; ote, ota; acho, acha. Diminutives are: ito, ita; illo, ilia ; ico, ica ; uelo, uela; hombre, man; hombron,1 big man ; fusilazo, a gun-shot ; seiior, gentleman ; seiiorito, little or young gentleman ; seiior a, lady ; senorita, little or young lady ; Maria, Mary ; Mari- quita, little Mary?
1 Also hombrazo, very big man; hombracho or hombrote, mon- strous or ridiculous man.
2 Other cases will appear in sentences.
16
PEACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
PKESENT TENSE OF tener, to have.
tengo, 1 haw. tenemos, we haw.
V. tiene, you have. VV. tienen, you have.
tiene, he, she, it has. tienen, they have.
VOCABULARY III.
el Alejandro^ Alexander.
amigote, great friend.
amiguito, little friend.
animal, animal.
bastonazo, blow with a cane.
Canada, Canada.
conde, count.
corazon, heart.
cristiano, • Christian.
descuido, heedlessness.
espiritu, spirit.
hierro, iron.
hugonote, Huguenot.
Juanito, little John.
nombre, name.
papel, paper.
perro, dog.
perrillo, little dog.
primito, little cousin.
puerto, port.
Rin, Rhine.
Rodano, Rhone.
vecino, neighbor. (el) agua (f.), water. la avecita, little bird.
ballena, whale.
Barcelona, Barcelona.
la Berna, Berne.
calentura, fever.
capital, capital.
carne, meat.
casita, little house.
condesa, countess.
cosa, thing.
Habana, Havana.
mano, hand.
memoria, memory.
Pepita, Josephine.
priesa, haste. el Sena, Seine. como, how. catolico, Catholic. cuando, when. deme V., give me. diez, ten (o'clock). en, in. esta, is. esto, this. feliz, happy, good. inmortal, immorta. meridional, south. porque, why. que, what, ricazo, very rich.
EXERCISE III.
1. Las ballenas son animates. 2. <; Sefior Sanchez habla1 V. ingles ? 3. Si, y la seflora Sanchez y la pe-
1 See § 49.
NOUN WITH ARTICLE — AUGMEOTATIVES, ETC. 17
quena Pepita, hablan f ranees. 4. El Canada y la Florida son paises de America. 5. El Kodano, el Kin, el Sena son rios de Europa. 6. El senor conde de N. es mi vecino. 7. Son las diez. 8. El senorito era hijo de un mercader. 9. Alejandro tuvo (had) el nombre de grande. 1 0. La seflorita tiene calen- tura. 11. Tiene feliz memoria. 12. Tiene buen corazon. 13. Tiene a su vecino por buen cristiano. 14. Deme V. agua. 15. Mi amigote da un bastonazo al perro. 16. Mi amiguito tiene una casita de papel. 17. Un buque de hierro esta en el puerto de Barce- lona.
THEME III. <-•*»
1. The spirit of man is immortal. 2. Havana is the capital of (la) Cuba. 3. The why, the when, and the how are not always easy. 4. The countess gives a hat to the little John. 5. Brazil is a country of South America. 6. The young lady has small hands. 7. It is ten o'clock. 8. Iron is the most useful metal. 9. Haste and heedlessness make1 many things difficult. 10. My father was an Englishman. 11. The Huguenots were Protestants. 12. Give me [some] meat. 13. He came2 to Berne, [a] city of Switzerland. 14. My little cousins have little dogs 'and little birds. 15. The merchant is very rich. 16. Gladstone has a good memory. 17. My father regards3 (the) Mr. Sanchez as4 [a] good Catholic.
1 See § 57, last sentence. 3 Regards = tiene.
2 See § 61. 4 As = por.
16
PEACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
PRESENT TENSE OF tener, to liave.
tengo, 1 have. tenemos, we have.
V. tiene, you have. W. tienen, you have.
tiene, he, she, it has. tienen, they have.
VOCABULARY III.
el Alejandro^ Alexander.
amlgote, great friend.
amiguito, little friend.
animal, animal.
bastonazo, blow with a
Canada, Canada.
conde, count.
corazon, heart.
cristiano, -Christian.
descuido, heedlessness.
espiritu, spirit.
hierro, iron.
hugonote, Huguenot.
Juanito, little John.
nombre, name.
papel, paper.
perro, dog.
perrillo, little dog.
primito, little cousin.
puerto, port.
Rin, Rhine.
Rodano, Rhone.
vecino, neighbor. (el) agua (f.), water. la avecita, little bird.
ballena, whale.
Barcelona, Barcelona.
la Berna, Berne.
calentura, fever.
capital, capital.
carne, meat, cane. casita, little house.
condesa, countess.
cosa, thing.
Habana, Havana.
mano, hand.
memoria, memory.
Pepita, Josephine.
priesa, haste. el Sena, Seine. I como, how. catolico, Catholic. cuando, when. deme V., give me. diez, ten (o'clock). en, in. esta, is. esto, this. feliz, happy, good. inmortal, immorta-. meridional, south. porque, why. que, what. ricazo, very rich.
EXERCISE III.
1. Las ballenas son animates. 2. £ Senor Sanchez habla1 V. ingles ? 3. Si, y la seflora Sanchez y la pe-
1 See § 49.
NOUN WITH AETICLE— AUGMENTATIVES, ETC. 17
quena Pepita, hablan f ranees. 4. El Canada y la Florida son paises de America. 5. El Rodano, el Rin, el Sena son rios de Europa. 6. El senor conde de N. es mi vecino. 7. Son las diez. 8. El senorito era hijo de un mercader. 9. Alejandro tuvo (had) el nombre de grande. 10. La senorita tiene calen- tura. 11. Tiene feliz memoria. 12. Tiene buen corazon. 13. Tiene a su vecino por buen cristiano. 14. Deme V. agua. 15. Mi amigote da un bastonazo al perro. 16. Mi amiguito tiene una casita de papel. 17. Un buque de hierro esta en el puerto de Barce- lona.
THEME III.
1. The spirit of man is immortal. 2. Havana is the capital of (la) Cuba. 3. The why, the when, and the how are not always easy. 4. The countess gives a hat to the little John. 5. Brazil is a country of South America. 6. The young lady has small hands. 7. It is ten o'clock. 8. Iron is the most useful metal. 9. Haste and heedlessness make1 many things difficult. 10. My father was an Englishman. 11. The Huguenots were Protestants. 12. Give me [some] meat. 13. He came2 to Berne, [a] city of Switzerland. 14. My little cousins have little dogs 'and little birds. 15. The merchant is very rich. 16. Gladstone has a good memory. 17. My father regards3 (the) Mr. Sanchez as4 [a] good Catholic.
1 See § 57, last sentence. 3 Regards = tiene.
* See § 61. 4 As = por.
18 PEACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
LESSON IV.
ADJECTIVES.
63. The rules for the plural of adjectives are in general the same as for the plural of nouns ; and an adjective qualifying two or more nouns is usually in the masculine1 plural : as, boca y ojos pequenos,2 small mouth and eyes.
64. Adjectives ending in o in the masculine, proper adjectives/ and most of those ending in an, on, and or, change the jp^l letter into (or add) a for the feminine ; and nearly all others (in a, e [not ete, ote], it Lr,.s, z) remain unchanged in the feminine : as, frio, cold, fria ; frances, French, francesa ; holga- zan, indolent, holgazana; traidor, treacherous, trai- dora; but agricola (m. and f.), agricultural.
65. (a) Adjectives, except such as indicate an in- herent quality (as, duro hierro), or number or quan- tity (as, dos, nmcho), regularly follow4 their nouns, though some change their meaning according as they stand before (in figurative sense) or (in literal sense) after their noun : as, la mano tr6mula (trembling) ; mucho vino ; un pobre escritor, a poor writer ; un escritor pobre, an indigent writer, (b) The position of the adjective often depends much on the euphony of the sentence.
1 But feminine if all nouns are feminine.
2 Adjective agrees with first noun if it precedes; and with plu- ral nouns adjectives agree with the nearest.
3 Not already ending in a.
4 Only todo (all) can precede the article : as, todos los reyes, all the kings.
ADJECTIVES. L9
66. Alguno (some), bueno,1 malo,1 ninguno (not any), postrero^/a^er), primero3 (first), tercero2 (third), and uno lose o before masculine nouns (or nouns preceded by adjectives)! in the singular-: grande1 generally loses the last syllable (de) before all nouns (masc, or fern.) in the singular beginning with any consonant/ except h; santo1 (not santa) generally becomes" san before the names of New Testament characters and calendar saints ; cual- quiera, any, and its plural, cual§squiera, may lose the final a immediately before (not after) any noun : as, el primer hombre, cualquier libro.
67. The adjective, both singular and plural, may be used as a noun : as, el bueno, the good one ; los buenos, the good ones ; and lo bueno, the good.
PRESENT TENSE OF estar,5 to be.
estoy, I am. estamos, we are.
V. esta, you are. W. estan, you are.
esta, he, she, it is. estan, they are.
VOCABULARY IV.
- el aconsejador, counsellor. el filosofo, philosopher. Ateneo, Athenwum. invierno, winter.
autor, author. Mateo, Matthew.
consejo, advice, counsel. negocio, affair.
cuchillo, knife. Pablo, Paul.
1 Buen, mal, gran, and san must immediately precede the noun; otherwise bueno, etc., are used.
2 Sometimes o is retained in this word.
3 This and some others of these words occasionally lose a of the feminine form.
4 Occasionally also before vowels.
5 The difference in meaning between ser and estar will be noted in Lesson V.
20 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
el personaje, personage. con, with.
sabio, wise. contentisimo, very well pleased.
Salvador, Saviour. docto, learned.
segundo, second. feroz , ferocious.
traje, dress. fiel, faithful.
la batalla, battle. griego, Greek.
tiiesgT&cia, /"misfortune, latino, Latin.
estacion, season. liter ario, literary.
fB,ma,,fame. negro, black.
fortuna, fortune. nuevo, new.
guerra, war. par a, for. [rich.
iglesia, church. ( after noun, poor, not
lengua, language. ^° re' ( before n., poor, worth-
politica, politics. protestante, Protestant. [less.
sociedad, society. tenia, had.
ahora, now. fail, useful.
brillante, brilliant. venir, to come.
cientifico (-a), scientific. verdadero, true.
EXERCISE IV.
1. Las lenguas latina y griega son bellas. 2. El invierno es la estacion fria del ano. 3. El rey y la reina, contentisimos del libro, hicieron (made or had) venir aP autor. 4. Un muchacho holgazan 6 una muchacha holgazana es una desgracia cruel (severe) para sus padres. 5. Los grandes hombres no tienen siempre casas grandes. 6. Una mala pluma es una amiga traidora. 7. El primer libro del Nuevo Testa- mento es el de San Mateo. 8. San Daniel, San Pablo y Santa Maria eran grandes personajes. 9. Deme V. un cuchillo cualquiera. 10. El bueno ama (loves) lo bueno, el poeta ama lo bello, el sabio ama lo verda- dero. 11. Todos los hombres aman (love) lo agra- dable. 12. Pocas mujeres aman la politica. 13. El
1 See page 10, note 2.
COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES — ser AND estar. 21
perro es un animal fiel y util. 14. La senora del traje negro es la hermana del oficial ingles. 15. Na- poleon era un gran general.
THEME IV.
1. The whole hattle was an affair of some seconds.
2. Galdos and Valera are two great Spanish authors.
3. Echegaray is now the great dramatic author of Spain. 4. The Athenaeum is a scientific and literary society in Madrid. 5. Madrid has few Protestant churches. 6. The wise do not love (see Ex. IV. sen. 11) war. 7. A poor (not rich) author is not al- ways a worthless author. 8. St. Paul was a very learned man. 9. St. Mary was the mother of the Saviour. 10. The philosopher loves the good, the beautiful, and the true. 11. The philosopher Lotze had brilliant and beautiful eyes. 12. Fortune and fame are treacherous friends. 13. Elephants have small mouths and eyes. 14. Ferocious animals are the enemies of man. 15. A wise father gives wise counsel to his children. 16. A wise counsellor is a good friend.
LESSON V.
COMPAKISON OF ADJECTIVES AND DISTINCTION
BETWEEN ser AND estar.
68. The comparative degree is formed by prefixing m&s, more, or m6nos, less, to the . positive, and the superlative is generally formed by prefixing the ar- ticle or possessive adjective to the comparative : as, " No habia en el pueblo hombre tan acaudalado como
22 PRACTICAL SPAKISH GRAMMAR.
61, ni m£s soberbio ni m6nos caritativo" — " There was not in the town (a) man so wealthy as he, nor more proud, nor less charitable"
69. Some adjectives have double forms of compar- ison ; the most important are :
(1) bueno, mejor, el etc. mejor (also rarely m£s and el m&s bueno) 6ptimo.s
(2) malo, peor, el etc. peor (also rarely m&s and el m£s malo) pesimo.3
(3) grande, mayor,1 el etc. mayor, or m&s, and el m£s grande, m£ximo.3
(4) pequeno, menor,2 el etc. menor, or m£s, and el m&s pequeno, minimo.3
(5) alto, superior, supremo.
(6) bajo, inferior, infimo.
70. Other forms of comparison: as, tan — como (see § 68), tanto — cuanto (with verb after cuanto), m&s — que (de),4 cuanto m&s, tanto m£s, etc., will be found : as, es m&s docto de lo6 que parece (appears).
71. (a) When the article or a possessive adjective precedes the noun, a superlative without the article may follow ; and at, in, and of with a superlative are generally rendered by de ; as, una de las posesiones m&s remotas de Espana es la Habana. (b) For no with comparative, and without full negative force, see § 223 (e).
72. The absolute superlative is sometimes formed
1 Of persons older. 2 Of persons younger.
3 Absolute superlative (very good, etc.); rarely used.
4 With numerals.
5 Used with verb in second clause ; being neuter with ad- jectives, but masculine or feminine with nouns.
COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES— ser AND estar. 23
with bien, muy,1 very, etc.; but generally by dropping the final vowel or diphthong,. and adding isimo (or 6rrimo)2 to the adjective, whose stem diphthong (ie, ue) becomes a simple vowel (e, o) : as, bueno, boni- simo, very good. C of final syllables usually changes to qu, g to gu, z to c, ble to old form bil, and a few other changes will be noted : as, fiel (faithful), fide- lisimo.
73. To be is rendered by ser when it refers to what is essential and permanent, and by estar for what is accidental and temporary : as, la pnerta (door) es de madera (wood) ; la puerta est& abierta (open) ; es Espanol, he is a Spaniard ; est& en Espana; este hombre es bueno ; este hombre est& bueno (well) ; 61 es soldado ; 61 est£ leyendo (reading) ; este es el nino que est& enfermo, but eso es claro or est& claro.
VOCABULARY V.
la mina, mine.
noche, night.
parte, part.
pobreza, poverty.
quietud, quietness.
sopa, soup.
tierra, land.
tumba, tomb.
anchisimo, very broad. andante, errant. aquel, that. avanzado, advanced. beneficentisimo, very beneficent. bonito, very pretty.
el arado, plough.
campo, country.
clima, climate.
error, error.
esclavo, slave.
escudero, shield-bearer.
medico, doctor. la calle, street.
controversia, discussion.
desdicha, misfortune.
edad, age.
elocuencia, eloquence.
figura, stature.
Maria, Mary.
1 Muy sometimes means too.
* Added to words ending in ro, re, which letters are dropped and errimo takes their place.
24 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
celeberrimo, very celebrated. optimo, best. (se) dice, they say. pequeno, small.
dulce, sweet. perdido, lost.
energico, vigorous. poco, little.
esperar, A0p0. prudente, prudent.
friisimo (frio), ^ cold. riquisimo (rico), very rich.
gana (ganar), gains. tan-como, as (thorough) as.
gasta (gastar), spends, [happy, tan bien como, as well as. infelicisimo (infeliz), very un- tanto mas— que, the more as. larguisimo (largo), very large, tenido, had. See tener. metieronle (meter), they laid him. valiente, valiant. muy espanol, a tlwough Span- vivo vivo, living, iard.
EXERCISE V.
1. Este libro es pequeno, ese es mas pequefio y aquel es ei mas pequeno de todos. 2. Este error fue (was, see § 165) grandisimo. 3. A una edad tan poco avanzada es ya doctisimo. 4. Paris es mas grande que Nueva York. 5. Cuanto mas virtuosos son los hombres, tanto mas felices son. 6. Maria es la me- jor amiga de mi hermana. 7. Cuanto menos dinero gana tanto mas gasta. 8. <; Habla V. espanol tan bien como su hermano ? 9. Se dice en espanol "el mas bonito1 muchacho" 6 "el muchacho mas bo- nito," pero solamente " el clima mas frio.^ 10. Whit- tier tiene mas de ochenta aflos. 11. Pase (I passed, see § 144) la noche con mas quietud de la2 que po- dia (I could, see § 196) esperar. 12. Su elocuencia es mas energica que dulce. 13. Mas dice la sefiora Teresa de lo2 que piensa (thinks, see § 177, and pensar, voc.). 14. Es tanto mas amable cuanto que es modesta. 15. El tiene la mas mala (peor) figura
1 Superlatives may never precede their nouns, except when their positives may do so.
2 See note 5, page 22.
NUMERALS. 25
que jamas he visto. 16. El ha (lias) perdido la mayor parte de su dinero.
THEME V.
1. Of the -two sisters the older is the more prudent, and the younger the more beautiful. 2. Dr. Agnew is one of the wisest doctors in the land. 3. Sancho is one of the best shield -bearers that [a] knight- errant has had. 4. This woman is very beneficent. 5. He is as valiant as wise. 6. (The) Mr. Benot is a thorough Spaniard. 7. They laid him living in a tomb. 8. Luther's discussions are very celebrated. 9. The soup is good, but it is very cold. 10. I am better in the country than in the city. 11. The mines of California are very rich. 12. The streets of Paris are very broad. 13. Slaves are very unhappy. 14. My best friend is very ill. 15. They are as tho- rough gentlemen as he. 16. Poverty is not the greatest misfortune. 17. Most (the greater part of) birds fly (vuelan). 18. The best ploughs come (vie nen) from Syracuse.
|
LESSON VI. |
||
|
NUMERALS. |
||
|
CARDINALS. |
||
|
0 zero. |
5 cinco. |
10 diez. |
|
1 uno, -a, un.1 |
6 seis. |
11 once. |
|
2 dos. |
7 siete. |
12 doce. |
|
3 tres. |
8 ocho. |
13 trece. |
|
4 cuatro. |
9 nueve. |
14 catorce. |
1 These words agree with the nouns to which they refer (see § 66); but uno and una lake no plurals as numerals.
PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
15 quince.
16 diez y seis.*
17 diez y siete.
18 diez y ocho.
19 diez y nueve.
20 veinte.
21 veinte y uno, -a.1 30 treinta.
40 cuarenta.
50 cincuenta.
60 sesenta.
70 setenta.
80 ochenta.
90 noventa.
100 ciento, cien.5 6
101 ciento y uno, -a.1 200 doscientos.3 -as.3 500 quinientos, -as. 700 setecientos, -as. 900 novecientos,4 -as.
1000 mil.5 1100 mil5 y ciento. 100,000 cien mil. 1,000,000 un millon, un cuento. 1,000,000,000 un millar de cuentos. 1 billon (un millon de millones). 1 trillon (un millon de billones).
ORDINALS.
1st primer o, -a. 13th
2d segundo, -a. 20th
3d tercero, -a. 21st
4th cuarto, a. 30th
5th quinto, -a. 40th
6th sexto, -a; sesto, -a. 50th
7th septimo, -a; setimo, -a. 60th
8th octavo, -a. 70th
9th noveno, -a; nono, -a. 80th
10th decimo, -a. 90th
llth undecimo, -a. 101st
12th duodecimo, -a.7
74. The cardinals are used days of the month (except the
decimo (-a) tercio (-a) vigesimo, -a. vigesimo (-a) primo (-8^ trigesimo, -a. cuadragesimo, -a. quincuagesimo, -a. sexagesimo, -a. septuagesimo, -a. octogesimo, a. nonagesimo, -a. centesimo(-a) prim(er o (-a).
in speaking (a) of the first): as, el cinco de
1 See note on page 25. 3 Dos cientos. etc.; also docientos.
2 Also written dieciseis, etc., veintiunc, etc.
4 Others not mentioned formed regularly.
5 Cannot have un before it (except as in 201,000, doscientos y un mil).
6 Cien used as multiplier before another numeral, or imme- diately before a noun, or a noun preceded by an adjective.
7 Other ordinal forms (doceno, treinteno, setuagesimo, etc.) are often met with.
KUMEKALS. 27
mayo (May), but el primero de enero (January), (b) In speaking of the sovereigns, after the tenth : as, Luis catorce, but Felipe cuarto. (c) Generally in speaking of chapters, pages, verses, etc. : as, pa- gina treinta, page thirty, (d) In speaking of age (generally) : as, a los doce aiios de edad (age).
75. (a) With numerals1 de, not que, is used for than : as, mas de cien perros. (b) The numeral be- fore mil agrees in gender with the noun : as, dos cientas mil aves (birds), (c) Mil takes es only as noun : as, este hombre gana muchos miles (thou- sands), (d) Uno takes no s (except as indefinite pronoun) : as, treinta y un hombres. (e) y belongs only between the last two terms of compound nu- merals : as, mil ochocientos y ocho.
76. Notice the following : (a) uno y uno, one and one ; (b) uno por uno, one by one ; (c) quince dias, two weeks ; (d) una vez, once ; (e) dos veces, twice ; (f) la mitad (media parte), the half; (g) la tercera parte, the third ; (h) dos pesos y cuarto, 2% dollars ; (i) simple, simple; (/) doble, double; (k) un par, a pair ; (1) una docena, a dozen.
77. We ask for the day of the month thus : (a) i A cu&ntos estamos (del mes) ? At what are we of the month ? A primero, a veinte, etc. (b) i due" dia del mes tenemos (or es hoy) ? What day of the month have we (or is to-day) ? El primero, el dos, el diez, etc. We give the year thus : El ano (de), en el ano (de), or en2 mil ocho cientos ochenta y nueve. C&diz, agosto 6 de 1820.
1 But que is sometimes used when the sentence is negative.
2 But numeral cannot be given without preposition.
PKACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
78. For sentences asking and telling the time of the day, see Exercise VI.
PRESENT TENSE OF haber, to have (AUX.).
he, I have. hemos, we have.
V. ha, you have. VV. han, you have.
ha, he, she, it has. han, they have.
VOCABULARY VI.
el agosto, August.
ano, year.
Becquer,1 Becquer.
dinero, money.
febrero, February. el (la) habitante, inhabitant.
h™rt0' I garden. jardin, \9
junio, June. lugar, village. marzo, March. mayo, May. minute, minute. otono, fall. par, pair.
setiembre, September. verano, summer. volumen, volume. la biblioteca, library. maiiana, morning. mitad, half.
la obra, work.
pagina, page.
parte, part.
primavera, spring (time).
tarde, afternoon.
vez, time.
agradable, agreeable. ancho, broad. aqui. here. calido, hot. cuanto, how much ? de, than of. dentro de, within. hace, since. largo, long. medio (a), half. murio (morir), died. nacio (nacer), was born. por, by, in.
sabe (saber) V., do you know f todavia, yet.
EXERCISE VI.
1. <; Que hora es ? Es la una, son las cinco. 2. Es la una y media ; son las dos, menos cuarto. 3. Son
1 For proper names of persons and places see vocabulary of proper names, page 219.
NUMERALS. 29
las ocho y cuarto, son las nueve y diez minutos.
4. Son las seis, menos siete minutos y medio.
5. <; A que hora esta V. en casa ? 6. A las tres, al (a) medio dia, a media noche, por la manana. 7. Juan estuvo (was, see § 167) en el lugar hace dos horas. 8. Pedro estara (will be, see § 167) aqui dentro de tres horas. 9. Un mes tiene veinte y ocho, veinte y nueve, treinta 6 treinta y un dias. 10. Un ano tiene tres cientos sesenta y cinco 6 tres cientos sesenta y seis dias. 11. <r Cuando va (go, see § 214) Y. a Madrid? Voy (/ go, see § 214) los lunes por la tarde. 12. Buenos dias (buenas tardes), bue- nas noches, sefior, como esta V. ? 13. Los Estados Unidos tienen mas de sesenta millones de habitantes. 14. El segundo volumen de las obras de Becquer es- taba (see § 167) en la biblioteca. 15. Victor Hugo estuvo en Madrid en mil ocho cientos y once. 16. Carlos cuarto sucedio a Carlos tercero, el doce de agosto de 1788. 17. " Malaga,1 doce de abril."
THEME VI.
1. Do you know what time it is? 2. It is not yet half -past one. 3. What day of the month is it ? 4. It is the twenty-fourth of March. 5. The day has twenty-four hours, the hour has sixty minutes.
6. February is the second month of the year. 7. My father goes to-day, the first of June, to Europe. 8. Is the winter cold in Madrid? 9. No; and the fall and spring are very agreeable, but the summer is very
1 As at the head of a letter.
3 The preposition a is not used before a personal object pre- ceded by a numeral.
30 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
hot. 10. How much money do you wish (quiere V.) ? 11. Give me a hundred and fifty pesetas. 12. The morning, the afternoon, and the night are the three parts of the day. 13. I see two2 men in the park. 14. Twelve is the double of six, and the fifth part of sixty. 15. Cervantes was born in 1547, and died at sixty-eight years of age. 16. Lowell is 70 years of age. 17. Louis the Fourteenth died the first of September (of ') 1715, in the 77th year of his age. 18. How old are you ? 19. My garden is (has) three hundred feet (de largo) long and one hundred and sixty feet broad. 20. The table is (has) six feet by four. (See § 266.)
LESSON VII.
CONJUNCTIVE AND DISJUNCTIVE PERSONAL PRO- NOUNS.
79. (a) Conjunctive personal pronouns are joined with a verb, either as subject or object (direct or in- direct), (b) Disjunctive personal pronouns are used without a verb, or if with a verb, are not governed by it.
80. FIRST PERSON :
SING. PLUR.
CONJUNCTIVE SUBJECT yo nosotros, nosotras3
DIRECT AND INDIRECT OBJECT me4 nos
DISJUNCTIVE mi nosotros, nosotras3
1 En used when day of month is not given ; de when day of month is given. 2 See note 2, page 29.
3 Rarely nos, which is sometimes singular.
4 When conjunctive direct and indirect forms take preposi tion (see note 2, page 10), they assume disjunctive forms : a mi, etc.
PERSONAL PROKOZWS.
31
81. SECOND PERSON :
CONJUNCTIVE SUBJECT DIRECT AND INDIRECT OBJ. DISJUNCTIVE
82. THIRD PERSON :
SING.
listed (V.) a listed (a V.) usted (V.)
PLUR.
ustedes (VV.) austedes (aVV.) ustedes (VV.)
CONJUNCTIVE SUBJECT INDIRECT OBJECT DIRECT OBJECT DISJUNCTIVE
83.
CONJUNCTIVE SUBJECT INDIRECT OBJECT DIRECT OBJECT DISJUNCTIVE
el le
SING. PLUR.
(m.), ella (/.) ellos (m.), ellas (/.) " le " les " les "
le, lo1 '
el
la2 ella
los ellos
las ellas
SING.
ello (it, so, that), lo a or para ello, le lo ello, lo
84. KEFLEXIVE PRONOUN, or substitute for third person : himself, herself, itself, themselves:
CONJUNCTIVE SUBJECT INDIRET OBJECT DIRECT OBJECT DISJUNCTIVE
85. SECOND PERSON used) :
SING.
PLUR.
86 86 81
thou, tu (need rarely be
CONJUNCTIVE SUBJECT INDIRECT AND DIRECT OBJECT DISJUNCTIVE
SING. tu3 te ti
PLUR. vosotros, vosotras4
OS, OS
vosotros, vosotras4
1 Although lo is much used, le is preferred by many author- ities. Some use le for persons or things personified, other- wise lo.
2 Sometimes, but improperly, used for indirect object.
3 Usted (V.) and ustedes (VV.) will generally be used in this book, instead of those forms which are more appropriate for the family, etc., than for general use.
4 Rarelv vos. which, like os, is sometimes singular.
32 PKACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
86. Subject pronouns are very frequently omitted before verbs, unless required for emphasis or distinct- ness : as, estoy, estamos, / am, we are.
87. The subject pronouns may either precede or follow the verb, even in declarative sentences.
88. (a) Object pronouns1 (direct or indirect) gen- erally do, and always may, precede the verb (or the auxiliary in compound tenses) in the indicative mood, yo le he visto (seen), (b) Object pronouns almost always precede the subjunctive mood, (c) Pronouns nearly always follow the imperative proper (not sub- junctive for imperative), and d falls away before os (except with idos), and s before nos : as, maravilla- monos, divertimonos. (d) Object pronouns nearly al- ways follow the infinitive and the gerund or present participle : as, en vi6ndome solo, on seeing me alone.
89. In conjunctive pronouns of the first and sec- ond person the direct object always precedes the indirect ; and pronouns of the first and second per- son both precede the third ; but the form se (direct or indirect) precedes all. Both or all three object pronouns keep together, either all before or all after the verb : as, rindeteme ! (or tu te me rindes), sur- render yourself to me ; 61 me lo da, he gives it to me; etc.
1 (a) For clearness, emphasis, or contrast the pronoun may be repeated in another form (with a) : as, Me revelo el secreto a mi, He revealed the secret to me. A usted le han enviado un men- saje, TJiey haw sent a message to you. A los desertores los han indultado de la pena de muerte, They have freed the deserters from the pain of death. Le dieron a la seiiora el primer asiento, They gave ihe lady the first seat, (b] Mismo is often added to the pronoun for emphasis,
PERSONAL PRONOUKS. 33
90. Of two conjunctive pronouns (neither being reflexive) of the third person, the indirect takes the form se, where otherwise such combinations as le la, etc., would occur : as, quiero darselo (a mi herma- nita), I wish to give it to her (to my little sister).
91. Lo often refers to a neuter adjective, to a whole sentence, or in general to things without sex ; used in predicate it means so : Eres mi amigo ? Lo soy. Are you my friend ? I am so.
92. Se is used with impersonal verbs, with reflexive and reciprocal verbs, and as equivalent for the pas- sive voice : as, se dice, it is said.
93. (a) In exclamations de precedes the pronoun : as, pobre de mi ! poor me I (b) Conmigo, contigo, consigo mean respectively with me, with thee, with himself, etc.
94. The indirect conjunctive pronoun is often used with the definite article instead of the possessives (with reference to parts of the body, the clothing, etc.) : as, se le llenaron los ojos de lagrimas, in place of sus ojos se llenaron de lagrimas, his eyes filled with tears.
PRESENT OF amar, to love. amo, amamos,
V. ama, VV. aman,
ama, aman.
VOCABULARY VII.
el asiento, seat. el periodico, newspaper. bolsillo, pocket. tiempo, time.
caballero, horseman. la almendra, almond. lapiz, lead-pencil. gracias, thanks (thank you).
mediodia, noon. muerte, death.
parque, park. pena, pain, punishment.
34 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
la pluma, pen. detras, behind.
sobrina, niece. entre, between. acercando (acercar), approach- enviado (enviar), sent.
algo, anything. \ing. jamas, never.
aprender, to learn. leer, to read.
conveniente, suitable. mandar, to send command.
dando (dar), giving. i opportune,
decfa, said. oportuno, -j miM^
decir, to say. se, / know.
desdichado, unhappy. veo, I see.
EXERCISE VII.
1. Tiene V. libros ? Tengo menos (de ellos) que V.
2. Tienen VV. vino? No lo tenemos en la casa.
3. La gramatica espafiola parece (appears) muy facil, pero no lo es. Me parece que es dificil. 4. Va V. conmigo? Voy ahora al parque. 5. No se si el 6 ella esta aqui. 6. <; Me da V. el dinero a mi, 6 a mi amigo? No se lo doy1 a V. 7. Tiene V. algo que decirnos ? Se lo dire (/ shall say) a V. y no a el. 8. Voy (I go) a mandarselo a el. Es mejor mandar- selo a ella que a el. 9. <;Que dice de ello? Nada dice de ello. 10. Estan VV. contentos de ello ? Si estamos nosotros muy contentos de ello. 11. <; (En) donde estaba el nino ? Estaba entre ellos y detras de ellas. 12. Le veo a el mismo divirtiendolos mucho. 13. Mirale (see Mm), nos decia el padre, acercandose a nosotros para decirnoslo. 14. Si V. tiene cartas para mi mandemelas V. a mi casa. 15. No puedo (/ am able) mandarselas, porque no tengo criado. 16. Nosotros los soldados y caballeros ponemos2 en ejecucion lo que ellos piden.
1 See § 182 (I give).
* Ponemos = ice put. We stands for soldados and caballeros.
PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 35
THEME VII.
1. It seems to me to be now a suitable time to learn Spanish. 2. [Does] the boy wish to learn it? He does not wish to tell me. 3. Are the Spanish newspapers good? I never see them in America. 4. Unhappy me ! my father has my books, my pen, and my pencil with him. 5. They have given (dado) us less than (to) them. Give the book to him and the letter to her. 6. Is it certain that he saw (vi6) her to-day ? It is said that he saw her at ten o'clock in the morning. 7. Have you something for her ? I have something for her, for my brother, and for my sister. 8. Do you speak German ? I speak it a little, but my brother speaks it better than I. 9. I have two German books; do you wish them ? Yes, I wish them [in order] to read them. 10. If you wish to read them, I will give (dar6) them to you to-day, or to-morrow, at noon. 11. John has something for the children, and goes with us to give it to them them- selves. 12. He fills (llena) their hands with apples, and their pockets with money and (with) almonds.
13. Is she not my niece? Art thou not my brother ?
14. Don Alfredo gave me this letter for you, and it is better to give it to you yourself. 15. How are you, gentlemen ? We are much better to-day than yester- day, thank you. 16. If the ladies wish (quieren) the books, give them to them for me.
36 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
LESSON VIII.
CONJUNCTIVE AND DISJUNCTIVE POSSESSIVE ADJEC- TIVES AND PRONOUNS.
95. Conjunctive possessive adjectives precede their nouns, and are : SING, mi, my ; tu, thy ; su, your, his, her, its ; nuestro (-a), our ; vuestro (-a), your ; su, their. PLUR. mis, tus, sus, nuestros (-as), vuestros (-as), sus.
96. Disjunctive possessive adjectives follow their nouns, and are : SING, mio (-a), tuyo (-a), suyo (-a), nuestro (-a), vuestro (-a), suyo (-a). PLUR. mios (-as), tuyos (-as), suyps (-as), nuestros (-as), vuestros (-as), suyos (-as).
97. The disjunctive forms are used : (a) In ex- clamation : iMadre mia! (less emphatic, ; Mi ma- dre!). Either form may be used if an adjective or participle precedes the noun : as, mi querido padre, or querido padre mio, my dear father, (b) When an article precedes the noun : as, (el or) un criado mio, or uno de mis criados, a servant of mine, (c) When an adverb precedes the noun : as, tan amigos nues- tros se mostraron, they showed themselves such friend* of ours, (d) Sometimes for emphasis, contrast, etc., and in certain expressions : as, es culpa mia, it is my fault.
98. The possessive must be repeated, unless it re- fers to the same person or object : as, mi padre y mi madre ; senor mio y amigo, sir and friend.
POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES AND PRONOUNS. 3?
99. The possessive pronouns1 (used for, not with, a noun) may be formed by prefixing the definite article to the disjunctive possessive adjective forms : as, el mio, las vuestras.
100. Substitutes for the possessive pronouns are formed by placing de with the personal2 pronoun after the definite article : as, el de 61, los de ella, la de nosotros, los de VV. (ustedes), las de ellos, etc.
101. The forms su, sus, suyo, etc. (used also al- most invariably instead of vuestro, la vuestra, etc.), being ambiguous and meaning either his, her, hers, its, you and yours, their and theirs, it is often better to use de with personal pronoun : as, su casa de 61, his house; su casa de ella, her house; sus cartas de V., your letters, (b) And the definite article3 often replaces the possessive, sometimes without noun : as, la casa de 61 y la (casa) de ella ; los sombreros de VV., your hats.
102. Own with a possessive is rendered by propio or mismo: as, esas casas son suyas propias; veo mi propio libro.
103. The possessive pronoun preceded by lo refers generally to something possessed : as, lo tuyo y lo mio, thine and mine, thy property and mine, what belongs to me and thee.
PRESENT OF comer, to eat. como, comemos,
V. come, VV. comen,
come, comen.
1 Unless mine, etc., in predicate to be are emphatic, article is omitted : as, el lapiz es mio.
2 With the verb to be, de with a personal pronoun, or de with possessive and noun, is often used: as, este libro es de el.
3 See also § 94.
38
PRACTICAL SPAKISH GRAMMAR.
VOCABULARY VIII.
el almacen, store.
campo, field.
candor, candor.
carruaje, carriage.
coche, coach.
criado, servant.
diente, tooth.
dolor, pain.
genio, genius.
gusto, pleasure.
maestro, teacher. los modales, manners. el pariente, relative.
principe, prince.
cuadro, picture.
talento, talent.
vapor, steam (steamboat).
vestido, dress.
zapato, shoe. la cabeza, head.
carga, charge, obligation.
corte, court city (capital).
exposicion, exposition.
faltriquera, pocket.
ropa, clothes.
tropa, troop, body of sol-
virtud, virtue. \diers.
acerca de, about, concerning. adornado (adornar), adorned. ajeno, another. antes de, before. aquello, that. aunque, although. conocido, (well] known. corriente, current, present. cortado (se cortar), cut. cuyo (-a), whose. edificado, built. enmendar, reform, improve. escrito (-a), written. ese, that.
estimado (estimar), esteemed, hablado (hablar), spoken. hecho (hacer), made. llegado (llegar), arrived. obediente, obedient. porque, because. pues, since. quitar, to take off. recibido, received. tal vez, often. t vender, to sell. venido (venir), come. ver, to see.
EXERCISE VIII.
1. Tengo un caballo mejor que el de mi hermano. 2. Mi libro y el de V. estan aqui, pero el suyo (el de el) no esta. 3. Nuestro maestro ensena mejor que el de V. 4. El de V. es mas sabio que el nuestro. <: No es verdad? 5. Juan no es tan laborioso como sus her- manos y sus padres. 6. Principe, vuestras tropas ban llegado a tiempo. 7. Caballero, (sus modales) los
POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES AND PROKOUNS. 39
modales de Y. no me agradan (please). 8. Hijos mios, vuestros sombreros estan ya hechos. 9. Este lapiz es mio, ese carriwje es suyo (de V., de W.). 10. Uno de mis hermanos (or un hermano mio) ha venido a verme. 11. Los ninos se divierten (amuse) con su tambor (their drum) y con sus juguetes (their toys). 12. Aunque la nuestra no se enmiende (im- prove), siempre da (gives) gusto ver enmendar la vida ajena. 13. Se mostraron (see § 97) verda- deros amigos suyos. 14. Veo a mi senora (amiga) que es tti amiga puesto que tu lo1 eres mio. 15. Des- pedirse de su casa, tal vez es dura cosa. 16. He recibido la suya2 (carta) de 12 del corriente (mes). 17. Con esta carga nacemos (we are born) las mujeres (la) de ser obedientes.
THEME VIII.
1. Whose gloves are these ? Mine. And that hat? His. 2. My father and my mother are at home in the. court city. 3. Your houses are well built, and your gardens adorned with beautiful flowers. 4. His genius and talent are esteemed ; and their candor and virtue are well known. 5. All the pictures are at the exposition, except yours and ours. 6. Is this coach hers ? Yes, it is hers, I am sure ; it is not mine. 7. What is the matter with thee (qu£ tienes), my son ? I am not well; I have a headache. 8. Her letter is written better than his ; this is his, and that is hers. 9. Her head and her teeth ache (duelen), and she has cut her finger. 10. A friend of mine has spoken to a relative of his, concerning some busi-
1 See § 91 2 Business corespondence.
40 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
ness of yours. 11. I am not going there, because I have my money in my pocket. 12. There is one of our neighbors, who wishes to sell one of his horses. 13. This field is my uncle's ; he has also a store, and a house in the town. 14. He rarely speaks with me of himself or of his business. 15. The steamboat has arrived. 16. The children take off their hats and put on1 their pretty dresses.
LESSON IX.
THE DEMONSTRATIVE ADJECTIVES AND DEMON- STRATIVE PRONOUNS.
104. The demonstrative adjectives (used with nouns) are: este, this (by me)\ ese, that (by you}\ aquel, that (yonder).
105. (a) They vary as follows :
SING. PLUR.
este (m.\ esta (/.), esto (n.).* estos (m.)9 estas (/).
ese, esa, eso.- esos, esas.
aquel, aquella, aquello.2 aquellos, aquellas.
(V) Other unusual demonstrative forms are estotro, etc., esotro, etc., aquel otro, etc., aqueste (this), etc., aquese (that}, etc.
106. (a) The demonstrative adjectives are not al- ways repeated when the meanings of the words re- ferred to are similar : as, refrene V. esa furia y movimiento, restrain that fury and movement, (b)
1 Se ponen.
2 The forms ending in o (esto, eso, aquello) are never really demonstrative adjectives, since they are never used with, but always for, nouns.
DEMOHSTBATIVE ADJECTIVES AKD PROKOUNS. 41
They may be placed after the noun, in contempt, anger, or irony: as, al picaro ese le har6 yo castigar, / will have that rogue punished, (c) An antecedent must be easily understood, or the demonstrative keeps its adjective force, and the noun must be ex- pressed : as, jqui6n es este hombre? who is this man 9
107. In form and general meaning the demonstra- tive pronouns are the same as the demonstrative ad- jectives, but are used for, not with, nouns, and este and aquel often mean respectively the latter, the for- mer.
108. Esto may be used to refer in general to some- thing mentioned by the speaker ; eso to something mentioned by the person addressed : as, esto que yo digo es cierto, eso que V. dice no es verdad — what (that which) I say is certain, what (that which) you say is not the truth.
109. When in English the demonstrative pronoun (or even the personal pronoun) is followed by who, which, or that (expressed or understood), it may be generally rendered in Spanish by either the definite article or demonstrative pronoun, and the article and relative or demonstrative must not be separated. Mis libros y los que (or aquellos que) 61 tiene, my books and those which he has; d6selo V. al que (or a aquel que) primer o venga, give it to him who comes first; yerran los que dicen eso, those are mistaken who say that.
110. (a) The expressions namely, that is, or that is to say are translated by esto es or es decir : as, me dijo que le comprara lo siguiente, esto es — he told me to ~buy him the following, namely, (b) In com-
PKACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
mercial style en esta means in this (my} place (ciudad or plaza understood); en esa means in that (your) place (ciudad or plaza understood), (c) Other such constructions will be noted, especially as in Exercise IX. sen. 10.
PRESENT TENSE OF recibir, to receive.
recibo, recibimos,
V. recibe, VV. reciben,
recibe, reciben.
VOCABULARY IX.
el amor, love.
arbol, tree.
estante, shelf.
exceso, excess.
folleto, pamphlet.
movimiento, movement.
orador, orator.
siglo, age, century.
tio, uncle.
trabajo, work, labor.
tratado, treatise. el (/.) anna, arm (weapon) la barbaridad, barbarity.
consecuencia, consequence.
fruta, fruit.
ilustracion, enlightenment.
mariposa, butterfly.
moderacion, moderation.
sabidnria, knowledge.
verdad, truth. altanero, haughty. ambicioso, ambitious.
ayer, yesterday. bajo, under. cantando, recounting. comprado (comprar), bought. cogido (coger), caught. dividido, divided. estando, being. hacer, to do.
incesantemente, incessantly. leyendo (leer), reading. lo que, what. mal, ill.
miserable, miserable, necesario, necessary. poderoso, powerful. seguro, surely. semejante, similar. sentado, seated. servir, to serve. siguiente, following. valeroso, courageous. van they go.
EXERCISE IX.
1. Este libro que estoy leyendo, ese tratado qne> tiene V. en la mano, y aquel folleto que esta sobre la
DEMONSTRATIVE ADJECTIVES AKD PROKOUNS. 43
mesa, son de mi tfo. 2. " Este es el siglo de la ilus- tracion, decia el orador (me acuerdo [/ remember] bien de ese dia) " aquellos eran tiempos de mucha barbaridad." 3. He comprado en Madrid ese libro que esta sobre la mesa, y aquel que esta en el estante.
4. Ese btique que llego ayer, y aquel que naufrago (shipwrecked) el ano pasado, eran muy semejantes.
5. Mi libro, y el que (or aquel que) el tenia (had), estan en el cuarto de V. ; traigame (bring) V. el que (or aquel que) a V. le parezca (may appear) mejor.
6. Como van los negooios en esa (ciudad) ? En esta no hay (there is) novedad. 7. Carlos era grande, Federico ambicioso ; este (Federico) valiente, aquel (Carlos) poderoso. 8. Aquellas dos mujeres son her- manas ; la que tiene el sombrero negro, habla frances. 9. Aquel cuya sabiduria es poca, muchas veces es muy altanero. 10. Por consecuencia de lo (negocio) de ayer, Andres ha tornado las (calzas) de Villadiego a la (or a lo) de Dios es Cristo (Andrew has taken French leave like a good fellow).
THEME IX.
1. This soldier is not courageous enough, but he is more valiant than that one. 2. This wine is from Malaga, that from Jerez, and that from Madeira. 3. Being seated under this tree, I have caught this pretty butterfly. 4. What is this ? and that ? I do not know what they are. 5. Prefer (prefiera V.) moderation to excess : the former will make (hara) you happy, the latter miserable. 6. He is a relative of that gentleman whom you met (encontr6) here some days ago (hace dias). 7. That is what he may do (puede hacer); that is to say, what he ought t^ do.
44 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
8. Those who speak ill of her very surely do not know her. 9. He that is wise speaks when it is necessary ; but he that only presumes (presume) to be so speaks incessantly. 10. I beg you to pass (sub.) me that fruit, because my neighbor does not wish any of these. 11. Who is that man with whom you have spoken on the street ? He is my uncle. 1 2. This (man) who is my brother will represent (sustituir&) me when I may absent (me ausente) myself. 13. Di- vided were [the] knights and [the] squires ; these recounting their labors, those their loves. 14. Gen- tlemen, those arms are not the ones with which we ought to serve ourselves.
LESSON X.
RELATIVE AND INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS.
111. The relative pronouns are : qne1 (invariable), who, which, that; quien2 (only of persons and things personified), who, he who ; quienes, who, those who; el cual, la cual, los cuales, las cuales, who, which ; el qne, la que, los que, las que, ivho, he who, etc., loJiich; lo cual, lofiich; lo que, that ivliich, what; cuyo, cuya, cuyos, cuyas, of whom, of ivhich, whose, which; aquel que, etc., he who, etc. ; aquello que, that (thing, etc.) which.
1 Que is not generally immediately preceded by a comma, as are el cual, etc., and is more closely related with its antece- dent (which it generally immediately follows) than is el cual, etc. (and other relatives}.
2 (a) Quien also used as partitive : as, quien se salvo a nado,
RELATIVE AND INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS. 45
112. The relative pronouns are never understood, but always expressed, and cannot be separated from their prepositions as in English : the city I speak of, la ciudad de que hablo.
113. Clue,1 which occurs more frequently than any other relative, is used for both persons and things ; it does not take & before it when referring to persons as object of verb, and takes ^article with it, (a) often when accompanied by a preposition; (b) when it re- fers to whole sentence; (c) to complete meaning of verb (article follows) — Pedro es el que lo ha dicho ; (d) to avoid ambiguity— pidi6 la libertad de su Mjo, la que consigui6.
114. El cual,1 etc. (more definite in form than que), lose the article and much of their relative force when used as partitives or comparatives : as, cual llora, cual canta, one weeps, another sings ; estas frutas son cuales (tales) como las deseamos, these fruits are such as we desire ; \ cu&l le ha!16 ! how wretched I found him !; conoci6 cual era la verdadera causa de su des- gracia, he knew what was the true cause of his mis- fortune.
115. Cuyo,2 etc., have a relative and also a posses- sive force ; they agree in gender and number with the following noun (and so have the force of adjec-
quien en lanchas. (6) When quien does not include its ante- cedent (but immediately follows it in same case), it cannot be subject of a proposition: not el hombre quien, but el hombre que vino.
1 When preceded by prepositions (not a, except of things), que and el cual, etc., used without distinction.
2 Cuyo never takes the article (nor does quien).
46 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
tives, to which the other relatives are sometimes sim- ilar): as, alia esta el principe, cuyos caballos hemos visto, there is the prince, whose horses we have seen.
116. Donde with or without a preposition often has a relative force : as, la posada donde pas6 la noche ; la casa en donde esta ; la ciudad adonde va.
117. The interrogative pronouns1 (also used except qui6n as interrogative adjectives) are: qui6n, who; cual, which; qu6,2 what ; cuyo, whose (or de qui6n [-es], ivhose) : as, con qui6nes andan ? with whom (plur.) are they going 9
118. Cual, which, is used when one or more of sev- eral objects are referred to — as, cual es de V. ? which is yours ? — and stands for qu6 in predicate with the verb to be : j cuales son sus amigos ?
119. A question asked by a preposition and an in- terrogative pronoun requires the same preposition in the answer : as, j Con qui6n vino ? Conmigo — With whom did he come 9 With me. And the answer takes de when the question had cuyo, etc. : as, i Cuyo es este reloj ? De mi padre. Whose watch is this 9 My father's.
IMPERFECT TENSE OF amar.
amaba, amabamos,
V. amaba, VV. amaban,
amaba, amaban.
1 Same forms used and under similar conditions in exclama- tion.
2 In exclamations when followed by an adjective quo means how : as, \ que feliz ! how happy I
RELATIVE AND INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS. 47
VOCABULARY X.
el conocimiento, knowledge.
cuadro, picture.
delincuente, criminal.
deseo, desire. [fact).
efecto ven efecto), effect (in
ejercito, army.
interes, interest.
paiio. cloth.
precio, price.
reloj, watch.
servicio, service.
suceso, event. la botanica, botany.
cancion, song.
ciencia. science.
comedia, comedy.
libertad liberty.
ociosidad, idleness.
persona, person.
prision, prison.
respuesta, answer, re
la soledad, loneliness. aceptar to accept. admirar, admire. cantar, to sing.
contemporaneo, contemporary. delante de, before. dicho, said. enganado, deceived. enganar, to deceive.
( handed. entregado,
estimar, to esteem. estudiar, to study. favorable, favorable. lejos, far.
miserable, miserable. maduro (-a), ripe. responder, to respond. tal, such (such a). ya, at all.
EXERCISE X.
1. Los senores que (or a quienes, or a los cuales) vimos (we saw) y con quienes liable1 estudian la bo- tanica, una ciencia de la cual tengo muy poco cono- cimiento. 2. Se dice que el presidente esta aqui ? Quien lo dice, se engafia. 3. Los hombres a quienes vimos y de quienes (or de los cuales) huimos (we fled) eran nuestros. hermanos. 4. Este jardin, que (that which) no puede ser mas herrnoso, no esta lejos de mi casa. 5. El arbol cuya fruta esta madura, esta de- lante de la casa de que V. habla. 6. E'l es, a quien
[ See §§ 141, 142.
48 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
debo la vida. Pedro es el que lo ha dicho. 7. He estado en el campo, lo que me ha hecho mucho bien. 8. La cancion que cantaba Maria es muy dulce. 9. j Que de dinero (or cuanto dinero) y que de cosas (or cuantas cosas) tienen W. ! 10. Tenia el desdichado una hija, la que todos los dias iba (went) a la prision. 11. Preguntaronle (they asked) de donde era y que hacia en aquella soledad : a lo cual respondio. 12. Veo al hijo de su hermana, a la cual (sister) or al cual (son) mi padre no conoce. 13. Veo alia unos hombres, cuyos sombreros son ne- gros, <; quienes son ? 14. Que quiere V. ? Quiero saber de quien (cuyo) es este buque y cual es su precio.
THEME X.
1. A man that spends his life in idleness dies (muere) miserable. 2. Cervantes, whose works we admire, is the greatest of Spanish authors. 3. Lope de Vega, who died in 1635, was a great Spanish poet contemporary with (de) Cervantes. 4. He does not wish to accept any (ninguna) thing (of what) you offer him to-day. 5. I know the general of the army who has sent you this picture. 6. It was certainly not interest that inspired me with such a desire. 7. I met (encontr6) a week ago the sons of that woman whom I know and esteem. 8. His answers are always favorable to the person to whom he gives them. 9. It is said that he is in fact a criminal, which I do not at all believe since this event. 10. He composed (compuso) a thousand comedies, many of which cost (costaron) him only one day of work. 11. A soldier has come who has handed me a letter
PRONOUNS. 49
which came (vino) from my father. 12. It seems to me that he who fears being (to be) deceived ought to be so. 13. The book that I wish is that which treats of the war of Germany and that of Portugal. 14. To whom have you given the cloth? To the child. To which ? To the large one. 15. To whose service is a son under greater obligation (more obliged [obligado]) than to that of his father? 16. Whose is this watch, and to whom have you brought (traido) it ? It is my father's, and I have brought it to my mother.
LESSON XL
INDEFINITE PRONOUNS1 AND PRONOMINAL ADJEC- TIVES.
120. (a) Most of the so-called indefinite pronouns, when used with nouns, are more properly adjectives. (b) Except various compounds too numerous to men- tion, the most important indefinite pronouns are :
algo, cualquiera, nada, quienquiera,
alguien, cuanto, nadie, tal,
alguno, fulano, ninguno, todo,
ambos, mismo, otro, uno,
cada, mucho, poco, varies.
1 In Spanish the following pronouns : nobody, none, not one, neither, nottimg—n&tiLie, ninguno, ni uno, ni uno ni otro, nada — generally require that the verb be preceded by the negative when they are placed after it, but this negative is suppressed when they precede it : en nada puede sobresalir, no puede sobre- salir en nada. Jamas, never (adv.), follows same rule.
50 PKACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
121. Algo, something (as adverb somewhat), is not declined (alguna cosa being often used for algo), and an adjective quali- fying algo is preceded by de : tengo algo (or alguna cosa) que decirle. i Tiene V. algo de bueno ? Este libro es algo dificil.
122. Alguien and alguno (-a), (-os), (-as); both mean somebody or some one; alguien, being undeclined, used only of persons and not allowing de immediately after it. Alguno refers to persons and things : j Lo ha visto alguien (or alguno) ? Quiero algun dinero y algunas letras de cambio (letters of exchange).
123. Ambos (-as), both (sometimes entrambos, though generally los dos or uno y otro, is used in this sense) : ambos (los dos) estan a cab all o
124. Cada, each or every (invariable), is used when a noun immediately follows; otherwise cada uno (-a), cada cual, are used : cada pais tiene sus costumbres ; doy a cada uno cuatro vestidos.
125. (a) Cualquiera1 (with plural cualesquiera), whatever, whichever, whoever, may follow its noun if singular, while all that which is rendered by todo lo que, etc. : dame cualquier libro (or un libro cualquiera) ; hare (/ will do) todo lo que V. me mande. (b) Cual, such as.
126. Cuanto, as much or how much, as many as or how many (declined) : as, tengo flores; i cuantas 1; no se cuantas.
127. Fulano, such a one ; fulano y zutano, such and such a one ; fulano, zutano y mengano, such, such and such a one, all take the feminine form in a, but no plural : fulano (or fulano de tal) ha venido a hablarme; he visto esta manana a fulana, a zutana y a mengana.
128. Mismo, same, very, self (declined) : no soy la misma que te hablo ayer ; mi hijo me ha escrito lo mismo ; el mismo (very) dia (or el dia mismo) ella misma vino a decirmelo.
129. Mucho, much, many (declined), as pronoun refers to persons ; other uses as in English : muchos hablan a tontas y a locas (sillily and madly).
130. Nada2, not anything, nothing (not declined), takes adjec- tive (often preceded by de) in masculine ; when used before an infinitive que precedes it : no dice nada (or nada dice) ; no tengo nada bueno ni malo (or nada de nuevo) que decir.
1 See § 66. 8 See note 1, p. 49.
INDEFINITE PKONOUNS. 51
131. Nadie1 (not declined) and ninguno (declined) both mean nobody, no one ; nadie refers to persons only. Ninguno only (not nadie) is used with partitives (de) : nadie (or ninguno) esta aqui ; ninguno de esos soldados tiene miedo (fear) ; nadie ha venido ; no espero (await) a nadie.
132. Otro, another, other (declined) : deme V. otro ; tengo otras cosas que hacer.
133. Poco2, little, few (declined): habia (there were) pocas mujeres en el teatro ; gana poco ; me dio un poco de pan ; to- mare (I will take) unos pocos (or unos cuantos).
134. Quienquiera, whoever, whosoever, whomever (not declined): quienquiera que sea, whoever he may be ; de quienquiera que V. liable, of whomever you speak.
135. Tal, such, such a one (takes plur.) : tal ha reido. (laughed) que llora (weeps) ; un tal lo ha dicho (said) ; no tiene tales casas.
136. Todo, all, every (declined), is extensively used, and about as its English equivalents ; before singular definite article or a pronoun, and in el todo, it means the whole : as, he comido (eaten) todas las peras ; el todo es mayor que una de sus partes.
137. Uno3, one (sing.), some, a few (plur.), has many com- pounds (as, uno y otro, etc.); is used like se in se dice, they say: la gente (people) dice ; llama gente (some one calls) ; no esta uno siempre contento ; deme V. unas almendras (almonds).
138. Varios (-as), several : mi padre tiene varios de estos lapi- ces, los he visto varias veces.
PRETERITE TENSE OF amar.
ame, amamos,
V. amo, VV. amaron,
amo, amaron.
1 See note 1, p. 49.
a Pocuisimo (-a), but little : pocuisimos (-as), but few. 3 Uno is frequently used in connection with otro expressed or understood.
52
PRACTICAL SPAKISH GEAMMAE.
VOCABULAEY XL
el apetito, appetite.
asunto, subject.
baul, trunk.
cambio, exchange.
cuarto, farthing.
deber, duty.
esfuerzo, effort.
oceano, ocean.
pais, country. [contrary).
reves (al reves), 'back (on the
romance, romance.
tono, tone.
verano, summer.
vicio. vice. la a ventura, adventure.
ayuda, aid.
camisa, shirt.
costumbre, custom.
cuenta, account, bill.
especulacion speculation.
experiencia, experience.
faccion, feature.
filosofia, philosophy.
hazana, exploit.
legua, league.
locucion, expression.
relacion, narration.
suerte, lot. a menudo, often. andar, to go.
atento, attentive. baladi, frivolous. baiiarse, to bathe (one's self). ciego, blind. convertir, to change. dichoso, happy. dificil, difficult. diligente, diligent. dormir, to sleep. ensartado, strung, linked. escribir, to write. escuchar, to listen. explicar, to explain. famoso, famous. funesto, lamentable. ignorar, to be ignorant of. impedir, to prevent. llevado a cabo, achieved. lograr, to gain. manifestado, showed.
nunca, pensar, to think. pintado, described. preguntado, asked. sacrificar, to sacrifice. sucedido, happened. traido, brought. usar, to use.
verdaderamente, really. vestido, dressed.
EXEECISE XL
1. Mas esta para dormir, que para escuchar a nadie. 2. Nunca habia (had) leido que ningnno lo hubiese (had) traido (el dinero). 3. <; Ha visto V. a alguno de mis hijos? Algunos ninos estan en mi
INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 53
huerta. 4. Unos cantan y otros lloran ; no me agra- dan ni unos ni otros ; uno(s) y otro(s) son infelices. 5. No tengo ni una camisa que ponerme, ni un cuarto (para) con que comprarla. 6. Cada uno de estos libros tiene seiscientas paginas. 7. La cosa ha pasado todo al reves de lo que se cuenta (relate). 8. Aunque es soldado (or con ser soldado), no ha manifestado mucho valor. 9. Algo ha sucedido que ignoramos (we are ignorant of); pero nadie esta aqui para explicar- noslo. 10. El apetito ciego ; a cuantos precipita (hasten) y que por lograr unfnada, un todo sacrifican ! 11. ; Que de cosas has (tliou hast) ensartado, unas en otras ! me ha dicho mi padre. 12. Fulano le dice a zutano, que mengano habla mal de sus vecinos. 13. Para hablar una lengua, no hay (there is) cosa como saber los pron ombres. 14. Tal es, senores, la relacion de mi funesta historia, de mis hazanas tales cuales son. 15. La filosofia de el es poco util en si misma, porque todo lo da a la especulacion y nada a la expenencia. 16. En el famoso romance de Cer- vantes, Don Quijote tiene por sefiora a una tal Dul- cinea de Toboso. 17. <; Cuantas leguas tenemos que andar todavia ? No lo se (no se cuantas). 18. Poco importa (imports) es una locucion que se usa muy a menudo por muchos.
THEME XL
1. We do not require much to be really and always happy. 2. If we are attentive and diligent, little or nothing can (puede) prevent our doing our duty. 3. I cannot1 write with any of these pens, and 1 have no
1 Poder, § 196.
54 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
others. 4. Neither the one nor the other of the men knows (sabe) what he is doing (hace). 5. Does any one know a certain man, dressed in black, who passes here every morning ? 6. No one can change iron into gold, nor vice into virtue. 7. All say (dicen) that both have the same features and the same tone of voice. 8. Each of the brothers goes every day in summer to bathe in the ocean. 9. Such as my father and my mother had (habian) described her to me, such I find her. 10. One ought not to think too much of the most frivolous things that it is as important (importa) to be ignorant of as to know (them). 11. I have asked the merchant how much I owe him, but I have not yet received my bill. 12. Whosoever writes (escriba) to me on this subject will lose (perderd) his time and his efforts. 13. It is said that such a knight has achieved such and such an adventure with the aid of such a one, his squire. 14. No one is content with his lot ; each one desires to be happier. 15. I know one, said (decia) the child, who is more beautiful than that lady — my mother. 16. Have you some books in your trunk to read during the summer? Yes, I have several.
LESSON XII.
VERB-FORMS.
139. There are three different forms of inflection (called conjugation) in Spanish, to which all verbs, irregular as well as regular, belong. They are dis-
VERB-FORMS. 55
tinguished by the ending of the infinitive. Those ending in ar (as hablar) are of the first ; those in er (as temer) of the second ; those in ir (as recibir) of the third conjugation.
140. There are five principal parts of a Spanish verb, from which the other parts may be obtained by certain regular changes (this applies in general to irregular as well as regular verbs ; since the irregular- ities generally occur in the principal parts, and not in the parts obtained from them). The names of the five principal and their obtained parts are :
i. ii. m.
INFINITIVE. PRES. PART.1 PAST PART. -
(Derived Parts . ) (No derived parts. ) (Derived Parts. )
Imperfect Indie. Generally like Pres. ; Compound tenses.
Future Indie. sometimes like Pret.,
Conditional. or unlike both.
IV. V.
PRESENT INDICATIVE. PRETERITE INDICATIVE.
(Derived Parts.) (Derived Parts.)
Present Subjunctive. 1st Imperfect Subjunctive.
Imperative. 2d Imperfect Subjunctive.
Future Subjunctive.
141. Taking now the regular verb hablar, of the first conjugation, and placing the forms as indicated in § 140, we have the following schedule :
hablar habl-ando habl-ado habl-o habl-e
hablaba he hablado habl-e habl-ara
hablar-e etc. habl-a habl-ase
hablar-ia habl-are
All regular verbs in ar are conjugated as hablar.
1 Really not Pres. Part., but GERUND; called "Pres. Part.," because that name is more familiar.
56 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
142. The general meaning of these forms is as fol- lows :
i. H. ra.
To speak Speaking Spoken
I was speaking • I have spoken
I shall speak etc.
I would speak
IV. V.
I speak I spoke
I may speak I might speak
Speak (thou) I might speak
I should speak
143. By observing the schedule of § 141 (and those of §§ 145 and 147) it will be seen that by drop- ping the termination of the infinitive and adding aba (or ia) we have the imperfect indicative ; that by adding 6 to the infinitive form we have the future indicative ; and by adding ia to the infinitive we have the conditional. The compound tenses are formed by adding the past participle to the varioui forms of haber. By changing o of the present indie ative into e (or a) we get present subjunctive ; and by changing o into a (or e) we get present impera- tive. By changing 6 (or i) of the preterite to ara or ase (or iera or iese) we get first and second imperfect subjunctive ; and by changing the 6 (or i) into are (or iere) we get the future subjunctive. The 6 of the future indicative and the ia of conditional stand re- spectively for he, / have, and habia, / had.
144. The following is a conjugation in full of the verb hablar, to speak:
VBRB-FOEMS.
57
|
FIRST CONJUGATION. |
||
|
habl-ar hablando |
hablado1 habl-o habl-e |
|
|
-aba |
-as -aste |
|
|
-abas |
-a -6 |
|
|
-aba |
-amps -amos |
|
|
-abamos |
-ais -asteis |
|
|
-abais |
-an -aron |
|
|
-aban |
||
|
hablar-e |
habl-e habl-ara, |
•ase |
|
-as |
-es -aras, |
-ases |
|
-a |
-e -ara, |
-ase |
|
-emos |
-emos -aramos, |
-asemos |
|
-eis |
-eis -arais, |
-aseis |
|
-an |
-en -aran |
-asen |
|
hablar-ia |
2 habl-are |
|
|
-ias |
habl-a (thou) |
-ares |
|
-fa |
habl-e V. |
-are |
|
-iamos |
|
-aremos |
|
-iais |
hablad (ye) |
-areis |
|
-ian |
hablen VV. |
-aren |
VOCABULAEY XII.
el
la
el anillo, ring. auxilio, help. correo, post (office). empleo, place, employment. estado, state.
extranjero, stranger, foreigner. huracan, hurricane. ingenio, mind. organo, organ (tool). polvo, dust. silencio, silence.
viaje, trip, wyage. yerno, son-in-law. alma (f.), soul. atencion, attention. bondad, kindness. escritura, writing. espada, sword. estima, esteem. hostilidad, hostility. ignorancia, ignorance. inocencia, innocence.
1 By prefixing the various forms of haber we get compound lenses of hablar. For conjugation of haber see § 158.
2 Other forms, if needed, are taken from present subjunctive. All forms taken from subjunctive when used negatively : no hables, etc.
58
PBACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
la masa, mass, rank.
nube, cloud.
presencia, presence.
prudencia, prudence.
pureza, purity.
rectitud, rectitude. acompaiiar, to accompany. aconsejar, to advise. alzar (se), to raise (itself). anoclie, last night. apenas, scarcely. aprobar, to approve. asegurar, to assure. aun, even. bello, beautiful. buscar, to look for. casi, almost. cuando, when, if. cultivar, to cultivate. desconfiar (de), to distrust. diga V., tell. Dios quiera, God grant. durable, durable. durar, to last. empezar, to begin. encontrar, to meet. floreciente, flourishing. fundado, founded.
furioso, furious.
gustar, to please.
hacer, to make, do,
hasta, until. Jose, Joseph, levantar, to raise. llevar, to carry, to raise.
lograr, to succeed, hit upon. maduramente, maturely. mientras mas, the more. necesitar, to need. obrar, to work, act. pelear, to fight. presentar, to present. prestar, to lend. procurado, procured. prometer, to promise. recibir, to receive. reir, to laugh. regalar, to present. remediar, to remedy. salir, to go out. sin, witliout. sino, except. texner, to fear. tratar, to try. unido (-a), united. vivir, to live.
EXERCISE XII.
1. Mi hermano acompana a mi padre en sus viajes. 2. Los Arabes no peleaban como los Bomanos, en masas compactas. 3. Apenas empezaron las hos- tilidades, se alzo un furioso huracan que Ievant6 grandes nubes de polvo. 4. El piensa (thinks) que V. le regalara el libro y no el reloj. 5. No, el pen- saba que (yo) se lo presentaria, pero no puedo
VERB-FOKMS. 59
hacerlo. 6. Llevando mi yerno una espada muy larga, todos se reian de el. 7. Ha hablado V. a su yerno ? Le he hablado,, y quiero hablarle otra vez. 8. He de esperar (esperare) hasta que hable del asunto. 9. (a) Acompana a tu hermana : no acorn- panes a tus amigos esta tarde. (b) Acompane V. a su hermana ; no acorn pane V. a sus amigos esta tarde. 10. Su hermana de V. busco el anillo anoche, pero" no lo hallo. 11. Aun cuando tratara (or tratase) de re- inediar el mal, no podria lograrlo. 12. Mi padre desea que estudie la lengua espanola, y a mi me gusta estudiarla. 13. <; Aprobaba V. que esos mucha- chos me hablasen asi, en su presencia? 14. Su padre de Y. me ha dicho que si V. estudiare bien, le dara a V. un bonito reloj. 15. He visto a mi padre ; el deseaba que yo lie vase esta carta al correo. 16. Pro- metio darme el dinero que yo necesitara (necesitase). 17. <i Sin el auxilio de la escritura, organo de todas las ciencias, que hubiera (1st imperf. subj. of haber) en el mundo sino ignorancia ?
THEME XII.
1. I speak to men of my country. 2. Mr. Valdes has procured an excellent place for a son of Mrs. de Legarra. 3. The physician advised me not to go out (saliese) yesterday. 4. Tell1 Mr. Joseph Mor de Fuen- tes, when you shall meet him, that I wish to write to his son, but I don't know where he lives. 5. My friend's teacher has assured me that if my friend is diligent and studies with attention, he will not find Spanish very difficult. 6. I would esteem Mr. B. if he loved his wife more, if he treated her with more attention and kindness, and if he loved himself a
60 PKACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
little less. 7. He promised to lend me all the books that he should buy. 8. Speak more softly, and let us study with more attention. 9. A state is not nourish- ing but by the purity of its laws. 10. Esteem is durable only when it is founded on virtue. 11. To speak little, to observe much, to think maturely, and act prudently, are almost certain proofs of innocence of soul, rectitude of mind, and purity of manners. 12. The more foreigners cultivate the Spanish lan- guage, the more beautiful they find it. 13. Silence is the safest [part] for him who distrusts himself. 14. God grant that the war may not last long.
LESSON XIII.
SECOND AND THIRD CONJUGATION.
145. Following the order indicated in § 140, and the general meaning (allowance being made for dif- ferent verb) of § 142, the synopsis of temer (2d con- jugation) is as follows :
tem-er temiendo temido tem-o temi
tem-ia lie tem-ido tern a tem-iera
temer-e etc. tem-e tern iese
temer-ia tem-iere
146. CONJUGATION IN FULL OF temer, to fear :
temer tem-iendo tem-ido1 tem-o tem-i
|
tem-ia |
-es |
-iste |
|
-ias |
-e |
-io |
|
-ia |
-emos |
-imos |
|
-lamos |
-eis |
-isteis |
|
iais |
-en |
-ieron |
|
-ian |
1 Compound tenses formed with haber as auxiliary.
SECOND AND THIRD CONJUGATION. 61
temer-e tem-a tem-iera, -iese
-as -as -ieras, -ieses
-a -a -iera, -iese
emos amos -ieramos, -iesemos
eis -ais -ierais, -ieseis
-an -an -ieran -iesen
temer-ia tem-iere
-ias tem-e1 -ieres
-ia -a V -iere
-iamos -ieremos
-iais tem-ed -iereis
-ian tem-an VV. -ieren
147. SYNOPSIS OF recibir (3d conjugation), to receive :
recibir recib-iendo recib-ido recib-o recib-i
recib-ia he recibido recib a recib-iera
recibir-e etc. recib-e recib-iese
recibir-ia recib iere
148. CONJUGATION IN FULL OF recibir, to receive : recib-ir recib-iendo recib-ido recib-o recib-i
recib-ia -es -iste
-ias -«
-ia -imos
-lamos -is -isteis
-iais -en -ieron ian
|
recibir e |
recib-a recib-iera, -iese |
|
|
-as |
-as |
-ieras, -ieses |
|
a |
-a |
-iera, -iese |
|
-emos |
-amos |
-ieramos, -iesemos |
|
-eis |
-ais |
-ierais, -ieseis |
|
-an |
-an |
-ieran, -iesen |
|
recibir-ia |
|
recib-iere |
|
-ias |
recib-e |
-ieres |
|
-ia |
-aV. |
-iere |
|
-famos |
|
-ieremos |
|
-iais |
recib-id |
-iereis |
|
-ian |
-an VV. -ieren |
1 See note to imperative mood, § 144.
62
PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
VOCABULARY XIII.
el cafe, coffee.
campo, country :, field.
ejercicio, exei'tise.
juego, game. la destreza, dexterity.
dificultad, difficulty.
empresa, undertaking.
pasion, passion.
pistola, pistol.
recompensa, recompense.
venta, sale. abrir, to open. ambiguo, ambiguous. arreglar, to put in order. atacar, to attack. aumentar, to augment. beber, to drink. combatir, to combat. comer, to eat. consistir, to consist. con tal que, provided that. decaer, to diminish. descubrir, to discover. desistir, to desist. despues (de), after.
EXERCISE XIII.
1. El pobre Felipe perdio todo su dinero en aquella especulacion. 2. Los Eomanos vencieron a todas las naciones del mundo. 3. Cuando viviamos en el campo estudiabamoe mucho. 4. Me retire reflec- sionando en estas palabras, que no eran ambiguas. 5. Hoy recibiremos todo el cafe que necesitamos 6 yo bebere agua. 6. Tome V. un coche, si V. no quiere ir a pie esta manana. 7. No me habl& V, de ese
enfadar, to vex. ensenar, to teach. enviar, to send. esconder, to hide. interrumpir, to interrupt. largo (a), long, large. llamar, to call. mas vale, it is better. menester, necessary. mentir, to lie. olvidar, to forget. parecer, to seem. pasar, to pass. perder, to lose. prescribir, to prescribe. reflexionar, to reflect. renir, to scold. retirar, to withdraw. saber, to know. suplicar, to beg. tomar, to take. vehementemente, with force. veneer, to conquer.
SECOND AND THIKD CONJUGATION. 63
asunto, estoy enfadado con V. 8. El maestro desea mucho que aprendamos la lengua espanola. 9. Era menester qne gastasemos mucho dinero para arreglar la casa. 10. Mi maestro queria que yo aprendiese una leccion mas larga. 11. Colon prometio una recompensa al primero que descubriera la tierra.
12. Yo aprenderia el frances, si V. me lo ensenara.
13. No olvidaremos nada de lo que la amistad pre- scribiere. 14. Si encontrare V. a su padre manana, no olvide lo que le he dicho. 15. Vengo (/ come) a ver si ha llegado de la Habana el senor Alvarez. 16. La dificultad consiste en saber donde hallar al senor Komero. 17. <; Que hora es? No puedo decir- selo, porque no lo se. 18. Temiendo (el) que le ata- casen llevo sus pistolas, or, For temer (el) que le ata- casen llevo sus pistolas.
THEME XIII.
1. He allowed his children games of exercise and dexterity. 2. I bought yesterday two dozen (s) (of) pears, and we have eaten them already. 3. Speak more softly; you have already interrupted me twice. 4. Open the door for my father ; he has already knocked three times. 5. I fear that my father and mother may not receive your letter. 6. Although he might read much, he would learn but little. 7. If he should pass (by here), I would call him. 8. You aug- ment your fortune, and mine diminishes from day to day. 9. We shall hide him in order that the soldiers may not discover him. 10. We shall live happy after combating our passions. 11. You know [how] to lie; it is better to tell the truth, 12, Do you wish that
64 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
I (may) open the door? Yes; but do not scold.1 13. He would permit the sale, provided you would receive the money. 14. He begged him with force that he would desist from that undertaking. 15. You will send what shall seem (seems, parezca) best to you.
LESSON XIV.
EUPHONIC CHANGES IN REGULAR VERBS.
149. All verbs ending in car, gar, or zar always change c, g, and z into qu, gu, and c, respectively, be- fore e (this occurs in the first person singular of the preterite indicative ; in the present subjunctive throughout ; and in subjunctive used as imperative); and verbs in guar take diaeresis before e (in same po- sition): as, tocar, to touch; pagar, to pay ; avanzar, to advance ; aguar, to mix with water.
INFINITIVE, tocar pagar avanzar aguar
PRETERITE, toque pague avance ague
PRES. SUBJ., toque pague avance agile
SUBJ. FOR IMP., toque pague avance agile
150. When the c of verbs ending in cer or cir is preceded by a consonant and would be followed by a or o, it is changed into z ; but if a vowel 2 precedes c, z is inserted before it (c) in like positions; this occurs in first person singular, present indicative ; in present subjunctive throughout, and in subjunctive
1 Renir, see pedir, § 204.
2 For cocer and hacer and their compounds, see §§ 189, 190.
EUPHONIC CHANGES IN REGULAR VERBS. 65
used for imperative : as, veneer, to conquer ; resarcir, to compensate ; ofrecer, to offer ; relucir, to glitter.
INFINITIVE, veneer resarcir ofrecer relucir
PBES. IND., venzo resarzo ofrezco reluzco
PRES. SUB., venza resarza ofrezca reluzca
SUB. FOB IMP., venza resarza ofrezca reluzca
EXCEPTIONS : empecer (offend) and mecer (stir) follow rule for cer preceded by consonant.
151. Verbs ending in ger or gir change g into j before a or o ; those ending in guir drop u before a or o; and those ending in quir also change qu to c before a or o.
This applies to same moods, etc., as in § 150 : as, escoger, to choosey escojo, etc.; dirigir, to direct, dirijo, etc. ; distinguir, to distinguish, distingo, etc. ; delin- quir, to transgress, delinco, etc.
152. Verbs having the double consonants ch, 11, or fi just before the infinitive ending, regularly lose i of the diphthong ie and io when they would occur in conjugation (which would be in pres. part.; third sing, and plur. of pret. ind. ; imperfects and future subj.) : as, bullir (to boil), bullendo, etc.
153. The i of accented 1 verbal terminations, when following a vowel, is changed to y: as, cre-er, to be- lieve, creyendo, crey6, cre-yera, etc.; caer, to fall, ca- yendo, ca-y6, cayese, etc. ; destruir, to destroy, destru- yendo, destruy6, destruyera, etc. And those verbs ending in uir change i to y1 before a, e, o : as, atri- buir, to attribute, atribuyo, atribuyes, etc.
1 But not when the graphic accent is on the i, hence not in the imperfect indicative : as, leia, etc., from leer, to read.
66
PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
VOCABULARY XIV.
el aprieto, difficulty.
beneficio, benefit, favor.
camino, way, road.
heno, hay.
importe, amount.
jabali, wild boar.
medio, means. , memorial, memorandum.
piano, piano.
retrato, portrait.
rigor, rigor. la compania, company.
deuda, debt.
factura, invoice.
fatiga, fatigue.
naranja, orange.
paja, straw.
red, net.
tranquilidad, tranquillity. acabar, to finish. acoger, to receive. aguar, to mix with water. alegrar, to please. \tage.
aprovechar (se), to take advan- atentamente, attentively. avanzar, to advance. cargar, to charge. cazar, to hunt, chase. coger, to catch. comprender, to comprehend. consentir (en), to consent.
creer, to believe. dejar, to let, allow. delinquir, to transgress. dirigir, to direct. distinguir, to distinguish. empecer, to offend. escoger, to choose. esparcir, to scatter. frecuentar, to frequent. gozar, to enjoy. hacia, towards. honrar, to honor. huir, to escape, fly. instruir, to instruct. llegar, to arrive. matar, to kill. mecer, to agitate. merecer, to merit. pagar, to pay. partir, to depart. posible, possible. preciso, necessary. preguntar, to ask. preparar, to prepare. producir, to produce, proteger, to protect. robar, to rob. seguir, to follow. sufrir, to suffer. tocar, to touch, play.
EXERCISE XIV.
1. Expliquemos eso, porque el desea comprender] o. 2. Cargueme V. el importe de esta factura, no teugo
EUPHONIC CHANGES Itf REGULAR VERBS. 67
el dinero. 3. Hablenos V. de su viaje ; le escucha- remos a V. con atencion. 4. Si V. frecuenta a la gente honrada V. sera honrado. 5. El creera hon- rarle a V. acogiendole como V. lo merezca. 6. No he aprendido a servirme bien de las redes, y no cojo muchos pajaros. 7. No protejo a los holgazanes. 8. Cuando uno ha vivido como hombre honrado, goza una verdadera tranquilidad. 9. ; Que delinca ! si quiere ser castigado con rigor. 10. Mientras qne es- parzo este heno, 61 esparcira la paja para V. 11. El padre del muchacho no cree que llegue esta manana. 12. Si es verdad que su padre llegue (or llega) manana, sera menester prepararle un cuarto. 13. El se apro- vecha del consejo de su padre, y huye de la mala compania. 14. Mandeme V. su memorial, lo leere atentamente. 15. Es preciso que yo pregunte por los ninos. 16. Despues de haber seguido su camino hacia Paris, tomo el de Leon.
THEME XIV.
1. I played the piano a little to please (gladden) the ladies. 2. He does not pay his debts ; he wishes that others may pay them. 3. You are looking for your brother, but you will not find him. 4. I fear that we may not arrive in time for dinner. 5. I wish that you conquer your enemies by your favors. 6. I shall not consent to allow you to depart if you do not take something. 7. I do not know when I shall finish the portrait of your child. 8. I do not think that Por- tugal produces the best oranges. 9. Send me your son if you wish that I instruct (sufij.) him. 10. I choose this coat, which seems to me the best of all.
68 PRACTICAL SPAKISH GRAMMAR.
11. It is possible that the letters may come to-day.
12. Don Juan Morales of Madrid is the best man that I know. 13. It is necessary that you seek the means of getting out of the difficulty. 14. I chased a wild boar yesterday, and suffered great fatigue. 15. After having robbed his master, he killed him. 16. I ar- rived in London in the year 1873.
LESSON XV.
THE COMPOUND TENSES AND haber, to have.
154. Except in the passive voice, the compound tenses of all verbs are formed with haber,1 to have: as, ha aprendido, he has learned ; ha llegado, lie has (is) come.
155. (a) When the auxiliary to have (or to be, in the sense of is to, must) precedes an infinitive, it is rendered by haber de or tener que, deber or deber de : as, he de decirle, tengo que decirle. (#) When to have is not an auxiliary, it is rendered by tener : as, tengo una pluma, tengo la satisfaccion de verla,
(c) Kote following sentence : este hecho bubo de comprometer el exito de la expedition, this fact was on the point of, etc. (d) Haber in compounds of present tense is better not sepa- rated from the participle : Ha recibido V.? (not ha V. recibido ?). But this is allowable in 2d siog. and 1st and 2d persons plural : as, babels ido vosotros 1 or babeis vosotros ido ?
156. (a) Haber2 is used impersonally (3d person sing.) and means there is, there are, there were, etc. :
1 See § 234 (c).
2 So used it takes que with following infinitive : as, no hay que temer, there is nothing to fear.
THE COMPOUND TENSES AND haber, to have. 69
as, hay grandes autores en Espaiia. (b) Haber (used impersonally) often means since, ago, how far, etc. : as, hay cinco aiios que muri6 (died), cu&nto hay de aqui £ la ciudad? (c) Haber (used impersonally) often denotes a state which continues : as, hay dos anos que est£ malo.
157. SYNOPSIS OF haber, to have (irregular verb): haber hab-iendo1 hab-ido he hub e
habia he habido haya hub iera
habre etc. hub iese
habr-ia hub iere
158. haber hab iendo hab ido he hube hab ia Comp'd of Pres.2 he habido has -iste
-ias " Imp habia habido ha -o
-ia " Pret hub e habido hemos -imos -famos " Fut. habr e habido habeis -isteis -lais " Cond. habr ia habido han -ieron
-ian " Prs. Sb. hay a habido
C'p'd of 1. Imp. hub iera habido hay -a hub iera, -iese habr-e " 2. Imp. -iese habido -as -ieras, -ieses -as " Ft. Sub. -iere habido -a -iera, -iese -a -amos -ieramos, iesemos
-emoa -ais -ierais, ieseis
-eia -an -ieran. iesen
-an
habr ia (See note 3.) hub iere
-ias -ieres
-ia -iere
-famos -ieremos
-fais iereis
-ian -ieren
1 Used occasionally with past pan. of otner verbs : as, ha- biendo escrito, having written.
8 These compound tenses are found in all verbs, and each one is developed through different persons and numbers of haber.
3 Imperative wanting, although habe and habed are some- times given.
70 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
159. Haber1 conjugated as impersonal verb (3d sing.):
hab-er hab iendo hab-ido hay2 hubo
hab-ia Comp. of Pres. Ind. ha habido haya nub iera habr-a " Imp. habia habido haya hub iese
habr-ia " Pret. hubo habido hub-iere
" Fut habra habido
" Cond. habria habido " Pres. Sub. haya habido Comp'd of 1. Imp Sub. hubiera habido 44 2. Imp. Sub. hubiese habido 44 Fut, Sub. hubiere habido
VOCABULARY XV.
B! amo, master. abandonar, to abandon
exito, result. breve, short, brief
general, general. comprometer, to compromise.
gobierno, government. concluir, to finish.
influjo, influence. considerar, to consider.
modo, mode, manner. deber, to be obliged.
piloto, pilot. despedir, to dismiss.
pleito, dispute, lawsuit entregar, to abandon (to).
sustento, sustenance. f altar, to fail.
trigo, wheat. gris, gray.
la armonia, harmony. heredar, to inherit.
carestia, famine. infeliz, unhappy.
cosecha, harvest. informar, to inform.
enfermedad, disease. nadar, to swim.
(el) hambre (f.), hunger. podido (poder), been able.
noticia, news. pronto, soon.
paz, peace saciar, to satisfy.
riqueza, wealth. trocar, to exchange.
1 It will be noticed that haber used impersonally is the same as third person of haber used personally, except in the present indicative and imperative.
2 Hay = ha with Latin ibi ii = y, there.
THE COMPOUND TENSES AND haber, to have. 71
EXERCISE XVC
1. V. tiene el mismo modo de ver que yo. 2. Hace1 diez anos y seis meses que esta en Inglaterra. 3. Ha habido una gran batalla en el sud de Africa. 4. £ Cuando habra acabado V. su leccion ? La habre acabado en una hora. 5. ^ Quien ha heredado la fortuna del general? No ha dejado ninguna. 6. <; Habia hablado V. a este hombre? Yo le habia hablado dos 6 tres veces. 7. He de hacerme un ves- tido del pafio gris 6 negro. 8. Aun cuando hubiera (or hubiese) mayor armonia entre los hombres,habria siempre pleitos. 9. Trueca (lie exchanges} los breves males con (or por) los que han de durar para siempre. 10. El ha de saber que su padre esta malo ; le in- formare. 11. El caballo esta en campo, donde no le hade faltar el sustento. 12. <iQue hay que hacer? Que habia de hacer yo ? 13. Tal fue (was) su con- ducta, que hube de despedirle de mi servicio. 14. Si las riquezas hubieran (or hubiesen) podido saciar- me, las habria amado. 15. Si hay (or hubiere) noti- cias de nuestro pais, escribame V. 16. Envieme V. los libros que haya (or hubiere) en mi cuarto. 17. Cuando hubiere concluido su retrato de V. se lo llevare a V.
THEME XV.
1. Although he has been ill some time (it is some time that he is ill), he is not an infirm man. 2. Shall you have finished your work this evening? 3. I have to make soon a long voyage on the ocean (por la mar). 4. Even though there were peace, there would always
1 From hacer used as haber, see § 156 (c).
72 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
be laws and governments. 5. Eiches and poverty have a great influence over men. 6. If there were (should have) less idlers, there would be less unhappi- ness. 7. If I must (he de) make you a faithful pict- ure of my master, I must tell you, etc. 8. Consider- ing that hunger had to produce its effect, I abandoned myself to my lot. 9. We are to work this morning, and we are to read this evening. 10. The pilot knows very well what is to be done. 11. My brother and my cousin learned to swim long ago. 12. If there had been a good harvest of wheat, there would not have been a famine. 13. If you had arrived sooner you would have dined with us. 14. If there is (or shall be) disease in the ship, abandon it. 15. Send me the letters that there are (or there may be) in my trunk. 16. When I shall have finished my letter, I shall take it to the post.
LESSON XVI. PASSIVE VOICE/ ser AND estar (see § 73).
160. The proper passive voice of a verb in Spanish is found by joining its past participle (which must agree with its subject in gender and number) to the auxiliary ser :2 Esta senora es amada y estimada de todos los que la conocen.
1 For the reflexive verb used as a passive, see § 170.
2 SYNOPSIS OF ser alabado :
ser alabado (a) siendo alabado (a) (sido) alabado (-a) era alabado COMP OF PRES. IND.
ser e alabado he sido alabado (-a)
ser fa alabado has sido alabado
ha sido alabado
PASSIVE VOICE,, ser AHD estar.
73
161. When the verb expresses what is accidental or temporary, its past participle (which is considered as an adjective and must agree with the subject in gender and number) is joined to the verb estar (some- times even to andar, ir, quedar, etc.): as, est& sen- tado, lie is seated ; como muchas veces queda referido.
162. Estar (never ser) is used with the present participle for the progressive active form : as, mi padre est£ leyendo (reading) en su cuarto; estuvo (he luas) jugando (playing) todo el dia.
163. With passive verbs ly, denoting agency, is gen- erally expressed by por ; but when the verb expresses an intransitive action or feeling, de is generally used : as, los ladrones son perseguidos (pursued) por el al- guacil, but una tempestad segnida de calma ; la sabi- duria es alabada de (or por) todos.
164. SYNOPSIS OF ser:
|
ser siendo sido |
soy |
fill |
|
era he sido |
sea |
fu-era |
|
ser-e etc. |
se |
fu-ese |
|
ser-ia |
fu-ere |
|
|
165. CONJUGATION OF ser : |
||
|
ser siendo sido |
soy |
fui |
|
era comp. of Pres. ind. he sido |
eres |
fuiste |
|
eras has sido |
es |
fue |
|
era ha sido |
somos |
fuimos |
|
eramos hemos sido |
sois |
fuisteis |
|
erais habeis sido |
son |
fueron |
|
eran han sido |
soy alabado (-a) sea alabado se alabado
hemos sido alabado habeis sido alabado han sido alabado fui alabado (-a) fuera alabado fuese alabado fuere alabado
74
PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
-las sido seas -eras, -eses
-ia sido sea -era, -ese
-iamos sido seamos -eramos, -esemos
-iais sido seais -erais, -eseis
-ian sido seau -eran, -esen
etc.
ser-e Comp. of imp. ind. hab-ia sido sea fu-era, -ese -as -a
-emos -eis -an
ser-ia -ias -ia
-iamos -iais -ian
166. SYNOPSIS OF estar : est-ar estando estado
est-aba he estado
estar-e etc.
estar-ia
fu-ere
se -eres
sea V. -ere
-eremos
sed -ereis scan VV. -eren
estoy
este esta
estuve estuv-iera estuv-iese estuv-iere
167. CONJUGATION OF
estar est-ando estado
est-aba -abas -aba -abamos -abais -aban
estar-e -as -a
•emos -eis -an
estar-ia -ias -ia
-iamos -iais -ian
he estado
has estado
ha estado
hemos estado
habeis estado
han estado
etc.
estar :
estoy estuve -as -a
-amos
-ais
-an
-iste
-o
-imos
-isteis -ieron
este estuv-iera, -iese -es -ieras, -iese?
-e -iera, -iese
-emos -ieramos, -iesemos
-eis -ierais, -ieseis
-en -ieran, -iesen
- estuv-iere esta (be thou) -ieres este V. -iere
- -ieremos estad -iereis esten VV. -ieren
PASSIVE VOICE, ser ASTD estar.
75
VOCABULAKY XVI.
el baile, ball (party).
banquero, banker.
comercio, commerce.
convite, invitation.
derecho, right.
diputado, deputy.
duerio, owner.
espacio, (space) time.
fruto, fruit (on tree).
ladron, robber.
periodico, newspaper.
rayo, flash (of lightning).
reino, kingdom. la ambicion, ambition.
colocacion, situation.
condicion, condition.
desigualdad, inequality.
igualdad, equality.
infancia, childhood.
levita, frock-coat.
licencia, license.
mar, sea.
muerte, death.
prosperidad, prosperity.
revolution, revolution.
tempestad, storm. abrigar, to shelter. aceptar, to accept. agitar, to agitate. agrio, sour. alabar, to praise.
alii, there. alto, high. casar, to marry. colmar, to overwhelm. comprobar, to prove. conquistar, to conquer. convidar, to invite. desgraciado, unfortunate. desmayado, fainted. desordenado, lawless. docil, tractable. elegir, to elect. favorecido, favored. incendiar, to set fire to. ir, to go.
presente, present. prevenir, to inform. prodigo, prodigal. quedar, to remain. referir, to report. remendar, to mend. representar, to represent. reprimir, to repress. restablecer, to re-establish. saludable, salutary. satisfecho, satisfied. sosegado, quiet. suceder, to happen. supuesto, granted. temprano, early.
EXEECISE XVI.
1. Las ciencias han sido siempre favorecidas por los buenos gobiernos. 2. No engafiamos a nadie, pero somos engafiados muy a menudo. 3. La licencia fue
76 PRACTICAL SPAKISH GRAMMAR.
reprimida y la paz restablecida eu el pais. 4. Estoy seguro que la carta no ha sido escrita (written) por el. 5. Ha quedado (it has been) comprobado que eso no es verdad. 6. Si yo hubiera (or hubiese) sido convi- dado al baile habria aceptado el convite. 7. Esta carta es para V., la hacienda es de ella (hers), pero el dinero es mio. 8. gu hermano de V. esta aqui ; que esta haciendo ? Esta durmiendo (sleeping). 9. Se- nores, son hombres valientes los que alii estan presen- tes. 10. Mi amigo es casado ; mi sobrino esta (lives) casado en Portugal. 11. Sucediole lo que queda re- ferido, pero estaba prevenido. 12. Estando el en alta mar, un rayo incendio el buque. 13. Donde ha estado V. ? He estado escribiendo en casa. 14. La ambicion desordenada es la que tantas revoluciones produce. 15. Fue pequefio espacio el en que estuvo Transila desmayada (Cervantes). 16. Quiera Dios, que sus anos de V. sean colmados de toda prosperidad. 17. Es temprano, pero mi criado esta por (in favor of) (or para, is ready) salir.
THEME XVI.
1. My friend has been elected deputy of his city. 2. The estate has been sold since the death of the owner. 3. These things were (have been) selected by my brother when he was (estaba) in Paris. 4. This comedy has been played twice in the large theatre. 5. The beautiful house of the banker will be sold this week. 6. This fruit is sour (by nature), is sour (by accident) ; the tree is tall, the fruit is high. 7. He was much agitated, but he is much more quiet now. 8. He is very teachable, and is satisfied with his situation. 9. I am not reading the newspaper; I
REFLEXIVE VERBS AtfD tend. 77
am mending my coat. 10. "Whom are you seeking? I am looking for my brother. 11. This old house is that which sheltered our childhood. 12. " These are not days of faith in which we live/' said Alcala Ga- liano. 13. The fortresses of the whole kingdom are conquered. 14. Granted the equality of rights, the inequality of conditions has salutary effects. 15. If I had not been so unfortunate, I would already have abandoned commerce. 16. If you were not so prodi- gal, you would be richer.
LESSON XVII.
REFLEXIVE VERBS AND teller.
168. While many Spanish verbs are used only re- flexively, all transitive verbs (having direct or indirect object) and many intransitive ones (indirect object) may be used reflexively : as, maravillar, maravillarse, alabar and alabarse, atribuir and atribuirse (to attrib- ute to him-, her-, itself or themselves), dormir (to sleep), dormirse (to fall asleep). Yo me corner^ dos panes ; yo me olvido de la leccion, or better, yo olvido la leccion ; te apropiaste £ ti 6 para ti la capa, you appropriated the cloak to or for yourself.
169. (a) For the position of subject pronoun see § 155 (d ). (b) For the form and position of the object pronoun see Les- son VII, and note the following phrases yo me alegro, V se ha alegrado, or se ha alegrado V.; j, se ha alegrado V.? ; noso- tros no nos hemos alegrado ; j no nos hemos alegrado nosotros l.
170. The reflexive1 verb, whether personal or im-
1 Se followed by other conjunctive pronouns, and third per- son singular of the verb, sometimes takes the place of reflexive
78 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
personal, is often used for the passive voice : as, eso no se puede hacer, or eso no puede hacerse, se dice.
171. The reflexive verb is often used reciprocally ; as, salud£ronse cortesmente, they greeted each other politely.
172. (a) For uses of tener, see § 155 (a) and (b). (b) When in English the verb to be precedes adjectives denoting one's feelings, physical or moral, as hungry, cold, afraid, ashamed, etc., tener is to be used: as, tengo sueiio, frio, calor, hambre, sed, razon, miedo y vergiienza. (c) The same verb is used in reference to one's age : as, i Que edad tiene ? Tengo cincuenta anos de edad. (d) If a noun expressing sentiment or duty comes between tengo and the following infinitive, de precedes the infinitive • as, tuvo la satisfaccion de verla. (e) What is the matter with you?, etc., { que tiene V,1?, etc Nothing is the matter with me, etc , no tengo nada, etc.
173. SYNOPSIS OF REFLEXIVE VERB alegrarse, to rejoice :
alegrarse alegrandose alegrado (se) me alegr-o me alegr e
me alegr-aba me he alegrado me alegr-e me alegr-ara
me alegrar e etc. alegrate me alegr ase
me alegrar ia me alegr are
173. (a) CONJUGATION OF REFLEXIVE VERB ale- grarse, to rejoice :
|
me alegr-aba alegrandose alegrado(se) me alegro me alegr-e |
|||
|
te |
-abas |
me he alegrado te |
•as te aste |
|
se |
-aba |
te has alegrado se |
-a se -6 |
|
(V. s |
e -aba) |
se ha alegrado etc. |
etc. |
|
nos |
-abamos |
etc. |
|
|
OS |
abais |
me alegr-ara |
|
|
se |
-aban |
te -aras |
|
|
(VV. |
se -aban) |
se ara |
|
|
etc. etc, |
proper, and sometimes of the passive : parece que se te ha ido de las mientes, it appears that it has gone out of your mind ; se me dice, I am told.
REFLEXIVE VERBS AND tener.
79
174. SYNOPSIS OF tener (irregular verb), to hold, to have :
ten-er ten-ia tendr-e tendr-ia
ten-iendo
ten-ido he ten-ido etc.
tengo
teng-a
ten
tuv-e tuv-iera tuv-iese tuv-iere
175. CONJUGATION OF tener, to hold, to have:
ten-er ten iendo ten-ia
-ias
-ia
-iamos
-iais
-ian tendr-e
etc.
tendr-ia etc.
|
ten-ido tengo he ten-ido tienes |
tuv-e -iste |
|
etc, tiene |
-0 |
|
tenemos |
-imos |
|
teneis |
-isteis |
|
tienen |
-ieron |
|
teng-a etc. |
tuv-iera, -iese etc. |
|
|
tuv-iere |
|
ten |
etc. |
|
tenga V |
|
|
tened |
|
|
tengan VV. |
VOCABULARY XVII.
el cuello, collar. dedo, finger.
motive, reason. la amistad, friendship.
confianza, confidence.
fortaleza, fortress. (las) mientes, thoughts.
nariz, the nose.
ninerfa, puerility.
novedad, news.
perfidia, perfidy.
precaucion, precaution.
rabia, anger.
la razon, reason (right).
rodilla, knee.
sed, thirst.
vergiienza, shame. acostar (-se), to go to bed. acusar, to accuse. anunciar, to announce. apoderar ( se), to get possession. arrepentir ( se), to repent. azul, blue. contar, to relate. cortar (-se), to cut. cortesmente, politely. desmayar (-se), to faint.
80 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
divertir (-se), to amuse. maravillar (-se), to wonder.
equivocar, to mistake. poner (-se), to put on.
guardar, to keep. quitar (-se), to take off.
jugar, to play. ridicule, ridiculous.
lavar, to wash. saludar, to greet.
limpio, clean. sentir (-se), to feel. maravillar, to admire.
EXERCISE XVII.
1. <; No se equivoca V. cuando (V.) dice eso? No me equivoco. 2. <i Como se llama su amigo de V.? Mi amigo se llama Juan. 3. <; Se pasea V. todos los dias ? Me paseo cuando el tiempo esta bueno. 4. No se lo que tenemos, pero no podemos dormir cuando nos acostamos. 5. No puedo acordarme de lo que dijo (said) este hombre. 6. <j Se ban hablado estas sefio- ras? Oreo que no se ban hablado. 7. El hijo de Juan se esta muriendo (morir); su madre se desmayo. 8. Pongase V. otro cuello ; el que V. tiene no esta limpio. 9. Cuantos reales tiene (hay en) un peso ? Un peso tiene veinte reales. 10. No tengo tiempo para jugar; tengo deseo de dormir. 11. Y teniendo yo mas vida, tengo menos libertad (Calderon). 12. Que se ha de hacer ? — mafiana se vendera la casa. 13. Se ban tornado las precauciones (or) las precauciones ban sido tomadas. 14. Nos guardabamos amistad; nos contabamos cien mil ninerias. 15. Tengo escntas vanas cartas a mi madre y a mi hermana. 16. Tie- nen rabia y estan acusandose de perfidia. 17. Tengo el ojo malo ; tenemos los pies malos ; tiene la rodilla mala.
THEME XVII.
1. What is your name, my friend ? My name is Edward. 2. Do you get up early ? I get up at half-
IRREGULAR VERBS— acertar. 81
past six. 3. I do not know how to amuse myself. I am not well ; I shall feel better to-morrow. 4. The enemy (-ies) took possession of one of our fortresses. 5. Why do you ridicule this man? Because he is very ridiculous. 6. My brother will marry when he has (subj.) a good situation. 7. Take off your hat in the room. I always take mine off. 8. The boy has cut his finger, and he is washing his hand. 9. Andrew had no reason to (para) repent of his confidence. 10. I have the pleasure to announce the news to you. 11. I am hungry ; he is ashamed ; we were afraid ; they are sleepy. 12. Is anything the matter with your brother ? ~No, nothing is the matter with him. 13. He has a long nose, blue eyes, and large hands and feet. 14. How old are you ? I am twenty, and my brother is eighteen. 15. This house has a hundred feet of height, and the street has fifty feet of width. 16. This room is sixty feet long and (or by, por) sixteen wide.
LESSON XVIII.
IRRREGULAR1 VEKBS: acertar AND OTHERS — 1ST CONJ.
176. SYNOPSIS OF acertar, to succeed in guessing, to hit the mark :
acert-ar acert-ando acert-ado aciert-o acert-e
acert-aba he acert-ado aciert-e acert-ara
acertar-e etc. aciert-a acert-ase
acertar-ia acert-are
1 Plegar (to fold) and desplegar (to unfold) ate both regular and irregular ; atentar, in the sense of to attempt a crime ; aterrar, as meaning to frighten; atestar, in the sense of to wit- ness, are regular ; so also profesar, to profess.
PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
|
177. CONJUGATION |
or acertar : |
|
|
acert-ar acert-ando |
acert-ado aciert-o1 acert-e |
|
|
acert-aba |
.as -aste |
|
|
•abas |
-a -6 |
|
|
•aba -abamos |
acert-amos -amos -ais -asteis |
|
|
-abais |
aciert-an -aron |
|
|
-aban |
||
|
acertar-e |
aciert-e |
acert-ara, -ase |
|
-as |
.es |
-aras, -ases |
|
-a |
-e |
-ara, -ase |
|
-emos |
acert-emos |
-aramos, -as emos |
|
-eis |
-eis |
-arais, -aseis |
|
-an |
aciert-en |
-aran, -asen |
|
acertar-ia |
|
acert-are |
|
-ias |
aciert-a |
-ares |
|
-ia |
•eV. |
-are |
|
-iamos |
|
-aremos |
|
-iais |
acert-ad |
-areis |
|
.fan |
aciert-en VV |
-aren |
178. SYNOPSIS OF acordar, to agree:
acord-ar acord-audo acord-ado acuerd-o acord-e
acord-aba he acord-ado acuerd-e acord-ara
acordar-e etc. acuerd-a acord-ase
acordar-ia acord-are
179. CONJUGATION OF acordar2:
|
acord-ar acord-ando acord-ado |
acuerd-o acord-e |
|
acord-aba he " |
-as -aste |
|
-abas has " |
-a -6 |
|
-aba ha " |
acord-amos -amos |
|
-abamos hemos " |
-ais -asteis ^^ |
|
-abais habeis " |
acuerd-an -aron |
|
-aban han " |
1 Where the stem -syllable is accented, it changes. 8 When meaning to tune, regular.
IRREGULAR VERBS— FIRST CONJUGATION. 83
acordar-e -as -a
emos -eis -an
acordar-ia -ias -ia
-iamos -iais -ian
acuerd-e -es -e
acord-emos -eis
acuerd-en
acuerd-a -eV.
acord-ara, -ase
-aras, -ases
-ara, -ase
-aramos, -asemos
-arais, -aseis
-aran, -asen
acord-are etc.
acord-ad acuerd-en VV.
180. SYNOPSIS OF andar, to walk: and-ar and-ando and-ado and-o and-aba lie and-ado and-e
andar- e etc. and-a
andar-ia
anduv-e anduv-iera
anduv-iese anduv-iere
|
181. CONJUGATION OF |
andar |
|
|
and-ar and-ando and-ado |
and-o |
anduv-e |
|
and-aba he " |
-as |
-iste |
|
-abas has " |
-a |
-0 |
|
-aba ha " |
-amos -imos |
|
|
-abamos hemos " |
-ais |
-isteis |
|
-abais habeis " |
-an |
-ieron |
|
-aban han " |
||
|
andar-e |
and-e |
anduv-iera, -iese |
|
-as |
-es |
-ieras, -ieses |
|
-a |
-e |
-iera, -iese |
|
•emos |
-emos -ieramos, -iesemos |
|
|
-eis |
-eis |
-ierais, -ieseis |
|
an |
-en |
-ieran, -iesen |
|
andar-ia |
|
anduv-iere |
|
-ias |
and-a |
-ieres |
|
ia |
-e V |
-iere |
|
-iamos |
|
-ieremos |
|
-iais |
and-ad |
-iereis |
|
-ian |
-en |
VV. -ieren. |
PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
|
182. CONJUGATION OF dar,1 to give: |
|||
|
dar dando dado |
doy |
di |
|
|
d-aba he " |
d-as |
-iste |
|
|
-abas has " |
-a |
-io |
|
|
-aba ha " |
-amos |
-imos |
|
|
-abamos hemos " |
-ais |
-isteis |
|
|
-abais habeis " |
-an |
•ieron |
|
|
-aban han " |
|||
|
dar-e |
d-e |
d-iera, |
-iese |
|
-as |
-es |
-ieras, |
-ieses |
|
-a |
-e |
-iera, |
-iese |
|
-emos |
-emos |
-ieramos, |
-iesemos |
|
eis |
-eis |
-ierais, |
-ieseis |
|
-an |
-en |
-ieran, |
-iesen |
|
dar-ia |
|
d-iere |
|
|
-fas |
da |
-ieres |
|
|
-ia |
de V. |
-iere |
|
|
-iamos |
|
-ieremos |
|
|
-iais |
dad |
-iereis |
|
|
ian |
den VV. |
-ieren |
183. CONJUGATION OF jugar, to play : jugar jug-ando jug-ado jueg-o'2 jugu-e
jug-aba
he
-as jug-aste
|
-abas |
has " |
•a |
-6 |
|
|
-aba -abamos |
ha " hemos " |
jug-amos •ais |
-amos -asteis |
|
|
-abais |
habeis |
jueg-an |
-aron |
|
|
-aban |
han *' |
|||
|
jugar-e -as |
juegu-e -es |
jug-ara, -aras, |
-ase -ases |
|
|
-a |
-e |
-ara, |
-ase |
|
|
-emos -eis |
jugu-emos u-eis |
-aramos, -arais, |
-asemos -aseis |
|
|
-an |
juegu-en |
-aran, |
-asen |
1 The synopsis may be readily taken from full conjugation, and should be given orally for each verb.
2 See note 1, p. 82.
IRREGULAR VERBS — FIRST COKJUGATIOtf. 85
jugar-ia jug-are
-ias juega -ares
-la juegu-e V. -are
famos -aremos
-lais jugad -areis
-lan juegu-en VV. -aren
164. (a) Errar, to err, takes y1 before it in the pres. indie,
and parts derived from it, except first and second person plur.
PRINCIPAL PARTS ; errar err-ando err-ado yerr-o err-e PRES. INDIC. PRES. SUBJ. IMPERATIVE.
yerr-o yerr-e
yerr-as yerr-es yerr-a
yerr-a yerr-e yerr-e V.
err-amos err-emos
err-ais err-eis err-ad
yerr-an yerr-en yerr-en VV.
(b) Constar, to be evident ; antojarse, to long, are used only in the third person sing, and plur. ; pesar in the sense of to regret is impersonal (third person sing.).
VOCABULARY XVIII.
el fuego, fire. las de Villadiego, French
guante, glove. acertar, to hit the mark.
puiietazo, blow with the fist, almorzar, to breakfast.
respeto, respect. cegar, to blind.
la bofetada, slap. cerrar, to sJiut.
culpa, blame. confesar, to confess.
escopeta, gun. costar, to cost.
falta, fault. desaprobar, to disapprove.
intencion, intention. descontar, to discount.
justicia, justice. despertar, to awake.
nacion, nation. despoblar, to depopulate.
pelota, ball (game). endeudado, in debt.
pieza, piece (play). entrar, to enter.
promesa, promise. gobernar, to govern.
1 This y is for i (instead of ierro we have yerro, etc.).
86 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
helar, to freeze. recomendar, to recommend.
junto, near. reprobar, to reprove.
manifestar, to manifest. sentar (-se), to sit down.
merendar, lunch. sin embargo, nevertheless.
negar, to deny. sorprender, to surprise.
nevar, to snow. temblar, to tremble.
obligar, to oblige. volar, to fly.
EXERCISE XVIIL
1. El principe gobierna sus estados con modera- tion y justicia. 2. <; Que piensa V. de la pieza que se represento ayer ? 3. Los vicios despueblan las nacio- nes mas que las guerras. 4. "No me acuerdo de lo que me ha dicho (said), pero me acordare (de ello). 5. Me dio un punetazo; le di a el una bofetada muy f uerte. 6. Si V. me diera (or diese) su perro, le daria a V. mi escopeta. 7. Si V. encuentra (or encontrare) a un anciano saludele V. con respeto. 8. El hombre manifiesta buenas intenciones y confiesa sus faltas. 9. Temo que V. desapruebe la action, sin embargo no la niego. 10. Acuerdese V. de su promesa y reco- miendeme V. a su amigo. 11. Hiela (it freezes) y nieva mucho este afro en Ithaca. 12. j Acuestese V. amigo mio ! Gracias ! No tengo gana de acostarme. 13. Cuentenos V. como paso el (su) tiempo ayer por la manana. 14. Mi sobrino se echo a reir (laughed aloud) al tiempo de retirarse. 15. <j Piensa V. ir al baile esta noche ? Yo no pienso ir. 16. El pobre pajaro tiembla y no vuela en la tempestad.
THEME XVIIL
1. At what hour do you breakfast ? We breakfast at six in the morning. 2. When do you begin the work that you wish to write ? 3. I breakfast at seven,
IRREGULAR VERBS— SECOND CONJUGATION. 87
do not lunch in the evening, and go to bed early. 4. We marched (pret.) all night in order to surprise the enemy (-ies). 5. I always give you good advice(s), but you forget it (them) often. 6. The boy plays at ball this morning. We do not play. 7. Discount this letter of exchange that I have received to-day. 8. Why do you begin your labor so late ? I do not awaken. 9. If he gave less to the poor he would not be so in debt. 10. Sit down, sir. I do not sit down, because I have not time. 11. Shut the door of my room. It is already shut, sir. 12. I am not to (have not the) blame. Why do you reprove me ? 13. How much do these gloves cost ? They cost two pesetas a pair. 14. He reached for his sword, and they took French leave. 15. It pleases me to sit somewhere near the fire. 16. The dust blinds me, and forces me to enter the house.
LESSON XIX.
IRREGULAR VERBS I atender AND OTHERS — SECOND CONJUGATION.
185, CONJUGATION OF atender, to mind, to heed:
atend-er atend-iendo atend-ido attend1 -o atend-i
|
atend-ia |
and atento -es |
-iste |
|
-fas |
he atend-ido -e |
-io |
|
-ia |
etc. atend-emos |
-ixnos |
|
lamos |
-eis |
-isteis |
|
-iais |
atiend-en |
-ieron |
|
-ian |
See note 1, p. 82.
88
PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
atender-e atiend-a atend-iera, -iese
-as -as etc.
-a -a
-emos atend-amos
-eis -ais
-an atiend-an atender-ia atend-iere
-ias atiende etc.
-ia atiend-a V.
-iamos
-iais atended
-ian atiend-an VV.
186. CONJUGATION OF mover, to move:
mov-er tnov-ia
etc. mover-e
etc. mover-ia
etc.
mov-iendo
. mov-ido he mov-ido etc.
muev-o -es -e
mov-emos -eis
muev-en
muev-a -as
mov-i
-iste
-io
-imos
-fsteis
-ieron
mov-iera, -iese etc.
mov-amos -ais
muev-an
mov-iere etc.
mueve mueva V.
moved muevan VV.
187. CONJUGATION OF caer, to fall (idiomatic to look into) :
ca-er ca-yendo ca-ido caigo cai
ca-ia he ca-ido caes ca-iste
etc. etc. cae cay-6
caer-e caemos caimos
etc. caeis caisteis
caen caen cayeron
IRREGULAR VERBS— SECOND CONJUGATION. 89
caer-ia caig-a ca-yera, -yese
etc. etc. etc.
ca-yere
ca-e etc.
caig-a V.
ca-ed caigan VV.
188. CONJUGATION OF traer, to bring, to wear : tra-er trayendo traido traig-o traj-e tra-ia lie traido
etc. etc.
traer-e
etc. traer-ia
etc.
traed traigan VV.
189. CONJUGATION OF cocer, to cook (to boil or to
bake) :
|
tra-es tra-e etc. traig-a etc. trae traiga V. |
-iste -0 etc. traj-era, -ese etc. traj-ere etc. |
co-cer coc-ia
etc. cocer-e
etc.
cocer-ia etc.
cociendo
|
cocido he cocido etc. |
cuez-o cuec-es cuec-e coc-emos -eis cuec-en cuez-a -as -a coz-amos -ais cuez-an |
coc-i -iste -io -imos -isteis -ieron coc-iera, -iese etc. coc-iere etc. |
cuece coced cueza V. cuezan VV.
90
PKACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
190. CONJUGATION OF hacer, to do, to make:
|
hac-er |
hac-iendo hecho |
hago |
hic-e |
|
hac-ia |
he hecho |
haces |
hic-iste |
|
etc. |
etc. |
hace |
hiz-o |
|
etc. |
hic-imos |
||
|
har-e |
hag-a |
etc. |
|
|
-as |
-as |
hic-iera, -iese |
|
|
etc. |
etc. |
etc. |
|
|
har-ia |
|
|
hic-iere |
|
-ias |
haz |
haced |
etc. |
etc. haga V. hagan VV.
191. CONJUGATION OF satisfacer, to satisfy :
satisfac-er satisfac-ia
etc. satisfar-e
etc. satisfar-ia
etc.
(-fac-iendo) (-fecho) he satisfecho etc.
(-fag-o) (-fic-e)
(-fac-es) ( -iste)
( -ce) (-fiz-o)
etc. (-fic-imos) (-fag-a) etc.
( -as) (-fic-iera, -iese)
etc. etc.
(-fic-iere)
(-face or -faz) (-faced) etc. (-fagaV.) (-faganVV.)
192. CONJUGATION OF querer, to want, to will, to wish ; also to like, to love : quer-iendo quer-ido he quer-ido etc.
quer-er quer-ia
etc. querr-e -as etc.
querr-ia -fas etc.
quier-o
-es
-e quer-emos
-eis
quier-en quier-a
-as
-a quer-amos
-ais quier-an
quis-e
-iste
-o
-imos '
-fsteis
-ieron quis-iera, -iese
etc.
quis-iere etc.
quiere quered quiera V. quieran VV.
IRREGULAR VERBS— SECOND CONJUGATION. 91
VOCABULARY XIX.
el cirujano, surgeon.
concierto, concert.
corriente, present (month).
costumbre, custom.
embarazo, perplexity.
estudiante, student.
hornillo, (kitchen) stove.
homo, oven.
huevo, egg.
instante, instant.
pantalon, pantaloon.
postre, dessert.
reformador, reformer.
sastre, tailor.
socorro, help. la libreria, bookstore.
mercaderia, goods.
pregunta, question. aborrecer, to hate. atender, to mind, heed.
caer, to fall.
cocer, to cook, to boil.
cocer (-se), cook, boil.
desde, since.
despacio, slowly.
ento*nces, then.
morder, to bite.
mover, to move.
ofrecer, to offer. [sure).
pasear (-se), to walk (for plea-
pretender, to pretend.
( to want, will, wish; 1uerer> \ to like, to love. satisfacer, to satisfy. sonar, to dream. trabajar, to work. traer, to bring, to wear. valuar, to appreciate. volver, to return.
EXERCISE XIX.
1. Pedro quiere a ese hombre, pero yo le aborrezco. 2. i Que pretenden los nuevos reform adores con su sofiada igualdad? 3. <iQue esta mi hrjo haciendo? Esta escribiendo una carta. 4. Mi hijo acaba de (has just) llegar ; se ha paseado (una) hora y media. 5. <; Tiene el tiempo para (de) trabajar ? Si, pero no tiene gana de bacerlo. 6. <j Ha hecho mis pantalones el sastre ? Los tiene hechos. 7. Se man da V. hacer un vestido ; <; por quien le ha hecho hacer V.? <; a quien le ha dado V. a hacer? 8. Tenia costumbre el rey de hacer esta pregunta : <; estais satisf echo ?
9. Dire al criado que traiga los postres al instante.
10. <; Conoce V. a este caballero ? Le conozco desde
92 PKACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
muchos anos. 11. £ Cuando quiere V. que hagamos este negocio para V.? 12. Su perro de V. muerde a todos los que quieren entrar en su casa. 13. Es pre- cise que V. caiga en la pobreza para valuar el socorro. 14. Hizo mucho frio en mi cuarto ent6nces, mas ahora hace calof. 15. El tren se mueve muy despa- cio, y llegarernos tarde. 16. Cuando vuelva V. a es- cribirle, dele V. muchas memorias de mi parte.
THEME XIX.
1. I have just heard (to say} that the countess de Villegas has lost a son ; it is the queen's surgeon who has killed him. 2. I should like to read some of the romances of Valdes. 3. I do not believe that you will find them in a small bookstore. 4. He has of- fered to carry to his mother the letter I have written. 5. What has been done with your brother ? He be- came (made himself) doctor. 6. How long has it been since (that) you have breakfasted ? A little time since. 7. I shall set sail for Spain the twelfth of the present month. 8. How shall I do to have goods without money ? 9. Do you not wear your coat any more? I do not wear it ; it is worn out. 10. What do you wish ? We wish money to go to the concert. 11. What do you do on Sundays in the afternoon? We take a walk. 12. He fell into a great perplex- ity when he learned this news. 13. What kind of weather is it to-day ? It is clear and quiet weather. 14. The students pay attention to the words of the philosopher. 15. The eggs are cooked on the stove, and the bread in the oven. 16. I have not again seen (returned to see) him, but they have "just seen him.
IRREGULAR VERBS OF SECOND CONJUGATION. 93
LESSON XX.
IRREGULAR YERBS OF SECOND CONJUGATION (CONCLUDED).
193. Caber,1 to hold, to le contained in (en): caber cab-iendo cab-ido quep-o cup-e cab-ia
etc. cabr-e
etc. cabr-ia
etc.
cabe cab-ed
quepa V. quep-an W.
194. Oler, to smell, to scent :
|
he cab-ido |
cab-es |
-lite |
|
etc. |
cab-e |
-0 |
|
etc. |
etc. |
|
|
quep-a |
cup-iera, -iese |
|
|
-as |
etc. |
|
|
-a |
cup-iere |
|
|
etc. |
etc. |
ol-er
ol-ia
etc.
oler-e
etc.
oler-ia
etc.
ol-iendo ol-ido
|
huel-o -es -e ol-emos -eis huel-en huel-a -as -a ol-amos -ais huel-an |
Ol-l -iste -io etc. ol-iera, -iese etc. ol-iere etc. |
huel-e -a V.
ol-ed huel-an VV.
1 Subject generally follows this verb : as, en la catedral de Burgos cabe mucha gente.
94 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
195. Placer,1 to please (impersonal):
placer placiendo placido place plug-o (plac-io)
plac-ia plazc-a (or plegue) plugu-iera, -iese
placer-a (or plega) (plac-iera, -iese)
placer -ia plegue (or plega) plugu-iere (plac-iere)
196. Poder, to be able (a model auxiliary meaning can, may, could, might):
poder pud-iendo pod-ido pued-o pud-e pod-ia -es -iste
etc. -e -o
podr-e pod-emos etc.
-as . -eis pud-iera, -iese
etc. pued-en etc.
podr-ia pued-a pud-iere
-fas -as etc.
etc. -a
pod-amos
-ais Imperative wanting. pued-an
197. Poner, to place, to put:
poner pon-iendo puesto pong-o pus-e
pon-ia pon-es -iste
etc. etc. etc.
pondr-e pong-a pus-iera, -iese
etc. -as etc.
pondr-ia etc. pus-iere
etc. etc.
pon pon-ed
pong-a V. pong-an VV.
1 Placer may be (though it rarely is) used personally and conjugated throughout (subject only to the regular euphonic changes of verbs in cer). The compounds of placer are reg- ular and not impersonal.
IRREGULAR VERBS OF SECOND CONJUGATION. 95
198. Saber, to Mow (things); also, to know how:
|
saber sab-iendo sabido |
se sup-e |
|
sab-ia |
sab-es -iste |
|
etc. |
-e -o |
|
sabr-e |
etc. etc. |
|
etc. |
sep-a sup-iera, -iese |
|
sabr-ia |
-as etc. |
|
etc. |
etc. sup-iere |
|
|
etc. |
|
sabe |
sabed |
|
sep-a V. |
sep-an VV. |
|
199. Valer, to le worth : |
|
|
val-er val-iendo val-ido |
valg-o val-i |
|
val-ia |
val-es -iste |
|
etc. |
-e -io |
|
valdr-e |
etc. etc. |
|
-as |
valg a val iera, -iese |
|
etc. |
as etc. |
|
valdr-ia |
etc. val-iere |
|
.fas |
etc. |
|
etc. val, vale |
val-ed |
|
valg-a V. |
valg-an VV. |
|
200. yer, to see : |
|
|
ver viendo visto |
veo vi |
|
ve-ia |
ves viste |
|
ve-ias |
ve vio |
|
etc. |
vemos vimos |
|
ver-e |
veis visteis |
|
-as |
ven vieron |
|
etc. |
ve-a viera, -iese |
|
ver-ia |
-as etc. |
|
etc. |
etc. viere |
|
— |
etc. |
|
ve |
ved |
|
vea V. |
vean VV. |
96 PRACTICAL SPAXISH GRAMMAR.
201. Yacer, to lie (down) :
yac-er yac-iendo yac-ido yazc-o (yazg-o, yag-o) yac-i yac-ia yac-es etc.
etc. yac-e yac-iera, -iese
yacer-e etc. etc.
etc. PRES. SORT. yac-iere
yacer-ia yazc-a, yazc-asetc. etc.
etc. yazg-a, yazg-as etc.
yag-a, yag-as etc. IMPERATIVE.
Rarely used, except in third per-
son of present and imperfect in- yace or yaz yaced dicative. yazc-a V. yazc-an VV.
202. DEFECTIVE1 VERBS OF SECOND CONJUGATION.— (a) Acaecer, acontecer, and suceder (each meaning to happen) are used only in the third persons (sing, and plural), (b) Pacer, to pasture, not (or rarely) used in pres. subj. or first person sing, of pres. ind. (c) Raer, to erase. The forms in which the stem- vowel comes before a or o are little used; but pres. ind. raigo or rayo, raes, etc.; pres. subj. raiga or raya, raigas or rayas, etc.; imp. ind. raia, etc.; pret. ind. rai, etc.; rayera, etc.; rayese, etc.; rayere, etc. (d) Roer,2 to gnaw. Pres. ind. roo (roigo or royo), roes, roe, etc.; pres. subj. roa, roiga or roya, roas, roigas or royas, etc. — Corroer, corroe, corroen, co- rroa, cor roan, are the most common forms of corroer. (e) Re- poner (in the sense of) to reply, used only in pret. ind.: repuse, etc. (/) Salve,3 God bless you, has no other form than this (second singular imperative), (g) Soler, to be accustomed to, has in general use only the following forms :
|
soler |
soliendo solido suelo |
|
solia |
sueles |
|
etc. |
etc. |
1 Some, as will be noted, are simply impersonal.
2 Generally marked defective in pres. subj. and first person of pres. ind.
3 Salve (and vale, see [i]) not in general use
IRREGULAR VERBS OF SECOND CONJUGATION. 97
(h) Taner, to play (music), obsolete in first person sing. pres. ind., which was formerly tango. — Ataiier, to appertain, used only in third person sing, and plur. (i) Vale, farewell (see salve). Vale is generally treated as a noun or interjection.
VOCABULARY XX.
el alto, halt. la silla, chair.
arroyo, brook. vaca, cow.
banco, bank. a todo lo largo de, all along.
carnero, sheep. ausente, absent.
los caudales, funds. caber, to be contained.
el circo, circus. defender, to defend.
cofre, trunk. doler, to pain.
florero, flowerpot. inmediatamente, immediately.
juez, judge. luego que, as soon as.
porvenir, future. obedecer, to obey.
sepulcro, sepulchre. oler, to smell, scent.
la bolsa, purse. (en) otra parte, elsewhere.
cabra, goat. pacer, to pasture.
calidad, quality. placer, to please.
cama, bed. poner, to place.
legumbre, vegetable. proximo, next. .
lista, list (menu). soler, to be accustomed.
opinion, opinion. valer, to be worth.
sabana, sheet. yacer, to lie.
EXERCISE XX.
1. Podra V. comenzar sus lecciones de nadar ma- fiana. 2. Me parece que todavia no puedo comen- zar ; no tengo tiempo. 3. Hay mucha gente que pierden mucho en darse a conocer. 4. La cabeza me duele y quiero acostarme ahora mismo. 5. Puede ser que yo le vea la primavera prfJxima en su casa. 6. jPluguiera a Dios que yo pudiera ir a Europa con VV.I 7. Nos pusimos en camino a las cinco e1 hici- mos alto a las doce. 8. En el teatro de Burdeos
1 y before initial i or hi is e.
98 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
caben dos mil personas. 9. <; Piensa V. que el pano de Sedan valga mas que el de Louviers ? 10. Estas le- gumbres son de una buena calidad, huelen bien y se cuecen bien. 11. Luego que supe que su mujer habia llegado f ui (/ went} a visitarle. 12. <; Que ve V.? Nada, pero veremos el sol en algunos *ninutos.
13. Las vacas pacen en el campo junto al arroyo.
14. No he visto a mi amigo. ^ Sabe V. lo que le ha sucedido ? 15. Defiendo a mis amigos cuando estan ausentes. 16. Cuando veamos a este hombre le dire- mos nuestra opinion.
THEME XX.
1. Who put the flowerpot here ? The servant put it on the chair. 2. Now let us read the menu (list) and know what we are (have) to eat. 3. I know that he can be useful to you if he wishes. 4. I know your judges ; they will do for you all that they can. 5. He is accustomed to write to his father every (all .the) week(s). 6. Put your funds in the bank; they will be more safe there than elsewhere. 7. Know that 1 wish that they obey me immediately. 8. Many more garments would go in this trunk if you would arrange them well. 9. This horse will be worth three hun- dred dollars in the spring, 10. Let them prepare me a good bed and let them put on a clean sheet. 11. If we knew (subj.) the future we should be very unhappy. 12. He has just arrived, and his friend lies in the sepulchre. 13. The sheep and the goats pasture all along the road. 14. This theatre holds two hundred more persons than the circus. 15. He knows that I can be useful to him if I wish to be so. 16. This purse contains more gold but less silver than mine.
IRREGULAR VERBS OF THIRD CONJUGATION. 99
LESSON XXI.
SOME IRREGULAR VERBS OF THE THIRD CONJUGA- TION.
203. CONJUGATION OF sentir, to feel, to perceive :
sentir sint-iendo sent-ido sient-o sent i sent-ia etc.
sentir e
etc. sentir-ia
etc.
|
he sent-ido |
-es |
-iste |
|
|
etc. |
-e |
sint-io |
|
|
sent imos |
sent-imos |
||
|
-is |
-isteis |
||
|
sient en |
sint ieron |
||
|
sient a |
sint iera, -iese |
||
|
•as |
etc. |
||
|
-a |
sint-iere |
||
|
IMPERATIVE. |
sint amos |
etc. |
|
|
|
|
-ais |
|
|
sient e |
sentid |
sient an |
|
|
sient-a V. |
sient-an VV. |
204. Pedir, to ask :
pedir
ped-ia
etc. pedir-e
etc.
pedir ia etc.
pidiendo ped-ido he ped-ido etc.
IMPERATIVE.
pide ped-id
pid-a V. pid-an VV.
205. Conducir, to conduct: conduc-ir conduc-iendo conduc ido conduc-ia he conduc ido
etc. etc.
pid-o ped-i
-es -iste
-e pid io ped imos ped imos
-is -isteis
pid- en pid-ieron pid-a pid iera, -iese
-as etc.
etc. pid-iere etc.
conduzc-o
conduc-es etc.
conduj-e
-iste etc.
100
PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
conducir e IMPERATIVE.
conducir-ia conduc-e conduc id
etc. conduzc-a V. conduzc an VV.
206. Decir, to say, to tell :
conduzc a conduj-era, -ese conduzc-as etc.
etc. conduj-ere etc.
|
decir |
die iendo |
dich-o |
digo |
dij-e |
|
dec-ia |
he dich-o |
dic-es |
-iste |
|
|
etc. |
etc. |
dic-e |
-0 |
|
|
dir-e |
dec-imos |
-imos |
||
|
dir-as |
dec-is |
-isteis |
||
|
etc. |
IMPERATIVE. |
die en |
-eron |
|
|
diria |
|
|
dig-a |
dij-era, -ese |
|
dir-ias |
di |
decid |
-as |
etc. |
|
etc. |
dig-a V. |
dig an VV. |
etc. |
dij-ere |
|
etc. |
207. Heir, to laugh :
reir ri endo (riyendo)1 re ido re-ia he re-ido
etc. etc.
reir-e
etc. reir-ia
etc. IMPERATIVE.
ri-e re-id
ri-a V. ri-an VV.
208. Instruir, to instruct : instruir instru-yendo instru-ido instruy-o
|
ri-o -es -e re -imos -is ri-en ri-a -as etc. |
re-i -iste rio re -imos -isteis ri-eron ri-era, -ese etc. ri-ere etc. |
instru-ia
etc. instruir-e
etc. instruir-ia
etc.
he instru-ido etc.
IMPERATIVE.
instruy-e instru-id
-a V. instruy-an VV.
-e
instru-imos
-is
instruy-en instruy-a -as etc.
instru-i
-iste
-yo
-imos
-isteis
-yeron instru-yera, -yese
etc.
instru-yere etc.
1 Old form.
IRREGULAR VERBS OF THIRD CONJUGATION. 101
209. Venir, to come:
venir vin-iendo ven-ido veng-o vin-e
ven ia he ven-ido vien-es -iste
etc. etc. -e -o
vendr-e ven-imos -imos
etc. -Is -isteis
vendr-ia vien-en -ieron
etc. IMPERATIVE. veng-a vin-iera, -iese
-as etc.
ven ven-id etc. vin-iere
veng-a V. veng-an VV. etc.
VOCABULARY XXL
el abogado, lawyer. conducir, to conduct.
peligro, peril. conseguir, to obtain.
la cocina, kitchen. durante, during.
comida, (repast) meal. generalmente, generally.
conducta, conduct. maldecir, curse.
leccion, lesson. obtenir, obtain.
opera, opera. pedir, to ask.
peninsula, peninsula. preferir, to prefer.
acaso, perhaps. provenir, to arise.
aguardar, to wait. traducir, to translate.
amparar, to protect. vulgarmente, commonly.
EXERCISE XXL
1. <: V. dijo que yo no habia hecho mi deber, es ver- dad ? 2. El no ha venido, porque V. no le ha convi- dado. 3. (i Puede V. decirme cual es el asunto de esta opera? 4. <; Que se dice vulgarmente de las ig- lesias de Castilla? 5. <iQue libro traducen VV. del frances al espafiol ? Gil Bias. 6. Dice que no tiene dinero ahora, y es precise aguardar hasta el mes proc- simo. 7. <; Porque no le dice V. a su sastre que V. no puede pagarle ahora ? 8. <;De donde viene eso? Viene de la casa vieja del valle. 9. Mi padre vino a este pais cuando tenia veinte anos. 10. Yo no siento
102 PKACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
nada ahora ; acaso lo sentire mas tarde. 11. El no le pedira a V. mas dinero durante esta semana. 12. ^1 es quien sirve a la mesa ; no servimos mas que el cafe. 13. Me rio porque con tantas lecciones V. ha hecho tan (poco progreso) pocos adelantos. 14. El prefirio el empleo de juez al de presidente y se arre- piente ahora. 15.. Los malos maldicen aim a los que los amparan. 16. El abogado instruye a su hijo en las leyes del pais.
THEME XXL
1. What do you wish that I say (subj.) except that it is bad weather ? 2. What are you doing in the kitchen ? I am cooking the meat for dinner. 3. Come : I wish to present you to my cousin who has just ar- rived. 4. In what year did the Komans come to the Spanish peninsula? 5. Where are you conducting this child ? I am conducting him home. 6. What do you ask for this horse? I do not ask except what it is worth. 7. Can you translate this ? I don't translate very well. 8. I asked a hundred dollars from (£) my father and they came to me to-day. 9. We are sorry (feel it) that you do not come with us to the concert. 10. How do you feel ? I feel very well to-day, (many) thanks. 11. I do not think he will obtain (subj.) the employment that he asks. 12. The misfortunes of men arise generally from their bad conduct. 13. You do not merit that I give you the news from your friend. 14. The stranger began to laugh at the time of retir- ing (himself). 15. I compete for this employment with him, but I doubt that I obtain it. 16. I fear my friend does not inform (subj.) himself of the dangers of the place.
DEFECTIVE VERBS OF THIRD CONJUGATION. 103
LESSON XXII.
CONCLUSION OF IRREGULAR VERBS OF THIRD CON- JUGATION.— DEFECTIVE VERBS OF THIRD CONJUGATION.
210. Adquirir, to get, to acquire:
adquir ir adquir-iendo adquir-ido adquier-o adquir i adquir-ia
etc. adquirir-e
etc. adquirir-ia
etc.
adquier-e
adquier-a V. adquier-an VV. adquier-an
211. Asir (used figuratively), to seize:
as-ir as-iendo as-ido as ia he as-ido
etc. etc.
asir-e
etc. asir ia
etc.
Rarely used in first person singular of pres. ind., or in any as e person of pres. subj. asg-a V.
|
lie adquir-ido etc. LTIVE. adquir -id |
-es -iste -e -id adquir- imos -imos -is -isteis adquier en -ieron adquier a adquir-iera, -iese -as etc. -a adquir-iere adquir- amos etc. -ais |
|
as go |
as-i |
|
es |
-iste |
|
e |
-16 |
|
-imos |
•imos |
|
-is |
isteis |
|
-en |
-ieron |
|
asg-a |
as iera, -iese |
|
-as |
etc. |
|
etc. |
as-iere |
|
|
etc. |
|
as-id |
|
|
asg-an |
VV. |
104
PRACTICAL SPAH1SH GRAMMAR.
212. Dormir, to sleep:
dormir
dorm fa
etc. dormir e
etc. dormir ia
etc.
|
durm iendo dorm ido k he dorm ido etc. e ia IMPERATIVE. duerm e dorm-id duerm-a V. duerm-an W. |
duerm-o -es -e dorm imos -is duerm-en duerm-a -as -a durm-amos -ais duerm-an |
dorm-i iste durm-io dorm imos -is durm-ieron durm-iera, -iese etc. durm-iere etc. |
213. Erguir,1 to hold up (the head, etc.):
erguir ergu-ia
etc. erguir-e
etc.
erguir-ia etc.
PRET., etc. ergu-i
-iste irgu-io ergu-imos -isteis irgu-ieron irgu-iera, -iesa
etc.
irgu-iere etc.
irgu iendo ergu ido he ergu-ido etc.
irgo or irgues irgue erguimos erguis irguen irg-a or -as
yergo yergues yergue erguimos erguis yerguen yerg-a -as
irgamos irgais irg-an yerg-an
irgue or yergue irga V. yerga V.
erguid
irgan VV. yergan VV.
1 Little used in pres. ind. and pres. subj.
DEFECTIVE VERBS 0£ THIRD CONJUGATION. 105
214. Ir, to go :
|
ir |
yendo ido |
voy |
fui |
|
iba |
he ido |
vas |
-iste |
|
ibas |
etc. |
va |
-e |
|
iba |
vamos |
-imos |
|
|
ibamos |
vais |
-isteis |
|
|
ibais |
van |
-eron |
|
|
iban |
vay-a |
fu-era, -ese |
|
|
ire |
IMPERATIVE. |
-as |
etc. |
|
etc. |
|
etc. |
fu-ere |
|
ir-ia |
ve id |
etc. |
etc. vaya V. vayan VV.
215. Morir, to die :
morir mur-iendo muerto mor-ia lie muerto
etc. etc.
morir-e
etc. morir-ia
etc.
IMPERATIVE. muer-e mor-id
muer o
-es
-e mor-imos
-is
muer-en muer-a
-as
-a
mur-amos -ais
mor-i
-iste mur-io mor imos
-isteis mur-ieron mur-iera, -iese
etc.
mur-iere etc.
muer-a V. muer -an VV. muer-an
216. Oir, to hear:
|
oir oyendo oido |
oigo |
01 |
|
o-ia he oido |
oy-es |
o-iste |
|
etc. etc. |
-e |
-y6 |
|
oir-e |
o imos |
-imos |
|
etc. |
o-is |
-isteis |
|
oir-ia |
oy-en |
-yeron |
|
etc. IMPERATIVE. |
oig-a |
o-yera, -yese |
|
|
-as |
etc. |
|
oy-e oid |
etc. |
o-yere |
|
oig-a V. oig-an VV. |
etc. |
106
PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
217. Podrir or pudrir, to decay, to rot :
podrir or (podr-ia) "
etc. (podrir-e) "
etc. (podrir ia) "
etc.
PRES.IND. pudr-o -es -e pudr (podr)-imos
-is
pudr-en pudr-a -as etc.
pudrir pudr iendo pudr-ia
etc. pudrir-e
etc. pudrir- ia
etc. PRET. IND. etc. pudr-i
-iste
podr-ido he podr-ido etc.
or podr-i
-iste pudr-io
-imos or -imos -isteis " -isteis pudr-ieron pudr-iera, -iese
etc. pudr-iere
etc.
pudr e pudr-id (podr-id) pudr-a V. pudr-an VV.
(Forms beginning pu preferred by Sp. Ac. Grammar to those beginning po, except in pres. inf. and past part.)
218. Salir, to go out:
sal-i -iste -io
-imos -isteis -ieron
sal-iera, -iese etc.
sal-iere salg-a V. salg-an VV. etc.
219. DEFECTIVE VERBS OF THIRD CONJUGATION. — (a) Several verbs are used only in those forms whose personal endings begin with i (but the future is used, however) ; they are then defective in the present indicative (first and second per-
|
sal-ir |
sal -iendo sal-ido |
salg-o |
|
sal-ia |
he sal-ido |
-es |
|
etc. |
etc. |
-e |
|
saldr-e |
-imos |
|
|
-as |
-is |
|
|
etc. |
-en |
|
|
saldr-ia |
IMPERATIVE. |
salg-a |
|
-ias |
|
-as |
|
etc. |
sal sal-id |
etc. |
DEFECTIVE VERBS OF THIRD CONJUGATION. 10?
sons plural only being used) ; in the imperative (the second plural only being found), and are without the pres. subj. Other forms are regular ; they are : abolir, aguerrir,1 arrecirse, aterirse,1 colorir, desmarrirse, despavorir, embair, empedernir,2 garantir, manir. (b) Concernir, conjugated like sentir, § 203, is practically defective in future ind. and in cond. and imp. moods, and used elsewhere only in third person sing, and plur.
VOCABULARY XXII.
el anciano, old man. asir, to seize.
arzobispo, archbishop. bendecir, to bless.
calor, heat. concernir, to concern.
congreso, congress. desconocido, unknown.
ministro, minister. erguir, to hold up.
la carcel, prison. evitar, to avoid.
decision, decision. ir, to go.
diligencia, diligence. morir, to die.
libra, pound (money). oir, to hear.
manera, manner. podrir, ) . .
abolir, to abolish. pudrir, ) adquirir, to acquire.
EXERCISE XXII.
1. Esta casa me sale (stands me) en mas de mil libras. 2. Se quedo dormido y su hermano no le ha despertado. 3. <? De cuantos anos murio su tia de V.? Murio de treinta y tres anos. 4. No puedo salir hoy; tengo un fuerte dolor de cabeza. 5. V. adquiere conocimientos estudiando con atencion y diligencia. 6. El arzobispo de Toledo estuvo (was on the point) para morir anoche. 7. Lo siento mucho ; ire a verle mafiana por la mafiana. 8. <i Va V. al concierto esta noche? No senor, voy a casa. 9. Mi amigo fue una vez a la catedral y una vez al museo. 10. Deseo que
1 In parts used like sentir, § 203.
2 In parts used like pedir, § 204.
108 PRACTICAL SPAXISH GRAMMAR.
V. vaya a su casa, porque puede ser que el vaya a Paris. 11. <i Oyo V. lo que dijo este hombre ? Oi todo lo que dijo. 12. Aqui yace un hombre que murio pobre y desconocido. 13. Cuando V. venga a Paris vaya V. a ver al ministro. 14. ^Donde iba V. ayer cuando le encontre a V. en la plaza ? 15. Muchos han dejado podrirse a sus parientes en la carcel. 16. Esta decision del juez concierne a los intereses de V.
THEME XXII.
1 . The books he has bought stand him in a thou- sand pesetas. 2. Are you asleep ? I am not asleep now. What have you to say to me? 3. In (de) what manner do we acquire useful knowledge(s) ? 4. Whom has the old man blessed ? He blessed his sons. 5. Your father has just gone out ; he will return in two hours. 6. At what hour do you go out every day ? I go out at ten o'clock. 7. Do you hear what I say ? I hear very well, but I have to go out. 8. At what hour did you go (repeatedly) to the house of the doctor? At eleven. 9. Our father does not wish that we sleep so late. 10. The general has died ; he died a year since in a battle. 11. He was born in eighteen hundred and died in eighteen hundred and thirty-six. 12. We have gone out early this morning to avoid the heat. 13. I shall go out to-morrow at six o'clock ; I shall go to see some friends. 14. Do you wish that we go (subj.) to hunt ? Yes, we shall go to-morrow. 15. Congress has abolished the laws against the blacks. 16. My sister is dead ; it was yesterday that I went to see her.
IMPERSONAL VERBS. 109
LESSON XXIII.
IMPERSONAL VERBS1 — VERBS USED NEGATIVELY AND INTERROGATIVELY.
220. The following impersonal verbs are used only as such :
concierne, it concerns. deshiela, it thaws.
importa, it imports. llueve, it rains.
aborea, it becomes day, dawn, llovizna, it drizzles.
2 i it becomes morning, mollizna, it rains. amanece, j- th& day breakSt nieva, it snows.
anocheee, it becomes night. obscurece, it becomes dark. diluvia, it rains heavily. relampaguea, it lightens.
escarcha, it makes frost. truena, it thunders.
graniza, it hails. ventea, it blows.
hiela, it freezes. ventisca, it storms (with snow).
(a) God is sometimes placed as subject of these verbs. Llo- ver, amanecer, and anochecer are occasionally used personally. (b) Mela and nieva are used in Exercise XVIII, sentence 11.
221. Acaecer,2 to happen; acontecer, to happen; bastar, to suffice ; suceder, to happen, are used both impersonally and personally (third person sing, or plur.).
222. (a) Besides being used impersonally the fol- lowing verbs are used personally and in all persons and both numbers :
me admira, it surprises me. toca, to touch (concern).
conviene, it suits. es, it is.
me interesa, it interests me. esta, it is.
parece,3 it seems. hay,5 there is, there are.
me pesa, it grieves me. hace, it is, etc.
puede,4 it is possible.
1 Haber is conjugated impersonally, § 159. Other impersonal verbs are conjugated analogously, the conjugation to which they belong being taken into account. 8 See § 202 (a).
3 See Exercise XX, sent. 2. 4 See Exercise XX, sent. 5.
5 Though hay is not used personally, its verb, haber, is so used.
110 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
(b) Here belong all impersonally used reflexive verbs : as, se dice no se ve a las cinco. The third person plural is sometimes used impersonally : as, nos escriben.
223. (a) The verb is made negative by placing no before it (and before its auxiliary, and the conjunc- tive object pronoun) : as, yo no he podido venir, no he podido yo venir, no he podido venir yo (never no yo he podido venir). (b) Two negatives do not generally destroy each other in Spanish as they do in English, but add strength each to the other : as, no lo he visto jamas, / have never seen it ; no deseo verla nunca, I never wish to see her. (c) When the other negative is brought before the verb, the no is omitted: as, na- die lo sabe. (d ) With some time-phrases : as, en mi vida, en toda mi vida, en toda la noche, etc., when placed before the verb, the no is omitted : as, en toda mi vida me han sacado diente ni muela de la boca, in all my life they have not taken a front toothy nor, etc. (e) The no is occasionally pleonastic and should be omitted when doubt would arise : as, 61 es m&s rico que no ella ; temia no entrara, / feared he might come in.
224. (a) The verb is often used interrogatively with interrogative adverbs : such as, c6mo, cual, cn£nto, eu£ndo, d6nde, por qu6, etc. (and, of course, with interrogative pronouns: as, qui6n, etc.): as, qu.6 tal van los asuntos? how do affairs go? (b) No often introduces questions ( j no tiene V. algo que darnos ?) or is used elsewhere in interrogative phrases: as, ; cuan dulce no es la esperanza ! (c) While the sub- ject generally follows the verb in interrogative sen- tences, it does not always do so : as, j sabe 61 que estoy aqui? £Este es el rostro que yo vi traspasado (nfflict- ed)? ^Elhaidoalld?
IMPERSONAL VERBS.
Ill
VOCABULARY XXIII.
el aire, air, wind.
bledo, wild amaranth.
cielo, heaven.
descanso, rest.
lamento, lamentation.
partido, course.
remedio, resource, part.
requisite, requisite.
rostro, face. la alegria, J0#.
enhoramala, ill-luck.
esperanza, hope.
luna, moon.
misericordia, mercy.
pretension, pretension.
sena, sign.
voluntad, will. antiguo, old. bastar, to be enough. convencer, to convince.
degradar(-se), to degrade (oneself)
desanimar (-se), to be discour-
despreciable, despicable, [aged.
dictar, to dictate.
emborrachar (-se), to get drunk.
fuera (de), out (of).
importa, imports.
lastimar, to grieve.
Hover, to ram.
necesitar, to need.
nublado, cloudy.
oscuro, dark.
pesar (-se), to weigh, distress
que tal, how.
relampaguear, to lighten
repetir, to repeat.
sacar, to pull out.
seco, dry, meagre.
traspasado, afflicted.
tronar, to thunder.
EXERCISE XXIII.
1. El abogado me ha dicho lo que en este negocio importa. 2. El cielo muchas veces suele Hover sus misericordias en el tiempo que estan mas secas las es- peranzas. 3. Si todas estas senasno bastan,nopuedo convencerla. 4. "Me pesa de mis trabajos," me ha dicho su padre. 5. No puede ser que jamas' hayan servido para cosa alguna. 6. Con todos los requisi- tes que son necesarios es menester no desanimarse.
7. Esta nublado y esta nevando y helando esta tarde.
8. Hara luna esta noche ; hace sol y hace mas aire que hace un ano. 9. Ayer trono y relampagueo re- petidas veces, y llovio un poco. 10. Acontecieron esas desgracias sin esperarlas. 11. Se necesita des-
112 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
canso despues (no antes) del trabajo. 12. <; Conoce V. a aquella buena anciana ? Conozco a aquella, no buena, pero si anciana. 13. Hace tan oscuro que no se si vengo 6 no fuera de camino. 14. A ninguno impor- taba un bledo que la ciudad hubiese sido lo que ya no era, ni habia de volver a ser nunca. 15. <; No te lastiman mas, los lamentos de todos esos infelices? 16. Mi querido principe, donde se fueron vuestras ale- grias antiguas ?
THEME XXIII.
1. It is necessary that you wait (suty.) for my brother. 2. It is necessary to study much, to learn a language well. 3. There is no other resource ; you have to come soon to go to the store. 4. It has fro- zen to-day ; but it was fine weather yesterday when I came. 5. How long (much time) since you were in Paris ? 6. How many years (are there) have you been (are) in the city ? 7. Reason demands that man (may) follow more the prudent counsels than his own will. 8. If that happens, we shall take the resolution that prudence dictates to us. 9. There is nothing so despicable as a man who degrades himself [by] get- ting drunk. 10. It is necessary that you desist from your pretensions. 11. Formerly things pleased me which at present disgust me. 12. It appears that men forget that they have to die. 13. Do you not know to whom to sell your horse ? 14. May ill luck be for me if from to-day on (mas) I give advice to any one! 15. In my whole life I have not spoken to him ; I do not know him. 16. Have you not been well ? The whole night I have not been able to sleep.
LIST OF IKBEGULAK AKD DEFECTIVE VERBS. 113
ALPHABETICAL LIST OF ALL THE IR- REGULAR AND THE PRINCIPAL DEFECTIVE VERBS.
Except the irregular participles frito, preso, provisto, and roto, all irregular participles are used as adjectives when there is a regular participle for the same verb.
(References are to sections.)
abastecer, see 150 [and 149 acrecentar, see acertar, 176,1 77 abnegar, see acertar, 176, 177, acrecer, see 150 abolir, see 219 (a) adecentar, see acertar, 176,177
aborrecer, see 150 [reg. adestrar, see acertar, 176, 177
, (p.p.) abierto, otherwise adherir, see sentir, 203 absolver, (p. p.) absuelto, see adolecer, see 150
•^ mover, 186 adormecer, see 150
absonar, see acordar, 178, 179 adormir, see dormir, 212 absorver, absorvido, absorto adquirir, see 210 abstenerse, see tener, 174, 175 aducir, see conducir, 205 abstraer,1 see traer, 188 advertir, see sentir, 202
abuiiolar, see acordar, 178, 179 aficionarse, aficionado, afecto acaecer, see 202 (a) and 150 ^afijar (obs.), afijado or afijo
-yaceptar, see aceptado and acep- afligir, afligido, or aflicto acertar, see 176, 177 [to afollar, see acordar, 178, 179
aclocarse, see acordar, 178, 179 aforar,2 see acordar, 178, 179 and 149 agorar,3 see acordar, 178, 179
acollar, see acordar, 178, 179 ^agradecer, see 150 acontecer, see 202 (a), 150 aguerrir, see 219 (a)
acordar, see 178, 179 aguzar, see aguzado, agudo
acornar, see acordar, 178, 179 ahitarse, ahitado, ahito
-^acostar, see acordar, 178, 179 alebrarse, see acertar, 176,177
1 abstraer, abstraido, abstracto. 2 Reg. in sense of to gauge. 3 Takes diaeresis in irregular forms.
114
PKACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
alentar, see acertar, 176, 177 alertarse, alertado, alerto aliquebrar, see acertar, 176, 177 almorzar, seeacordar, 178,179, and 149 [.and 149
alongar, see acordar, 178,179, amanecer, see 150, 220 amoblar, see acordar, 178, 179 amolar, see acordar, 178, 179 amollecer, see 150 amorecer, see 150 amortecer, see 150 amover, see mover, 186 -andar, see 180, 181 angostar, angostado, angosto anochecer, see 150, 220 antedecir, see decir, 206 anteponer, see poner, 197 antever, see ver, 200 antojar, see 184 (b) apacentar, see acertar, 176,177 aparecer, see 150 apercollar, see acordar, 178, 179 apernar, see acertar, 176, 177 apetecer, see 150 apostar,1 see acordar, 178, 179 apretar, see acertar, 176, 177 aprobar, see acordar, 178, 179 argiiir,2 see instruir, 208 arrecirse, see sentir, 203 arrendar, see acertar, 176, 177 arrepentirse, see sentir, 203
ascender, see atender, 185 asentar, see acertar, 176, 177 asentir, see sentir, 203 aserrar, see acertar, 176, 177 asir, see 211
asolar, see acordar, 178, 179 asoldar, see acordar, 178, 179 asonar, see acordar, 178, 179 asosegar, see acertar, 176, 177 astringir, (obs.) astringo, (obs.)
astricto
ataner, see 202 (h), 152 atender, see 185 atenerse, see tener, 174, 175 atentar,3 see acertar, 176, 177 aterirse, see sentir, 203, 219 (a) aterrar,4 see acertar, 176, 177 atestar,5 see acertar, 176, 177 atraer, see traer, 188 atravesar, see acertar, 176, 177 atribuir, see instruir, 208, 153 atronar, see acordar, 178, 179 avalentar, see acertar, 176,177 avanecerse, see 150 avenir, see venir, 209 aventar, see acertar, 176, 177 avergonzar,* see 149 azolar, see acordar, 178, 179
bendecir, (p.p.)bendecido, ben-
dito, see decir, 206 bienquerer, see querer, 192
1 Regular when it means to post guards.
2 Loses diaeresis before y.
3 Regular when meaning to attempt crime.
4 Regular in sense of to terrify.
5 When meaning to cram ; otherwise regular.
6 Takes diaeresis in irregular forms.
LIST OF IRREGULAR A^D DEFECTIVE VERBS. 115
blanquecer, see 150 bregar, see acertar, 176, 177 bruiiir, see 152 bullir, see 152
caber, see 193
caer, see 187
calentar, see acertar, 176, 177
canecer, see 150
carecer, see 150
cegar, see acertar,176,177,149
cenir, see pedir, 204, 152
cerner, see atender, 185
cerrar, see acertar, 176, 177
cimentar, see acertar, 176, 177
circuir, see instruir, 208
circuncidar, circuncidado, cir-
cunciso
clarecer, see 150 clocar.see acordar,178,179,149 cocer, see 189
colar, see acordar, 178, 179 colegir, see pedir, 204, 151 colgar,see acordar, 178, 179, 149 colorir, see 219 (a) combarse, combado, combo comedir, see pedir, 204 ^comenzar, see acertar, 176,177 compadecer, see 150 [and 149 comparecer, see 150 compeler, compelido, compulso competir, see pedir, 204 complacer, see 150 complanir, see 152 completar,completado, completo componer, see poner, 197 comprender, comprendido, com-
prenso [preso
comprimir, comprimido, com-
comprobar, see acordar, 178,179 concebir, see pedir, 204 concernir, see 219 (b) concertar, see acertar, 176,177 concluir, (p.p.) concluido, con-
cluso, see instruir, 208 concordar, see acordar, 178,179 concretar, concretado, concrete condescender, see atender, 185 condolerse, see mover, 186 conducir, see 205 conferir, see sentir, 203 confesar, (p.p.) confesado, con-
feso, see acertar, 176, 177 confluir, see instruir, 208 confundir, confundido, confuso -rconmover, see mover, 186 conocer, see 150 conseguir, see pedir, 204, 151 yconsentir, see sentir, 203 consolar, see acordar, 178, 179 consonar, see acordar, 178, 179 constar, see 184 (b) constituir, see instruir, 208 constrenir, see pedir, 204, 152 construir, see instruir, 208 consumir (-se), consumido, con-
sunto
contar, see acordar, 178, 179 contender, see atender, 185 contener, see tener, 174, 175 contentar (-se), contendado,
contento
contorcerse, see cocer, 189 contracordar, see acordar, 178
179
contradecir, see decir, 206 contraer, contraido, contracto,
see traer, 188
116
PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
contrahecer, see hacer, 190 contraponer, see poner, 197 contravenir, see venir, 209 contribuir, see instruir, 208 controvertir, see sentir, 203 contundir, contunclido, contuso convalecer, see 150 convencer, convencido,convicto convenir, see venir, 209 convertir, (p. p.) convertido,
converse, see sentir, 203 corregir, (p.p.) corregido, cor-
recto, see pedir, 204, 151 corroer, see 202 (d) corromper, corrompido, cor-
rupto
corvar, corvado, corvo costar, see acordar, 178, 179 -crecer, see 150 oreer, see 153 crespar, crespado, crespo cruentar,(obs.) cruentado,(obs.)
cruento
cuadrar, cuadrado, cuadro cubrir,cubierto(other\vise reg.) cultivar, cultivado, culto
dar, see 182 decaer, see caer, 187 decentar, see acertar, 176, 177 decir, see 206 decrecer, see 150 deducir, see conducir, 205 defender, see atender, 185 defenecer, see 150 deferir, see sentir, 203 degollar, see agorar,113 (page)
demoler, see mover, 186 demostrar, see acordar, 178,179 denegar, see acertar, 176, 177, denegrecer, see 150 [and 149 denostar, see acordar, 178, 179 densar, densado, denso dentar, see acertar, 176, 177 deponer, see poner, 197 derrenegar, see acertar, 176, 177, 149 [177, 149
derrengar, see acertar, 176, derretir, see pedir, 204 derrocar, see acordar, 178, 179 derruir, see instruir, 208 desabastecer, see 150 desacertar, see acertar, 176, 177 desacollar, see acordar, 178, 179 desacordar, see acordar, 178, 179 desadormecer, see 150 desadvertir, see sentir, 203 desaferrar, see acertar, 176, 177 desaforar,1 see acordar, 178, 179 desagradecer, see 150 desalentar, see acertar, 176, 177 desamoblar, see acordar, 178,179 desandar, see andar, 180, 181 desaparecer, see 150 desapretar, see acertar, 176, 177 desaprobar, see acordar,178, 179 desarrendar, see acertar, 176, 177 desasentar, see acertar, 176, 177 desasir, see asir, 211 desasosegar, see acertar, 176,177 desatender, see atender, 185 desatentar, see acertar, 176,177 desaterrar, see acertar, 176, 177 desatraer, see traer, 188
1 Regular when meaning to redeem a heritage.
LIST OF IRREGULAR AND DEFECTIVE VERBS. 117
desatravesar, see acertar, 1 76, desavenir, see venir, 209 [177 desaventar, see acertar, 176, desbastecer, see 150 [177
desbravecer, see 150 descabullirse, see 152 descaecer, see 150 descalzar, descalzado, descalzo descender, see atender, 185 descenir, see pedir, 204, 152 descolgar, see acordar, 178,
179, 149 [152
descollar,see acordar, 178,179, descomedirse, see pedir, 204 descomponer, see poner, 197 desconcertar, see acertar, 176, desconocer, see 150 [177
desconsentir, see sentir, 203 desconsolar,see acordar, 178, 179 descontar, see acordar, 178, 179 desconvenir, see venir, 209 descordar, see acordar, 178, 179 descornar, see acordar, 178, 179 descrecer, see 150 desdar, see dar, 182 desdecir, see decir, 206 desdentar, see acertar, 176, 177 desembebecerse, see 150 desembellecer, see 150 desembravecer, see 150 desempedrar, see acertar, 176, desempobrecer, see 150 [177 desencarecer, see 150 desencerrar, see acertar, 176,
177 [179
desencordar, see acordar, 178, desencrudecer, see 150 desencruelecer, see 150 desenfurecerse, see 150
desengrosar, see acordar, 178, desenmohecer, see 150 [179 desenmudecer, see 150 desensoberbecer, see 150 desentenderse, see atender, 185 desenterrar, see acertar, 176, 177 desentorpecer, see 150 desentristecer, see 150 desentumecer, see 150 desenvolver, see 186 desertar, desertado, desierto deservir, see pedir, 204 desfallecer, see 150 desfavorecer, see 150 desferrar, see acertar, 176, 177 desflaquecerse, see 150 desflocar, see acordar, 178, 179, desflorecer, see 150 [149
desfortalecer, see 150 desgobernar, see acertar, 176,177 desguarnecer, see 150 deshacer, see hacer, 190 deshelar, see acertar, 176, 177 desherbar, see acertar, 176, 177 desherrar, see acertar, 176,177 deshombrecerse, see 150 deshumedecer, see 150 desimponer, see poner, 197 desinvernar, see acertar, 176,177 desleir, see reir, 207 deslendrar, see acertar, 176, 177 deslucir, see 150 desmajolar, see acordar, 178,179 desmarrirse, see 219 (a) desmedirse, see pedir, 204 desmelar, see acertar, 176, 177 desmembrar, see acertar, 176, desmentir, see sentir, 203 [177 desmerecer, see 150
118
PEACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
desmullir, see 152 desnegar, see acertar, 176,177 desnevar, see acertar (but im- personal)
desnudar, desnudado, desnudo desobedecer, see 150 desobstruir, see instruir, 208 desoir, see oir, 216 desolar, see acordar, 178, 179 desoldar, see acordar, 178, 179 desollar, see acordar, 178, 179 desosar,1 see acordar, 178, 179 desovar,2 see acordar, 178,179 desparecer, see 150 despavorir, see 219 (a) despedir, see pedir, 204 despedrar, see acertar, 176,177 desperecer, see 150 despernar, see acertar, 176, 177 despertar, (p. p . )despertado, des- pierto, see acertar, 176, 177 despezar,3 see acertar, 176, 177, desplacer, see 150 [149
desplegar, see acertar, 176, 177,
and 149
despoblar,see acordar, 178,179 desproveer, (p.p.) desproveido,
desprovisto, see creer, 153 destenir, see pedir, 204, 152 destentar, see acertar, 176.177 desterrar, see acertar, 176,177 destituir, see instruir, 208 destorcer, see cocer, 189 [149 destrocar,see acordar, 178, 179,
destruir, see instruir, 208 desvanecer, see 150 desventar, see acertar, 176, 177 desverdecer, see 150 desvergonzarse,4 see 149 desvolver, (p.p.) desvuelto, see
mover, 186
detener, see tener, 174, 175 detraer, see traer, 188 devolver, (p.p.) devuelto, see
mover, 186
dezmar, see acertar, 176, 177 diferir, see sentir, 203 difluir, see instruir, 208 difundir, difundido. difuso digerir, see sentir, 203 diluir, see instruir, 208 dirigir, dirigido, direct o discerner, see atender, 185 discernir, see sentir, 203 disconvenir, see venir, 209 discordar, see acordar, 178,179 disentir, see sentir, 203 disminuir, see instruir, 208 disolver, (p.p.) disuelto, see
mover, 186
disonar, see acordar, 178, 179 dispersar, dispersado, disperso dispertar, see acertar, 176,177 displacer, see 150 disponer, see poner, 197 distender, see atender, 185 distinguir, distinguido,distinto distraer, see traer, 188
1 Takes h in irregular forms ; not to dare, regular. * Takes h in irregular forms.
3 Regular when meaning to make the end thinner (smaller).
4 Takes diaeresis in irregular forms.
LIST OF IRREGULAR AKD DEFECTIVE VERBS. 119
distribuir, see instruir, 208 divertir, see sentir, 203 dividir, dividido, diviso doler, see mover, 186 -^dormir, see 212
educir, see conducir, 205 elegir, elegido, electo, see pe-
dir, 204, 151 embair, see 219 (a) embarbecer, see 150 embastecer, see 150 embebecer, see 150 embellecer, see 150 embermejecer, see 150 embestir, see pedir, 204 emblandecer, see 150 emblanquecer, see 150 embobecer, see 150 embosquecer, see 150 embravecer, see 150 embrutecer, see 150 [177
emparentar, see acertar, 176, empedernir, see pedir, 204, also
219 (a)
empedrar, see acertar, 176, 177 empellar, see acertar, 176, 177 empequenecer, see 150 empezar, see acertar, 176, 177 emplastecer, see 150 emplumecer, see 150 empobrecer, see 150 empodrecer, see 150 empoltronecerse, see 150 emporcar, see acordar,178,179, enaltecer, see 150 [149
enardecer, see 150 encabellecerse, see 150 encallecer, see 150
encalvecer, see 150 encandecer, see 150 encanecer, see 150 encarecer, see 150 encarnecer, see 150 encender, see atender, 1*85 encentar, see acertar, 176, 177 encerrar, see acertar, 176, 177 enclocar, see acordar, 178, 179, encloquecer, see 150 [149
encomendar, see acertar, 176,
177
encontrar, see acordar, 178, 179 encorar, see acordar, 178, 179 encordar, see acordar, 178, 179 encorecer, see 150 encornar, see acordar, 178, 179 encovar, see acordar, 178, 179 encrudecer, see 150 encruelecer, see 150 [177
encubertar, see acertar, 176, endentar, see acertar, 176, 177 endentecer, see 150 endurecer, see 150 fenfierecerse, see 150 inflaquecer, see 150 aafranquecer, see 150 enfurecer, see 150 engorar, see agorar engrandecer, see 150 engreirse, see reir, 207 e^grosar, see acordar, 178, 179 engrumecerse, see 150 engullir, see 152 enhambrecer, see 150 [177 enhambr entar , see acertar, 1 76, enhestar, see acertar, 176, 177 enjugar,enjugado,enjuto [149 enlenzar, see acertar, 176,177,
120
PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
enllentecer, see 150 enloquecer, see 150 enlucir, see 150 enmagrecer, see 150 enmalecer, see 150 enmarillacerse, see 150 enmelar, see acertar, 176, 177 enmendar, see acertar, 176, 177 enmerdar. see acertar, 176,177 enmohecer, see 150 enmollecer, see 150 enmudecer, see 150 ennegrecer, see 150 ennoblecer, see 150 ennudecer, see 150 enorgullecer, see 150 enrarecer, see 150 enriquecer, see 150 enrobustecer, see 150 enrodar, see acordar, 178, 179 enrojecer, see 150 enronecer, see 150 enronquecer, see 150 enruinecerse, see 150 ensalmorar, see acordar, 178, ensandecer, see 150 [179
ensangrentar, see acertar, 176, ensoberbecer, see 150 [177 ensonar, see acordar, 178, 179 ensordecer, see 150 •
entallecer, see 150 entender, see atender, 185 entenebrecer, see 150 enternecer, see 150 enterrar, see acertar, 176, 177 entigrecerse, see 150 entontecer, see 150
entorpecer, see 150 entortar, see acordar, 178, 179 entredecir, see decir, 206 entregerir, see sentir, 203 entrelucir, see 150 entremorir, see morir, 215 entreoir, see oir, 216 entreparecerse, see 150 [177 entrepernar, see acertar, 176, entreponer, see poner, 197 entretener, see tener, 174, 175 entrever, see 200 entristecer, see 150 entullecer, see 150 entumecer, see 150 envanecer, see 150 envejecer, see 150 enverdecer, see 150 envestir, see pedir, 204 envilecer, see 150 envolver,1 see mover, 186 enzurdecer, see 150 equivaler, see valer, 199 erigir, erigido, erecto erguir, see 213 errar, see 184 (a) escabullirse, see 152 escandecer, see 150 [177
escarmentar, see acertar, 176, escarnecer, see 150 esclarecer, see 150 escocer, see cocer, 189 escolar, see acordar, 178, 179 ^escribir, (p.p.) escrito, other- ' wise regular [149
esforzar, see acordar, 178,179, espesar, espesado, espeso
volver and its compounds have part, vuelto.
LIST OF IRREGULAR AND DEFECTIVE VERBS. 121
stablecer, see 150 , see 166, 167 estatuir, see instruir, 208 estrechar, estrechado, estrecho estregar, see acertar, 176,177, estremecer, see 150 [149
estrenir, (p.p.) estrenido, es-
tricto, see pedir, 204, 152 exceptuar, exceptuado, excepto excluir, (p.p.) excluido, exclu-
so, see instruir, 208 excretar, excretado, excreto exentar, exentado, exento eximir, eximido, exento expedir, see pedir, 204 expeler, expelido, expulso exponer, see poner, 197 expresar, expresado, expreso extender, (p.p.) extendido, ex
tenso, see atender, 185 extinguir, (p,p.) extinguido,
extinto, see 157 extraer, (p.p.) extraido, ex- tract o, see traer, 188 extrenir, see pedir, 204, 152
fallecer, see 150 faltar, faltado, falto favorecer, see 150 fechar, fechado, fecho fenecer, see 150 ferrar, see acertar, 176, 177 fijar, fijado, fijo fingir, fingido, ficto florecer, see 150 fluir, see instruir, 208 foliar, see acordar, 178, 179 fortalecer, see 150 [149
forzar, see acordar, 178, 179,
fregar, see acertar, 176, 177 freir, (p.p.) freido and frito, see reir, 207
ganir, see 152 garantir, see 219 (a) gemecer, see 150 gemir, see pedir, 204 gobernar, see acertar, 176,177 gruir, see instruir, 208 grunir, see 152 guaiiir, see 152 guarecer, see 150 guarnecer, see 150
haber, see 157, 158, 159 hacendar, see acertar, 176,177 nacer, see 190 liartar, hart ado, harto heder, see atender, 185 helar, see acertar, 176, 177 henchir, see pedir, 204, 152 bender, see atender, 185 henir, see pedir, 204, 152 herbar, see acertar, 176, 177 herbecer, see 150 herir, see sentir, 203 herrar, see acertar, 176, 177 hervir, see sentir, 203 [149 holgar, see acordar, 178, 179, hollar, see acordar, 178, 178, huir, see instruir, 208 [149 humedecer, see 150
iludir, (obs.) iludido,(obs.) iln- imbuir, see instruir, 208 [so impedir, see pedir, 204 imponer, see poner, 197 imprimir, imprimido, impreso
PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
improbar, see acordar, 178, 179 improvisar, improvisado, im- provise
incensar, see acertar, 176, 177 incluir, incluido, incluso, see
instruir, 208
incurrir, incurrido, incurso indisponer, see poner, 197 inducir, see conducir, 205 infartar, infartado, infarto infectar, infectado, infecto inferir, see sentir, 203 infernar, see acertar, 176, 177 inficionar, inficionado, infecto influir, see instruir, 208 infundir, infundido, infuso ingerir, (p.p.) ingerto, see sen- tir, 203
inhestar, see acertar, 176,- 177 injerir, (p.p.) injerido, injerto,
see sentir, 203 injertar, injertado, injerto inquirir, see adquirir, 210 inscribir, inscribido, inscrito inseguir, see pedir, 204, 151 insertar, insertado, inserto instituir, see instruir, 208 instruir, see 208 interdecir, see decir, 206 interponer, see poner, 197 interrumpir, interrumpido, in-
terroto
intervenir, see venir, 209 introducir, see conducir, 205 intrusarse, intrusado, intruso invernar, see acertar, 176, 177 invertir, invertido, inverse, see
sentir, 203 investir, see pedir, 204
ir, see 214
[149
jamerdar, see acertar, 176, 177, jimenzar, see acertar, 176, 177. jugar, see 183 [149
juntar, juntado, junto
languidecer, see 150 -leer, see creer, 153 limpiar, limpiado, limpio liquefacer, see satisfacer, 191 Hover, see mover, 186, 220 lobreguecer, see 150 lucir, see 150 luir, see instruir, 208
maldecir, (p.p.) maldecido, mal-
dito, see decir, 206 malherir, see sentir, 203 malquerer, see querer, 192 malquistar, malquistado, mal-
quisto
malsonar, see acordar, 178, 179 maltraer, see traer, 188 mancornar, see acordar, 178, 179 manifestar, (p.p.) manifestado,
manifiesto,see acertar, 176, 177 manir, see 219 (a) mantener, see tener, 174, 175 marchitar, marchitado, mar-
chito
mecer, see 150, exception medir, see pedir, 204 melar, see acertar, 176, 177 mentar, see acertar, 176, 177 mentir, see sentir, 203 merecer, see 150 merendar, see acertar, 176, 177 moblar, see acordar, 178, 179
LIST OF IRREGULAR AKD DEFECTIVE VERBS.
mohecer, see 150
moler, see mover, 186
morder, see mover, 186 ^morir, see 215 ^mostrar, see acordar, 178, 179 x^mover, see 186
muir, see instruir, 208
mullir, see 152
munir, see 152
nacer,(p.p.)nacido,nato,see 150 negar, see acertar, 176, 177,149 negrecer, see 150 nevar, see acertar, 176, 177, 220
obedecer, see 150
obscurecer, see 150 *)bstruir, see instruir, 208 -obtener, see tener, 174, 175
ocultar, ocultado, oculto
ofrecer, see 150
oir, see 216
oler, see 194
omitir, omitido, omiso
oponer, see poner, 197
oprimir, oprimido, opreso
orinecerse, see 150
oscurecer, (p. p.) oscurecido, oscuro, see 150
pacer, see 150, 202 (6) padecer, see 150 palidecer, see 150 parecer, see 150, 222 (a) pasar, pasado, paso pedir, see 204
pensar, see acertar, 176, 177 perder, see atender, 185 perecer, see 150
perfeccionar, perfeccionado, per-
fecto
permanecer, see 150 [(obs.) permitir, permitido, permiso perniquebrar , see acertar, 176,
177
perseguir, see pedir, 204, 151 pertenecer, see 150 pervertir, (p.p.)pervertido, per-
verso, see sentir, 203 pesar, see 184 (b) pimpollecer, see 150 placer, see 195 planir, see 152 plastecer, see 150 plegar, see acertar, 176,177,149 poblar, see acordar, 178, 179 poder, see 196 podrecer, see 150 podrir, see 217
polucionar, polucionado, poluto ,poner, see 197 poseer, (p.p.) poseido, poseso.
see creer, 153 posponer, see poner, 197 preconocer, see 150 predecir, see decir, 206 predisponer, see poner, 197 preferir, see sentir, 203 prelucir, see 150 premorir, see morir, 215 prender, prendido, preso preponer, see poner, 197 prescribir, prescribido, pre-
scrito
presentir, see sentir, 203 presumir, presumido, presunto presuponer, see poner, 197 pretender, preten^o, pretenso
124
PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
preterir l
prevalecer, see 150 prevaler, see valer, 199 prevenir, see vinir, 209 prever, see ver, 200 probar, see acordar, 178, 179 producir, see conducir, 205 proferir, (p.p.) proferido, pro-
ferto (obs.), see sentir, 203 profesar, profesado, profeso
(obs.)
promover, see mover, 186 propender, propendido, propenso proponer, see poner, 197 proscribir, proscribido, proscrito proseguir, see pedir, 204, 151 prostituirse, (p.p.) prostituido,
prostitute, see instruir, 208 proveer, (p.p.) proveido, pro-
visto, see creer, 153 provenir, see venir, 209 pudrir, see 217
quebrar, see acertar, 176, 177 querer, see 192
raer, (p.p.)raido, raso, see 202 (c)
ranciarse, ranciado, rancio
r ar ef acer , (p.p.) r ar ef acido, r ar e-
facto, see satisfacer, 191 reagradecer, see 150 reaparecer, see 150 reapretar, see acertar, 176, 177 reaventar, see acertar, 176,177 rebendecir,2 see decir, 206 reblandecer, see 150
rebullirse, see 152
recaer, see caer, 187
recalentar, see acertar, 176,177
recenir, see 152
recentar, see acertar, 176, 177
recluir, (p.p.)recluido, recluso,
see instruir, 208 recocer, see cocer, 189 recolar, see acordar, 178, 179 recolegir, see pedir, 204, 151 recomendar, see acertar, 176, 177 recomponer, see poner, 197 reconducir, see conducir, 205 reconocer, see 150 reconstruir, see instruir, 208 recontar, see acordar, 178, 179 reconvalecer, see 150 reconvenir, see venir, 209 recordar, see acordar, 178, 179 recostar, see acordar, 178, 179 recrecer, see 150 recrudecer, see 150 redarguir,3 see instruir, 208 redoler, see mover, 186 reducir, see conducir, 205 reelegir, see pedir, 204, 151 reencomendar, see acertar, 176, referir, see sentir, 203 [177 reflejar, reflejado, reflejo reflorecer, see 150 refluir, see instruir, 208 [149 reforzar, see acordar, 178, 179, refregar, see acertar, 176, 177 refreir, (p.p.) refreido, refrito,
see reir, 207 refringir, refringido, refracto
1 Law-term aod defective verb. 3 Loses diaeresis before y.
5 See also bendecir of this list.
LIST OF IRREGULAR AND DEFECTIVE VERBS. 125
reganir, see 152 regar, see acertar, 176, 177 regimentar, see acertar, 176, 177 regir, see pedir, 204, 151 rigoldar,1 see acordar, 178, 179 regrunir, see 152 rehacer, see hacer, 190 * rehenchir, see pedir, 204, 152 reherir, see sentir, 203 reherrar, see acertar, 176, 177 rehervir, see sentir, 203 rehollar, see acordar, 178, 179 rehuir, see instruir, 208 rehumedecer, see 150 ^reir, see 207 rejuvenecer, see 150 relentecer, see 150 [150
rellentecer, see relentecer, also relucir, see 150 remaldecir, see decir, 206 remanecer, see 150 [204
remedir, see medir, also pedir, remendar, see acertar, 176, 177 rementir, see sentir, 203 remolar, see acordar, 178, 179 remoler, see mover, 186 remorder, see mover, 186 remover, see mover, 186 remullir, see 152 renacer, see 150 rendir, see pedir, 204 renegar, see acertar, 176, 177 reiiir, see 152, 204 renovar, see acordar, 178, 179 repacer, see 150, 202 (b) repadecer, see 150 repedir, see pedir, 204
repensar, see acertar, 176, 177 repetir, see pedir, 204 replegar, see acertar, 176, 177 repletar, repletado, repleto repoblar, see acordar, 178, 179 repodrir, see podrir, 217 reponer, see poner, 197, 202 (e) reprobar, see acordar, 178, 179 reproducir, see conducir, 205 repudrir, see pudrir, 217 requebrar, see acertar, 176,177 requerer, see querer, 192 requerir, see sentir, 203 resaber, see saber, 198 resalir, see salir, 218 resegar, see acertar, 176, 177 resembrar, see acertar, 176, 177 resentirse, see sentir, 203 resolver, (p.p.) resuelto, see
mover, 186
resollar, see acordar, 178, 179 resonar, see acordar, 178, 179 resplandecer, see 150 resquebrar, see acertar, 176,177 restablecer, see 150 restituir, see instruir, 208 [149 restregar, see acertar, 176,177, restringir, restringido, restricto restrinir, see 152 retallecer, see 150 retemblar, see acertar, 176,177 retener, see tener, 174, 175 retentar, see acertar, 176, 177 retenir, see 152, 204 retiiiir, see 152 retonecer, see 150 retorcer, see cocer, 189
1 Takes diaeresis in irregular forms.
126
PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
retostar, see acordar, 178, 179 retraer, see traer, 188 retribuir, see instruir, 208 retronar, see acordar, 178, 179 retrotraer, see traer, 188 revejecer, see 150 revenirse, see venir, 209 reventar, see acertar, 176, 177 rever, see ver, 200 reverdecer, see 150 reverter, see atender, 185 revestir, see pedir, 204 *evolar, see acordar, 178, 179 revolcarse, see acordar, 178, 179, 149 [mover, 186
revolver, (p.p.) revuelto, see rizar, rizado, rizo robustecer, see 150 rodar, see acordar, 178, 179 roer, see 202 (d) rogar, see acordar, 178,179,149 romper, rompido, roto
jaber, see 198 salir, see 218
salpimentar, see acertar, 178, 179 salpresar, salpresado, salpreso salpullir, see 152 salvar, salvado, salvo salve, see 202 (/) sarmsntar, see acertar, 176, 177 sarpullir, see 152 satisfacer, see 191 secar, secado, seco seducir, see conducir, 205 segar, see acertar, 176, 177 seguir, see pedir, 204, 151 selegir, selegido, selecto sembrar, see acertar, 176, 177 sementar, see acertar, 176, 177
sentar, see acertar, 176, 177 sentir, see 203 sepultar, sepultado, sepulto ser, see 164, 165 serrar, see acertar, 176, 177 servir, see pedir, 204 [149
simenzar, see acertar, 176, 177, situar, situado, sito sobrecrecer, see 150 sobreentender, see atender, 185 sobrentender, see atender, 185 sobreponer, see poner, 197 sobresalir, see salir, 218 [177 sobresembrar, see acertar, 176, sobresolar, see acordar, 178, 179 sobrevenir, see venir, 209 sobreventar, see acertar, 176, 177 sobreverterse, see atender, 185 sobrevestir, see sentir, 203 sofreir, (p.p.) sofreido, sofrito,
see reir, 207
solar, see acordar, 178, 179 soldar, see acordar, 178, 179 soler, see 202 (g) sollar, see acordar, 178, 179 soltar, (p.p.) soltado, suelto,
see acordar, 178, 179 [186 solver, (p.p.) suelto, see mover, somover, see mover, 186 sonar, see acordar, 178, 179 sonar, see acordar, 178, 179 sonreir, see reir, 207 sonrodarse, see acordar, 178, 179 sorregar, see acertar, 176, 177.
149 [149
sosegar, see acertar, 176, 177, sostener, see tener, 174, 175 soterrar, see acertar, 176, 177 subarrendar, see acertar, 176,
177
LIST OF IRREGULAR AKD DEFECTIVE VERBS. 127
subentender, see atender, 185 subseguir, see pedir, 204, 151 substituir, see instruir, 208 substraer, see traer, 188 subtender, see atender, 185 subvenir, see venir, 209 subvertir, see sentir, 203 suceder, see 202 (a) sugerir, see sentir, 203 sujetar, sujetado, sujeto superponer, see poner, 197 supervenir, see venir, 209 suponer, see poner, 197 suprimir, suprimido, supreso surgir, surgido, surto suspender, suspendido, suspense sustituir, (p.p.) sustituido, sus-
tituto, see instruir, 208 sustraer, see traer, 188
tallecer, see 150
taner, see 202 (h)
temblar, see acertar, 176, 177
tender, (p.p.) tendido, tenso,
see atender, 185 tener, see 174, 175 teiiir, (p.p.) tenido, tinto, see
pedir, 204, 152 tentar, see acertar, 176, 177 torcer, (p.p.) torcido, tuerto,
see cocer, 189, 150 tostar, see acordar, 178, 179 traducir, see conducir, 205 traer, see 188
transcender, see atender, 185 transfregar, see acertar, 176, translucirse, see 150 [177, 149 transponer, see poner, 197 trascender, see atender, 185 trascolar, see acordar, 178, 179
trascordarse, see acordar, 178, 179 [149
trasegar, see acertar, 176, 177, trasferir, see sentir, 203 trasfregar, see acertar, 178, traslucir, see 150 [179, 149 trasoir, see oir, 216 trasonar, see acordar, 178, 179 trasponer, see poner, 197 [149 trastrocar, see acordar, 178,179, trasverter, see atender, 185 trasvolar, see acordar, 178, 179 travesar, see acertar, 176, 177 trocar, see acordar, 178,179,149 tronar, see acordar, 178,179,220 tropezar, see acertar, 176, 177, tullir, see 152 [149
tumefacerse, see satisfacer, 191
vaciar, vaciado, vacio valer, see 199 yenir, see 209
ventar, see acertar, 176, 177 ver, see 200 verdecer, see 150 verter, see atender, 185 vestir, see pedir, 204 volar, see acordar, 178, 179 volcar, see acordar, 178, 179, 149 [186
volver, (p.p.)vuelto,seemover,
yacer, see 201 yuxtaponer, see poner, 197
zabullir, see 152 zafarse, zafado, zafo zaherir, see sentir, 203 zambullirse, see 152
128 PRACTICAL SPANISH GKAMMAR.
LESSON XXIV.
USE OF THE TENSES. SIMPLE TENSES.
225. The simple tenses are preferred to the com- pound in many cases where the latter would be used in English: as, / have read, I do not know where; yo lei no s6 donde. / have met him this morning, and have come to an agreement with him about the affair ; le encontr6 esta manana, y trat6 con 61 del asunto. It has been five years since I was in Madrid ; hace cinco anos que estuve en Madrid.
226. (a) The present tense of the indicative ex- presses in Spanish, as in English, what exists, hap- pens, or is being done: as, el es coronel; ella se levanta tarde ; la luna acompana 4 la tierra. (b) The progressive present (am writing, etc.) is rendered in Spanish by estar with present participle : as, estoy escribiendo ; est£n leyendo.
227. The English emphatic present (do write, etc.) does not admit of a literal translation into Spanish ; but instead, the verb is sometimes modified by an adverb: as, canta nmy Men, de v6ras (realty); she does sing very well. Si lo creo, / do believe it.
228. (a) When the auxiliary do is used for a verb previously expressed, the affirmative si or the negative no is used for do in Spanish, provided do and its pre- ceding verb are of the same number and person : as, 61 no se queja, pero ella si ; he does not complain, but she does. V. no le conoce, pero nosotros le conocemos: you do not know him, but we do.
USE OF THE TEKSES. SIMPLE TENSES- 129
(&) Do, not as an auxiliary but a principal verb, is hacer. as, Harelo que V. me manda, I will do what you order me to do.
229. The present is sometimes (not frequently) used for a near future : as, viene al instante ; partimos manana.
230. The present (historical) is sometimes used for the pre- terite : as, llega Cortes y habla a los suyos.
231. (a) The imperfect tense denotes a progressive (continuing) or repeated past action or state : as, iba muy d menudo al concierto, cuando estaba en Paris. (b) This tense often denotes a state continuing, or an action going on, when something else happened to interrupt it; and estar, with present participle, is often used for the simple imperfect tense : as, Andres leia (or estaba leyendo) cuando entr6, Andrew ivas reading when I entered, (c) The imperfect tense is used in describing the permanent qualities of persons and things; hence is called the descriptive tense: as, los Romanes eran grandes guerreros. (d) Paren- thetical or explanatory remarks in a narrative are expressed by the imperfect: as, sent6se bajo un sauce 6 imit6 su ejemplo otro moro que le acompanaba, etc.
(e) The imperfect sometimes takes the place of the condi- tional : as, si le hubiera dicho la verdad, me exponia a un re- gano, if I had told him the truth 1 should have exposed myself to a scolding, (f) For the emphatic form did, see do, 227 and 228. VV. no le vieron, pero yo le vi, you did not, etc. ; VV. no le vieron, pero ellos si (they did).
232. (a) The preterite tense refers to an entirely past action or state, and hence is called the historical tense: as, fui (/ went) al concierto anoche ; los Ro- manes conquistaron & la Bretaiia. (b) When an action or state is broken in upon by something else, that which interrupts is put in the preterite tense: as, mientras yo revolvia el asador (spit), 61 dispuso la mesa. $, D6nde estabas, cuando preguntS por ti ?
130
PEACTICAL SPANISH GKAMMAE.
VOCABULAKY XXIV.
el asador, spit (stick).
asalto, assault.
bosque, woods.
cateto, side of right angle.
clasico, classic.
coronel, colonel.
cuadrado, square.
ejemplo, example.
estrago, ravage.
exponer, to expose.
guerrero, warrior.
indicio, indication.
lecho, bed.
moro, moor.
regano, scolding.
sauce, willow.
viento, wind. la abuela, grandmother.
cnesta, hill.
epidemia, epidemic.
hipotenusa, hypotenuse.
mirada, glance.
mocedad, youth.
salida, exit.
suavidad, gentleness.
suma, sum (amount).
la vista,, prospect.
atrever (-se), to venture.
componer, to compose.
correr, to run.
democratic©, democratic.
erudito, learned.
girar, to turn.
herir, to wound.
igual, equal.
imitar, to imitate.
intentar, to attempt.
magnifico, magnificent.
a mediados, about the midst of,
percibir, to perceive.
pintar (-se), to paint.
a principios, early.
prorumpir, to break forth.
quejar (-se), to complain.
al rededor, about.
rondar, to go round.
solicito, solicitous.
soplar, to blow.
subir, to ascend, mount.
tender (-se), to stretch (one's self).
de veras, really.
viajar, to travel.
EXEKCISE XXIV.
1. El gobierno de los Estados Unidos es democra- tico. 2. Hace echo dias que rondan la calle donde vivo. 3. Yo estoy viajando y mi amigo est£ compo- niendo una obra. 4. Corre a la puerta, se la hace abrir y halla a su amigo lierido. 5. Xosotros nos vamos mafiana y ellos salen el dia despues. 6. Ella ha es-
USE OF THE TENSES. SIMPLE TENSES. 131
crito y viene aqui, su hermana va alii. 7. <; Puedo yo coiitar con (upon it) que V. vendra ? Voy al instante. 8. Cuando percibi a mi hermano corri al instante a el. 9. En sus miradas pintabanse l la amistad ma's solicita, y el interes mas vivo. 10. Iba todos los dias a la libreria; fue a la libreria ayer. 11. Cervantes nacio a mediados del siglo diez y seis; y murio a prin- cipios del diez y siete. 12. Llegue a Londres en el ano de 1838; <;no es verdad ? 13. No se atrevieron los enemigos a subir la cuesta. 14. Copernico probo que la tierra giraba al rededor del sol. 15. Cuando tu recorrias la Francia, estaba yo en Italia. 16. Mi- entras que referia sus desgracias, prorumpieron en lagrimas. 17. A la salida de Viena aun seguia haci- endo estragos la epidemia.
THEME XXIV.
1. Good-day, sir; how long have you been in Madrid ? 2. The square on (of) the hypotenuse is equal to the sum of the squares on the other two sides. 3. They were going when we were coming. 4. He is a man that likes and does not like the same person. 5. They write that they are selling everything that they have. 6. Some learned men are translating the Latin clas- sics. 7. Men are speaking of war, and yet they desire peace. 8. The general armed himself, mounted his horse, and sallied forth. 9. When I was in Vienna, I went to the concert every evening. 10. I called to the servants, who were still in bed. 11. I used to travel much when I was younger. 12. I knew Mr.
1 There were painted (descriptive), or used to be painted.
132 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
Benot, but they did not know him. 13. The enemy (-ies) did not give any indication of attempting the assault. 14. The wind blew gently (with gentleness), and the heavens presented a magnificent prospect. 15. The ancients used to stretch themselves on couches at the table. 16. His grandmother was very beautiful in her youth. 17. The woods, says Galatea, were formerly my companions.
LESSON XXV.
SIMPLE TENSES CONCLUDED AND COMPOUND
TENSES.
233. (a) The future tense indicates that something will exist or take place in the future : as, el sera ele- gido ; enviar6 la carta manana. (b) The future ex- presses a mild command: as, no dirSs de esto nada £ nadie. (c) The future is sometimes used instead of the present when doubt is implied: as, vendrd (he comes) quiz£, para amenazarme. (d) The future is sometimes used for the present or past in questions where a contradictory reply is not expected: as, jhabra disgracia mayor que la mia?
(e) When shall and will are not signs of the future they must be translated by equivalent verbs : as, will you lend me your penknife? i quiere V. prestarme su cortaplumas ? ; it shall be as I say, ha de ser como digo. . (/) Shall and will used as sub- stitutes for the verbs they represent must be treated as do (see 227, 228) : as, / shall not proceed, but he will; yo no procedere, pero el procedera.
234. (a) The compound1 of the present (perfect
1 Very frequent in letters.
SIMPLE TEASES A^D COMPOUND TEKSES. 133
tense) represents a past action or state of being as completed at the present time. / have written to him three times this week, le he escrito tres veces esta semana. Han anunciado para hoy una comedia muy buena. (b) This tense often denotes an action, or state in a period of time of which the present forms a part, and so used; to-day, this week, etc., are often added, see 234 (a).
(c) Note that tener is sometimes (with transitive verbs) used as auxiliary instead of haber : as, las cartas que tiene escritas ; como yo tengo dieho ; limpiaronle el rostro que cubierto de polvo tenia. (d) The progressive form is used, but the time of the state or action must be expressed or easily understood : as, i donde ha estado V. escribiendo esta maiiana ?
235. The compound of the imperfect (or pluperfect tense) represents a state or action as completed in some indefinite period before another action or state expressed or easily understood : as, ya habia oido la noticia ; habia hablado V. al m6dico (at the time we are speaking of).
236. The compound of the preterite (past anterior tense) represents a state or action as completed in some tolerably definite period before another state or action expressed or easily understood (and words, as cuando, despues de, etc., are always used with this tense) : as, ap6nas me hubo visto, cuando me Ilam6.
237. The compound of the future (or future per- fect tense) bears the same relation to the future that the compounds of the imperfect and preterite do to these tenses : as, habr6 acabado, esta noche ; ya habra oido muchas veces decir, etc., you will often have heard
134 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
VOCABULARY XXV.
el capitan, captain. avisar, to inform.
hospital, hospital. cubrir, to cover.
hugrfano, orphan. desaparecer, to disappear.
julio, July. escapar (-se), to run off.
mensagero, messenger. exclamar, to exclaim.
merito, merit. franco, frank.
orden, order (m. & f.) horroroso, frightful.
reinado, reign. humilde, humble.
ruego, request. leal, loyal.
temporal, storm. limpiar, to clean.
la constancia, constancy. primoroso, fine.
fuerza, force. proceder, to proceed.
maravilla, wonder. quiza, perhaps.
suplica, petition. super ar, to surpass
tarea, task. terminal, to terminate. amenazar, to threaten.
EXERCISE XXV.
1. Sefiores, hemos visto muchas maravillas en siglo. 2. ; Que palabras hallaremos que no se hayan ya usado! 3. ^ Serviremonos de ruegos y de humildes suplicas? 4. <;Se habra visto cosa mas primorosa en este mundo ? 5. (La) Espana produjo grandes hombres en los r.einados de Carlos I, y Felipe II. 6. Cuando vuelva a mi pais habra cambiado sin duda el orden de cosas que alii deje. 7. Habia acabado de almorzar antes que el viniera. 8. No bien hube aca- bado de escribir cuando entro ella. 9. Muchas obras de merito han sido escritas durante el presente siglo.
10. No le he visto hoy, ni en todo este mes de julio.
11. Fingio creer que todo aquello era suyo y que yo se lo habia quitado. 12. La mujer conocio que me
SIMPLE TEASES AND COMPOUND TENSES. 135
habia escapado del hospital de huerfanos. 13. Ya habre terminado la tarea cuando llegue el verano.
14. A los capitanes tengo avisado lo que ban de hacer.
15. Hace cuatro anos que el esta aqui en el ejercito.
16. Habia (or haefa) dos boras que yo estaba escri- biendo cuando llego mi padre.
THEME XXV.
1. Rome made herself mistress of the world; Eng- land has made herself mistress of the sea. 2. He was in the city yesterday, but he has returned to the coun- try to-day. 3. Greece produced great orators and poets, Spain has produced great men. 4. I had al- most believed that his conduct was frank and loyal. 5. He encountered many and grave difficulties in his undertaking, but by force of constancy he had over- come them all. 6. She will wait for her father here, but I shall not. 7. To-morrow at this hour we shall have learned the news. 8. I had already received his letter when I wrote mine. 9. This year the storms in the Mediterranean have been frightful. 10. Thus is named he whom I have (hold) mentioned in my let- ter. 11. Oh, Heaven! I exclaimed, is there a condi- tion more wretched 'than mine? 12. Next week we shall have lived together six months. 13. He has been in the United States for these five years. 14. His father died two years ago, and I have not seen him since. 15. The clouds had almost disappeared when it began to rain, 16. I had been waiting an hour when the messenger arrived.
136 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
LESSON XXVI.
THE IMPERATIVE MOOD. THE CONDITIONAL MOOD.
238. (a) The imperative mood is used to express commanding, exhorting, entreating, or permitting 1 : as, confieselo V. ; que ella vaya ; venga V. ; vamos. (b) The imperative forms proper are the second per- sons singular and plural (as, ama, amad ; come, corned ; recibe, recibid, etc.), which cannot be used with a negative. For all persons except the second singular and plural, and for these when negative, the subjunc- tive is used for the imperative : as, dice, decid ; no digas, no digais ; diga V., digamos, que digan, digan VV., no diga V., etc.
(c) Kote that let (as sign of imperative) with third person may be translated by que : as, que digan, let them say. (d) The future of the indicative is sometimes used for the imperative, see 233 (b). (e) The infinitive with a sometimes has the force of the imperative : as, a ver, let us see.
239. (a) When the conditional mood is used, a condition is usually expressed or understood in the sentence, the conditional mood being used in the con- clusion and some conjunction (frequently si2) being generally used in the condition : as, iria con V. si
1 Also a wish : as, sea su nombre bendito, may Jiis name be blessed. Thus used even the first person singular is found : as, viva el y viva yo, may Tie and I live.
2 Si, meaning whether, is followed by the conditional mood : as, no se si me lo concederia 6 no.
THE IMPERATIVE MOOD. THE CONDITIONAL MOOD. 13?
tuviese (or tuviera) dinero; si tuviese (or tuviera) dinero iria con V ; ; daria todo lo que tengo para verle! (Z>) The conjunction that naturally intro- duces a conditional sentence cannot be omitted at will as in English : as, si tuviera papel, escribiria una carta; we cannot say tuviera papel, etc. (c) When the principal verb l of the sentence de- notes supposition, hope, fear, promise or affirma- tion, and precedes the conjunction que *, the condi- tional may be used : as, pensaba que su criado acudiria a la hora seiialada. (d) A modest request or wish is often expressed by the conditional mood : as, desearia ver los muebles en casa de V., but querer (in subj. ) is more usual. If, however, an interjection is used, the conditional cannot be : as, ojala no le hubiera (or hubiese) yo conocido. (e) The conditional is often used in modest, approximate, or uncertain statements: as, serian las diez de la noche. (/) It is also used in interrogative expressions of politeness (see d)] and of doubt, concerning possibility or fitness : as, jme atreveria yo a pedir? j,seria verdad? (g) In indirect quotations after verbs in the past or conditional, the conditional is used: as, dijo que vendria.
(h) Could, when a condition is expressed or implied, is ren- dered by the conditional of poder : as, yo podria ir si quisiera. {i) Might, expressing power or ability, is also rendered by the conditional of poder : as, el podria venir, si quisiera. (j) Should, meaning ought to, is rendered by the conditional of deber: as, V. deberia venir conmigo. (k) The preposition a, followed by an infinitive, is sometimes used to form a conditional sentence: as, a ser cierta la noticia, me alegraria mucho ; si fuese cierta la noticia, me alegraria mucho.
1 Not always expressed.
138 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
VOCABULARY XXVI.
el canto, singing. acudirl^ come
credito, credit. (to come(by appointment}.
delirante, raver. afirmar, to affirm.
delito, crime. avenir, to agree, to join.
extravio, frenzy. cometer, to commit.
favor, favor. contentar, to content.
idioma, language. hebreo, Hebrew.
individuo, individual, person, inevitable, inevitable.
marroqui, morocco leather. jurar, to swear.
mueble, furniture. navegar, to navigate.
plato, dish. ofrecer, to offer.
la aldea, hamlet. osar, to dare.
cadena, chain. permitir, to permit.
chinela, slipper. radical, radical.
nave, ship. vano, vain.
ocasion, occasion.
EXERCISE XXVL
1. Permita V. que diga lo que he oido sobre ego. 2. No vaya V. tarcje, es preciso que V. este alii tem- prano. 3. Los individuos que deseen aprender el idioma hebreo acudiran a la calle de D. 4. Ama a tu projimo, como a ti mistfio. 5. Leeria los libros que estan aqui, si tuviera el tiempo. 6. Aun cuando me hubiera ofrecido otro tanto, yo no iria. 7. Si yo tuviese una casa de campo, viviria siempre en ella. 8. Puesto (caso) que durmiese, y no despertase ; en vano seria mi canto. 9. Si V. se hubiese levantado mas temprano, habria almorzado con nosotros. 10. No fui tan simple, que tomase el camino de Toledo; por- que (by which) me expondria a encontrarme con el. 11. Desearia un par de chinelas y las quisiera en (de)
THE IMPERATIVE MOOD. THE CONDITIONAL MOOD. 139
marroqui. 12. Con todo eso, osaria afirmar y jurar que son radicales. 13. Tendria en aquel tiempo la ciudad sesenta mil vecinos. 14. <; Es posible que los extravios de un delirante, cuya razon evidentemente descon- certaria la proximidad de la muerte, hayan encon- trado credito ? 15. ^Deberia yo dar ocasion a que cometiese otros nuevos delitos ?
THEME XXVI.
1. The war is inevitable, and let it come ! I repeat it, let it come ! 2. Do not suffer that they betray you with promises. 3. Do me the favor to tell me where the doctor lives. 4. Speak to this man; and ask him what you wish. 5. He would certainly be [the] son of a grandee, if this had been in his power. 6. I would have given him the watch and the chain, if he merited them. 7. If I had known that you were not at home, I would not have come. 8. He would have much more wealth (-s), if he had not spent it (them) in voyages. 9. I would have invited him, if he under- stood the German language. 10. It seems to me that we would not agree badly living together. 11. I would content myself with any (whatever) of these dishes. 12. It was about two o'clock in the after- noon, when they reached the village. 13. They might have sailed two hours when they discovered a power- ful ship. 14. Would you have the kindness to tell me where the post [office] is ? 15. The gentleman said that you might know the truth, if you wished. 16. Could you find your way in the city without me ?
140 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
i
LESSON XXVII.
THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
240. (a) The subjunctive mood in independent sen- tences expresses command, exhortation, wish, con- cession, uncertainty: as, pagueseme lo que se me debe; hagame V. el favor ; sepamos caal es mas looo ; venga esta dueiia y pida lo que quisiere ; viva 61 y viva yo ; saiga lo que saliere (come what may}, (b) The sub- junctive in independent sentences is really used as an imperative, see 238 and Exercise XXVI.
241. The subjunctive mood is used in dependent sentences whose meaning is represented rather as a conception than a reality; and which are connected (either as subject or object) with the principal sen- tence1 by que2; or as object by an interrogative pro- noun or conjunction.
Note the following: aunque estaba alii (ind.) ; aunque estu- viese alii (subj.); though lie was there (sure); though he might be there (doubtful); aunque viene hoy, no le vere (he surely comes)\ aunque viniese hoy, no le veria (coming not sure).
242. This dependent subjunctive is used: (a) After expressions that deny or question the reality or possi- bility of the statement in the dependent sentence : as, no es verdad que lo haya dicho. j Es verdad que lo haya dicho? Dudo que venga; dud6 que viniese (but no dudo que vendra) ; no dudo que seas mi amigo. (b) After expressions (that represent the statement in the dependent sentence as a subject) of fear, hope, or
1 Sometimes understood or placed after the subjunctive.
2 Generally que or a compound of que, rarely others.
THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 141
expectation : as, temia descubriese la trampa ; espe- rando se cumpla el numero del vapuleo ; but temo (/ fear = I am sure) no ha de llegar el dia. (c) After expressions (that represent the statement in the dependent sentence as a subject) of command, wish, concession, etc.: as, guardaos de que no os enga-^ nen; conjiirote que me digas quien eres; concede que todo lo que dices sea verdad. (d) After expres- sions of feeling, emotion, etc. : as, le agradecer6 a Vr- que me d6 un poco de papel; me alegraria de que 61 viniese (viniera). (e) After impersonal expressions, representing what follows them as an idea or concep- tion of the speaker or writer: as, lo mejor es que no corran; es necesario que vaya. (/) Generally after saber used negatively or interrogatively: as, no s6 qu6 diga. (g) Sometimes after decir l and in some other constructions, where we might expect the conditional : as,dijo que lo hiciera, si no fuera prohibido : but the sub- junctive of indirect statement is not a regular Spanish construction: as, dije,-pens6 (dijo, pens6) que era ver- dad. (h) After verbs of causing, occasioning, accom- plishing, etc.: as, consigues que seas respetado: but after such followed by de manera que, de suerte que, or tan made prominent, the result must be a future one to be expressed by the subjunctive : as, se porta de manera que es amado de todos; portate de manera que seas amado de todos.
243. DISTINCTION IN USE BETWEEN FIRST (ending in ra) AND SECOND (ending in se) IMPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE.— (a) When the imperfect subjunctive is preceded by si, con tal que, cuando, or by an interjection expressing desire, either the first or the second subjunctive may be used : as, si tuviera, or tu-
1 See under conditional mood.
142 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
viese, dinero, comprarialibros; ojalafuera, or fuese cierto. (b) In cases similar to these in (a), but without the conjunction, either the first subjunctive or the conditional is used : as, de buena gana saliera, or saldria. [NOTE.— From (a) and (5) it follows that ra (1st subj.) may sometimes take the place of se (2d subj ) or of ria (conditional), but that se and ria differ.] (c) Se is generally used if a relative pronoun precedes: as, premiare a todos los que hubiesen hecho su deber. (d) Ra is generally used in exclamations : as, quien lo hubiera pensado ! or, habria pen- sado ! (e) Partial list of impersonal expressions generally tak- ing the subjunctive mood after them : es necesario es malo conviene
es precise es justo es bien
es menester es injusto es hora
es fuerza es lastima lo mejor es
es bueno es verguenza menos mal es, etc.
VOCABULARY XXVII.
el destine, destiny. cumplir (-se), to complete, fulfil.
nfLmero, number. desterrar, to banish.
perro, dog. determinar, to determine.
puesto, place, position. dudar, to doubt.
sacrificio, sacrifice. espantar, to frighten.
uso, use. fiar (-se), to trust.
vapuleo, whipping. ladrar, to bark.
la burla, jest, sport. loco, foolish, simple.
duda, doubt. mantener, to keep.
duena, lady (married). ojala, would that.
las letras, learning. permanecer, to persist, remain.
la patria, native land. premiar, to reward.
trampa, trap, fraud. prohibir, to prohibit.
advertir, to inform. proseguir, to pursue.
agradecer, to thank. respetar, to respect.
alcanzar, to reach. separar, to separate.
apear (-se), to dismount. ya, now. conjurar, to entreat.
THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 143
EXEKCISE XXVII.
1. Ojala la tierra se me abriera antes que me viese puesto en esta condicion. 2. Sea el que fuere el uso que V. hiciere de mi papel, no dudo que lo aprobare. 3. Aunque ladren los perros, no me despertaran en este cuarto. 4. Que no se espante V. de verme, que no se muera V. al (de) verme. 5. No puede ser que mi destino se separe del tuyo 6 del suyo. 6. Tengo determinado que vaya V. por una parte del monte y yo por otra. 7. Mi amigo estaba contento con que (ivlien) me hallase en casa. 8. Es hora que prosigamos nuestro camino — sale el sol. 9. Entre tan alegre como si supiera adonde habia de ir a comer. 10. Te juro que si pudiera subir 6 apearme (que) yo te hubiera vengado. 11. Aun cuando tratara (or tratase) de re- mediar el mal, etc. 12. Le advirtio que a cuanto ella le dijese, le respondiese (-ra). 13. Aunque me lo haya dicho el otro dia, no me acuerdo ya de ello. 14. Le hubiera ido a ver ayer, si hubiese sabido esta noticia. 15. Si permaneciere aqui algun tiempo se lo avisare a V. 16. Si el hubiere dejado Granada antes que le alcance mi carta, etc.
THEME XXVII.
1. Do not think that my destiny can ever be sepa- rated from thine. 2. Either it was to gain my con- fidence or to make fun of me. 3. That he may keep the place, I have made many sacrifices. 4. There is no doubt that you might be deceived by that letter. 5. Our destiny has not wished that we should die in our native land. 6. I did not wish (imp.) that any
144 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
one should know-that I had money. 7. I am astonished to see that a man so without letters (education) says such things. 8. It is necessary that you know and do your task and your duty. 9. I do not know what I would do then; this I know, what I wish to do now. 10. It would be well that they should banish that old criminal. 11. I called him that he might go out with me. 12. There was no one in the city that trusted them. 13. I shall not return until they have delivered me the money. 14. He would have paid me, if he had had money at home. 15. I will bring you what (-ever) they may give me. 16. Even if he should have written him before he (might) arrive, etc.
LESSON XXVIII.
THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD IN DEPENDENT SENTENCES (CONTINUED). SEQUENCE OF TENSES.
244. The subjunctive mood is used after certain conjunctions. The important ones used with the subjunctive are l :
a fin de que, to the end that, como quiera que, notwithstanding.
a menos que, unless. como si, as if.
antes que, before. con tal que, provided that.
apenas, scarcely. cual si, as if.
asi que, so that. cuando, when.
aunque, although. dado que, granted that.
bien que, although. en caso de que, in case that.
como, as, when. en vez de que, instead of.
1 The same conjunction will be followed by the indicative or subjunctive mood according to the sense in which it is used, see 241.
THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 145
hasta qua, until para que, ) fe ^^ ^
hast a donde, as far as. porque, >
luego que, as soon as. por...que, however.
mientras, while. siempre que, whenever.
no sea que, lest. sin que, without.
ojala, would that. supuesto que, supposing that.
NOTE.— Other conjunctions are sometimes used with the subjunctive.
245. (a) The subjunctive is used in relative senten- ces, when the relative pronoun or adverb refers to a negative idea: as, no habia quien les creyese. (Z>) When the relative refers to an unknown or indefinite person or thing : as, yo le dir6 cosas que le admiren. (c) Often when the relative has a general force (as, any one whatever, anywhere whatever, etc.): as, V. hara lo que mejor le pareciere (or parezca). (d) The relative referring to a superlative1 does not require the sub- junctive : as, la ingratitud es uno de los mayores peca- dos que se conoce. (e) When the relative expresses a purpose, the subjunctive is used : as, quiso irse donde sus ojos no la viesen jamas.
246. (a) The future of the subjunctive is but little used, the present subjunctive generally taking its place : as, todo lo que me den, all thai they may give me; cuando vengan, when they should come, (b) But when used it is only in sentences beginning with si, cuando, mientras, or a relative adverb or pronoun : as, saldr6 si no lloviere (or llueva). (c) The compound of the present subjunctive is generally used for the compound of the future subjunctive : as, cuando haya acabado mi tarea, etc.
1 The superlative relative is found with the subjunctive, but it is not the superlative as such that requires it.
146 PEACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
247. SEQUENCE OF TENSES, (a) Verbs in the pres- ent or future indicative or the present subjunctive are generally followed by the present subjunctive or compound of the present : as, manda que se haga luego; me alegro que lo haya vencido; desear6 que V. se divierta. (b) Verbs in any of the past tenses, simple or compound, of the indicative, conditional or subjunc- tive, or in the compound future of the indicative, are generally followed by the imperfects of the subjunc- tive, simple or compound: as, he mandado' que lo llevara (or llevase) V. ; me alegraba que lo hubiera visto.
VOCABULARY XXVIII.
el caballero andante, knight- confundir, to confound.
cura, priest. [errant, consultar, to consult.
ganapan, porter. decidir, to decide.
ignorante, ignorant (one). devolver, to return. .
insensate, stupid (one). dispensar, to excuse.
oficio, office. disponer, to dispose.
pecado, sin. inducir, to lead (induce).
sello, seal. luego, presently, immediately.
vencedor, conqueror. morar, to dwell.
la accion, action. ofender, to offend.
ingratitud, ingratitude. para que, in order that.
insula (isla), island. procurar, to try.
mentira, lie. resolver (-se), to resolve.
profesion, profession. suplicar, to supplicate.
serial, sign.
EXERCISE XXVIII.
1. Los describio a fin de que los ignorantes no los confundan con los verdaderos sabios. 2. Me escape sin que me viesen. 3. V. habla como si la profesion de las armas fuese oficio de ganapanes. 4. Lo digo para
THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 147
que (a fin que) V. lo sepa. 5. Me suplico que le hablase de modo que se resolviese. 6. Buscaba a su amo por largo tiempo, sin que le hallase. 7. <; Cuando quiere el banquero que yo le devuelva el dinero? 8. Quien la oiga, creera que esta ya decidido que me quedo. 9. Cualquiera palabra 6 accion que pueda inducir a otros en error es mentira. 10. Haced bien a los que os hayan ofendido. 11. Deme V., dijo el estudiante un libro que pueda consultar. 12. En cual- quiera figura que haya sido, he quedado vencedor de mi enemigo. 13. Con la mas minima sefial que me haga V. pondre un sello en mi boca. 14. <i Quien le habia de dar a V. senor insulas que gobernase? 15. Me maravillo que hayan creido una noticia tan improbable. 16. El general le habria ordenado que volviera (or volviese).
THEME XXVIII.
1. He who responds before he hears shows that he is a stupid [one]. 2. What a gentleman once prom- ises, he tries to fulfil although it costs him his life. 3. If Heaven shall dispose of the king, I swear that I will give you my hand. 4. I place the paper in your hands, in order that you may make use of it. 5. I shall keep it for [a] relic, as long as life shall last. 6. What will your master say when he sees what you have done ? 7. He will give me money until I have found a good situation. 8. An American who goes for the first time to Boston will be [a] stranger. 9. My mother needs a servant who knows how to cook well. 10. Work makes for men houses where they may dwell. 11. I rejoice (I regret) to have been the first
148 PRACTICAL SPANISH GEAMMAR.
who said it. 12. Is there a hamlet priest that can say what my master has said ? 13. He is the most loyal squire that ever served l a knight-errant. 14. All his friends said to him that he should say what he wished. 15. I beg that you will (may) excuse me from coming to-morrow. 16. I doubted that he would convince him (or) that he would have convinced him.
LESSON XXIX.
THE INFINITIVE MOOD.
248. (a) The infinitive is sometimes used exactly as a noun and may take an article (the masculine el) be- fore it, may form a plural, be limited by an adjective or possessive or by de with its noun, may be subject or object of a verb, or governed by a preposition : as, evitad el hablar demasiado ; los pesares de la vida; el dulce murnmrar ; al romper (d)el dia ; el cantar de las aves es nrny agradable; tu saber. (V) Some- times its verbal force is kept when used as noun, and it may be qualified by an adverb or take an object after it : as, el hablar corrientemente, etc. ; el leer buenos libros, etc.
249. (a) The infinitive as subject is generally used with the article or other qualifiers, but sometimes without: as, el cazar es buen ejercicio; hablar mucho es un vicio. (b) The infinitive as subject sometimes precedes, as in (a), and sometimes follows its verb : as, no es mi tristeza haber caido en tu poder, / am
1 Use preterite indicative.
THE
MOOD.
149
not sad for, etc. (c) due with a personal form of the verb (indicative or subjunctive) is used instead of the infinitive when its subject cannot be inferred from the rest of the sentence: as, basta que sepas, it is enough that thou knowest; but, me basta saber, le basta a V. saber, etc. (d) Sometimes, however, the infinitive is retained and the personal pronoun or other subject placed near it : as, el oirlo yo, me causa lastima; el dar el si manana la hermosa Julia.
250. The infinitive without a preposition, generally as direct object, is used after many verbs, of which the principal are :
|
aconsejar |
declarar |
manifestar |
procurar |
|
acostumbrar |
dejar |
mas vale |
prohibir |
|
afirmar |
desear |
merecer 3 |
prometer |
|
alegrar (-se) |
determinar |
mostrar |
protestar |
|
andar l |
esperar |
necesitar |
querer |
|
celebrar |
fingir |
negar |
saber |
|
concebir |
gustar |
oir |
sentir |
|
confesar |
haber menester |
osar |
soler |
|
conocer |
hacer |
parecer |
temer |
|
contar |
holgar |
pensar |
tener |
|
conviene |
imaginar (-se) |
poder |
vedar |
|
creer |
impedir |
preferir |
venir 4 |
|
deber2 |
intentar |
presumir |
ver |
|
decir |
mandar |
pretender |
VOCABULARY XXIX.
el aliento, breath. banquete, banquet. euidado, care. lacayo, servant.
el manjar, dish (food). milagro, miracle. muro, wall. musico, musician.
1 Andar buscar, to go to seek. 2 De is sometimes used • as, por aqui cerca debe de estar alguna fuente. 3 Merece ser alab«.&a. 4 Viene adorar — a omitted for euphony — lie comes to adore.
150
PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
el punto, point.
termino, limit.
tesoro, treasure. la admiracion, wonder. lasartes, intrigues. la cuestion, question.
dama, lady.
diferencia, difference.
doctrina, doctrine.
estrella, star.
fuente, spring.
labradora, working woman.
lastima, pity.
locura, folly.
naturaleza, nature.
ola, wave.
renta, income.
tristeza, grief, sadness.
la utilidad, profit. aderezar, to prepare (victuals). cansar, to weary. causar, to cause. comer, to eat. comparar, to compare. considerar, to consider. corrientemente,. fluently. curioso, curious. demasiado, too much. encantar, to delight. entristecer, to sadden. facilitar, to facilitate. lugubre, gloom. murmurar, to murmur. perfecto, perfect. por en cima, on topt over. romper, to break.
EXERCISE XXIX.
1. Gastar en un banquete la renta de un afio es locura. 2. El decir tu si y el acabarseme la vida, ha de ser todo a un punto. 3. Le entristecia ver que Altisidora no le habia cumplido la palabra. 4. Se te ha ido de las mientes haber visto a Dulcinea conver- tida en labradora. 5. Es decir; se me ha olvidado decir. 6. El suceso que yo he tenido en ver a V.? es imposible ser malo. 7. El hablar nosotros pasa de los terminos de la naturaleza. 8. Es mas milagro darme a mi un poeta un peso que yo recibirle. 9. La dife- rencia que hay del animal bruto al hombre, es ser el hombre animal racional y el bruto irracional. 10. Es- perando 6 por mejor decir temiendo perder la vida, fue, etc. 11. Pasabanle las olas por (en) cima, no solo impidiendole ver el cielo sino (pero) negandole el
THE IKFIKITIVE MOOD. 151
poder pedirle ayuda. 13. Son artes que nuestros mayores prohibieron aprenderse. 14. El reino de Dios no es comer ni beber sino (inas) paz y justicia. 15. Quiero imitar al pueblo en el vestido, en las cos- tumbres solo a los mejores. 16. La que (ella) decia ser mi madre esta alia.
THEME XXIX.
1. It would be curious to compare this doctrine with the other. 2. To take from a knight his lady is to take from him his eyes. 3. Let it not weary you to hear me relate what happened to me. 4. It is not my sadness that (I am not sad because) my friend has fallen in your power. 5. You shall con- quer the stars ; for it is possible to conquer them. 6. I seem to see her enter (between) the gloomy walls of this prison. 7. It will not be lost care to consider this question. 8. Your saying this (el decirlo tu) and my hearing it causes me new wonder. 9. Where is that trembling [of] all before him and that speaking to him on the knees? 10. The general determined to put them at (in) liberty. 11. The doctor has no need to go to seek help. 12. The horses need to take breath in order not to fall on the way. 13. The perfect playing of this musician delights one. 14. He knows how to prepare and cook many good dishes. 15. The profit of the kingdom counselled facilitating for both cities the commerce with America. 16. If I should get a servant like you, I should believe [myself] to have found a treasure.
152 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
LESSON XXX.
THE INFINITIVE (CONCLUDED).
251. The infinitive (generally in independent con- struction) is used after the prepositions, a, antes de, con, despues de, en, en cuanto a, en vez de, hasta, para, por, sin, sobre and many compounds of de : as, al perder el cuerpo la vida ; a ser otra cosa ; le gan6 a correr; junto con ser cruel era encantador; hasta verte ; no se siguitf el alcance por ser noche ; sin yo pensarlo ; a pesar de (or) sin embargo de (or) no ob- stante de haberle yo pagado, no estuvo satisfecho.
252. (a) The infinitive in dependent constructions is used after the prepositions a and de, also after con, en, para, por, and so used, (b) A, with the infini- tive, follows verbs of motion, and others with which the idea of direction toward an end is united.
The principal verbs are : animar, aprender, aspirar, ayudar, comenzar, condenar, consentir, convidar, conviene, dar, echar, empezar, ensenar, enviar, habituar, inclinar, invitar, ir, mostrar, obligar, pasar, salir, tender, venir, volver. El vino a visitarme ; sail a ver los soldados ; el me ensena a cantar ; nos convido a comer con el.
(b') A with the infinitive follows other verbs, parti- ciples, or adjectives whose meaning naturally require to (a) : such as, bastar, esforzarse, obligar, precisar, etc. : as, se esfuerza a hacerlo ; no estas tu obligado a saber latin. (#") Besides esforzarse, etc. (see b'), atreverse, decidirse, negarse, ponerse, resistirse, are so used: as, no me atrevo a hablarle. (c) De, with the following
THE lOTItflTIVE MOOD. 153
infinitive, may follow substantives or adjectives: as, es tiempo de dormir; es bueno de coiner, (c') After verbs of emotion, etc. ; after verbs denoting removal, cessation, etc. ; after to be used impersonally, and after haber (and often tener in the sense of is to, or must) : as, me alegro de ver a V. bueno ; desisti6 de perseguir a sus contraries (opposers). Es de desear. I due" me tengo de armar ? (d) Con (the manner how, or means by which) with following infinitive: as, le entretengo con contarle cuentos. (e) En with fol- lowing infinitive : as, empleo mi tiempo en estudiar. (/) Para with the following infinitive: as, tiene bas- tante dinero para comprar la casa. (/') Para, in order to, after estar, means to be about to : as, estoy para marcharme. (g) Por (for the sake of): as, trabaja por alcanzar premio. (g') Estar por means to intend, is not yet : as, estuve por responderle; la casa esta por acaber, the house is not yet finished. (h) due is often followed by the infinitive, especially when its subject is the same as that of the principal verb: as, nada tiene que explicar; tengo que escribir una carta; hoy hay (or maiiana habra) mucho que hacer.
VOCABULARY XXX.
el alcance, pursuit. el homenaje, homage. arrepentimiento, repentance. lenguaje, language. barbaro, barbarian. oido, ear.
contrario, opposer. restante, rest.
cuento, story. tema, theme.
euerpo, body. teologo, theologian.
emperador, emperor. la bandera, flag. encantador, enchanter. cena, supper.
enfermo, sick (man). conversacion, conversation.
154 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
las fiestas, holidays, entretener, to entertain.
la impresion, impression. esforzar (-se), to make efforts.
misantropia, misanthropy. marchar (-se), to go off.
muestra, sign. perseguir, to pursue.
salud, health. pescar, to fish.
abandonar, to abandon. privar, to- deprive.
abrazar, to embrace. provenir, to arise.
deleitar, to delight. reconocer, to recognize.
destruir, to destroy. rendir, to render.
dibujar, to draw, sketch, sobre. besides.
diferente, different. tardar, to tarry.
emplear, to employ. variar, to vary.
entender, to understand. visitar, to visit.
EXERCISE XXX.
1. Al oir esas palabras ya le reconocemos a V. 2. La vista se deleita con el nacer de la luz y con el variar de las nubes. 3. Preguntare hasta saber la ver- dad. 4. Ninguna de estas razones fue entendida de los barbaros por ser dichas en diferente lenguaje que el suyo. 5. Se come para vivir. 6. Mis hermanas aprenden a dibujar con el sefior Kondel. 7. Preste dos libros a su amigo de V., pero el no ha vuelto a traermelos. 8. El juez se contento, con privar al reo de la libertad. 9. Por la culpa, de no habermelo tu acordado te sucedio eso. 10. Abrazome, diciendo que habia esperado1 de hacer impresion sus razones.
11. No por eso ha dejado de ser ella la que antes era.
12. No deja de ser un enfermo, con todo eso trabaja mucho. 13. Es de desear que haga buen tiempo du- rante las fiestas (holidays). 14. Mas tardo en hablar Don Quijote que en acabarse la cena. 15. Aunque
1 Rather antiquated.
THE INFINITIVE MOOD. 155
tiene oidos para oir, no tiene lengua para hablar. 16. Pocas palabras me quedan por decir, aunque mu- chas lagrimas si que llorar. 17. Su misautropia pro- viene de no haber nunca tenido un verdadero amigo.
THEME XXX.
1. Besides being king, he wishes to make himself emperor. 2. Even the boys of this city, without ever having seen me, know me. 3. (The) which histories, for not being to my taste, I do not mention (them). 4. He must be [a] theologian, in order to know how to give account of the Christian law. 5. I shall remain at home instead of going out. 6. The banker has in- vited us to dine, but we cannot go. 7. I am going to visit some friends who have arrived from France. 8. This man has destroyed his health by (con) much drinking. 9. The poor boy had (the) misfortune to lose his watch. 10. It would weigh upon me to see him give signs of any repentance. 11. Soon all will love him without any one ceasing to fear him. 12. They accuse the soldier of having abandoned his flag. 13. He is to work this morning, and can fish this afternoon. 14. The rest of the conversation was occupied in speaking of the king. 15. I come accom- panied by my son to render you the first homage. 16. I had neither lessons to study nor themes to write out.
156 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
LESSON XXXI.
PRESENT PARTICIPLE (OR GERUND). PAST PARTICIPLE.
253. The present l participle is not used as an ad- jective but as a verb, hence does not change its form for gender and number, and is used : (a) For the in- finitive with a preposition (especially in the sense of by) : as, me divierto leyendo (or en leer) ; gana su vida escribiendo (or en escribir). (b) The present participle, when not referring to a verb (as, continud escribiendo), is often placed at the beginning of the sentence ; and when there, naturally refers to the subject : as, estudiando se aprende ; viendole tomar la espada le dijo, on seeing him take, etc. (c) The pres- ent participle with en often implies a close relation between what precedes and what follows : as, llega otro, y dale de palos, y en dandoselos huye. (d) The continuation of an action or state is often denoted by estar with the present participle : as, j ftu6 estas ha- ciendo? Estoy escribiendo una carta; estarse dur- miendo, to befalling to sleep ; — but with verbs of mo- tion ir, not estar, is used : as, va corriendo. (e) Ir, with the present participle, generally means continua-
1 The name present participle is used instead of " gerund " because the latter is little used in English, and the real present participle forms (such as calmante, habitante, and doliente) are not used as participles.
PRESENT PARTICIPLE. PAST PARTICIPLE. 157
tion or increase. Se va burlando de vosotros, lie keeps making fun of you. El fuego se iba extendiendo.
254. (a) The past1 participle with the meaning of a verb has the form of an adjective, and when formed from transitive verbs it has a passive, and from intran- sitive verbs an active meaning. Its chief use is to form the compound tenses (generally with haber). (b) The past participle is not varied with haber as the auxiliary: as, ella ha escrito. With llevar and tener it agrees in gender and number with the object: as, llevo escrita una carta; also, ellos se hallan arruinados. With andar, ir, and quedar it agrees with the subject: as, 61 anda descuidado ; ellos van satisfechos. In the passive voice the past participle agrees with the sub- ject: as, nosotros nemos sido castigados. The past participle of ser and estar (conjugated with auxiliary haber) are never varied; hemos estado alii, (c) When not used as a verb, but as an adjective, the past participle, of course, agrees with the noun or pronoun qualified: as, una carta bien escrita. (a) The past par- ticiple is used absolutely (or independently) : as, aca- bada la cena, nos fuimos a pasear. (e) The feminines of many past participles are used as nouns: as, la be- bida, the drink ; — sometimes other forms : as, los des- graciados, the unfortunate. (/) Past participles may be used with prepositions : as, despues de restablecida la paz, floreceran las artes ; es un hombre despreci- ado de todos. (g) For double forms of the past parti- ciple, see List of Irregular Verbs (page 113, etc.).
1 The reflexive participle rarely takes the reflexive pronoun ; but is the same in form as that of a non-reflexive verb : as, ale- grado, instead of alegradose.
158
PEACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
VOCABULAKY XXXI.
el asno, ass.
dano, loss.
devoto, devout (man).
mantel, tablecloth.
nicho, niche.
paje, page.
palo, blow (with stick).
pensamiento, thought.
rebano, flock.
reconocimiento, gratitude.
rubor, blush.
templo, temple. la cantidad, quantity.
cara, face.
conjuracion, conspiracy.
doncella, maiden.
idea, idea.
oveja, sheep.
partida, party (squad).
risa, laughter.
ventana, window.
victoria, victory.
la yerba, grass. acribillailo, drubbed. amontonar, to mass. arruinar, to ruin. asaltar, to assault. callar, to keep silent. calmante, narcotic. descuidar, to neglect. despreciar, to despise. doliente, sorrowful. edificar, to build. florecer, to flourish. lleno, full.
modificar (-se), to be modified. mostrar, to show. prendado, smitten (in love). rebuznar, to bray. respirar, to breathe. sucesivamente, little by little. velar, to watch. vestir (-se), to dress.
EXERCISE XXXI.
1. El devoto mostro su reconocimiento, edificando templos. 2. Y teniendo yo mas vida, tengo menos libertad — Calderon. 3. Estaba para volver, quedando muy ocupado (en) vistiendose (en vestirse). 4. Un re- bano de ovejas andaba paciendo la yerba al rededor de el. 5. Mas vale pajaro en la mano que buitre volando. 6. Hasta entonces el joven liabia ido callando y escn- cliando. 7. Habiendolavistoun dia quedo prendado de ella. 8. Levantados los manteles y tomando D. Antonio
PRESENT PARTICIPLE. PAST PARTICIPLE. 159
por la mano a D. Quijote, se entro. 9. ^Cuanto hay que ha muerto este hombre ? 10. Escribio una carta al emperador, refiriendole lo acaecido. 11. Abando- nado enteramente y olvidado, solo respiraba venganza. 12. Ganada la Sierra y rotoa los Moros se vio obligado a quedarse alia. 13. Tomo la carta, cubierta su bella cara de un honestisimo rnbor. 14. Despues de bien acribillado le echaron a la calle. 15. A pocas calles andadas encontro con el paje — Cervantes. 16. Teni- endo ya preparado mi viaje, hube de diferirlo por el mal estado de los caminos.
THEME XXXI.
1. Trembling from head to foot, he went away from the house. 2. The army lost the victory [after] having lost its king. 3. While l passing, I saw the woman looking out of the window. 4. These ideas kept on being modified little by little. 5. Always gaining and never spending, they amass the greatest quantity of money. 6. The servant sleeps and the master is watching. 7. The duchess was dying with laughter, on hearing Sancho2 speak. 8. When I brayed, all the asses of the town brayed. 9. The conspiracy dis- covered, the king bought him of his master. 10. Aided by (of) God they found from (a) (such — great) loss a sure and speedy escape. 11. He was informed that the general, all his force being joined, was awaiting him. 12. This being said, the lawyer presented the paper. 13. He passed the night without sleeping ; his thought busied with the face of the maiden.
1 Old form, en pasando ; modern form, al pasar.
2 A must be used before Saucho.
160 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
14. He answered, with his eyes full of tears. 15. After having locked the door, he put the key in a niche. 16. While I was sleeping, a party of robbers stormed the house.
LESSON XXXIL
THE ADVERBS.1
255. The adverbs are (a) simple : as, bien, mal, etc. (b) Derived (chiefly from adjectives by adding mente 2 — English like ly) : as, altamente, dulcemente, claramente, ciertamente, fuertemente. (c) Compound: as, de dia, de noche, a menudo, de veras, de rodillas, a solas (alone), etc. (d) Adjectives (especially those ending in o) are often used as adverbs without change of form: as, alto, claro, bajo, cierto, derecho, etc. (e) Algo, bastante (enough), cuanto, demasiado, mucho, muy, nada, poco, tanto, etc., are used as adverbs.
256. (a) Some adverbs of affirmation and negation are: acaso, cierto, ciertamente, eso si, nada, no, no nada, por supuesto, proba- blemente, quiza, quizas, si, sin duda, tampoco, verdaderamente. (&)— (a) Adverbs of place : as, aqui3, aca3, here; ahi, alii3, alia3, there, (ft) Adverbs of time and order : ahora, antes, a noche, en primer lugar, etc. (y} Quantity : mas, menos, etc. (8) Quality : asi, tal, (so); mejor, peor, etc. (e) Others are : de buena gana, willingly; con mucho gusto, etc.
1 For the negative adverb with verb, see 223 (a).
2 Mente is added to the feminine form of the adjective, if there is a particular feminine form : as, sabio, sabia, sabiamente; but, facil, facilmente.
3 Aqui and alii generally with verbs of rest ; aca and alia with verbs of motion.
THE ADVERBS. 161
257. COMPARISON OF AD VERBS, (a) The comparison of adverbs, except that they do not vary for gender or number, is substantially the same as that of adjec- tives, and the adverbs of comparison for both com- parative and superlative degrees are : mas, m6nos, mejor, peor, mas bien, mas mal; m6nos bien, m6nos mal; as, mas tarde, later or latest, mas duramente, harder or hardest. Cuenta dos anos mSnos que su hermano; tiene m6nos de cincuenta anos; por lo mas.1 (b) Absolute superlative forms are : fortisima- mente (from fortisimo), facilimamente (from facilimo), muchisimo, poquisimo, lejisimo, muy bien, muy de manana, etc. (c) Tan-como, no-m6nos que, cuanto- tanto, etc., are a kind of correlative comparative forms, (d) After comparative adverbs, the negatives are sometimes used idiomatically: as, se fiaba de 61 mas que de ninguno.
257 bis. Some peculiarities of the use of adverbs: (a) otras ce- remonias que tu no sabes y yo si (and! do know). Kespondio que si (or que no), (b) Nunca and jamas, each meaning never, gen- erally precede the verb, but if they follow, some other nega- tive generally precedes the verb : as, jamas (or better, with past tense, nunca) vi tal cosa ; el no quiere jamas nada ; no le olvidare para (por) nunca jamas; para siempre jamas (for ever}, (c) No is sometimes pleonastic : as, i cuan dulce no es la espe- ranza1? — and especially with verbs of fearing and denying: as, temio no le perdiesen el respeto, lie feared they would lose respect for Mm, (d) A kind of double negative (either no or nega- tive indefinite pronoun) is often used with verbs of denying, refusing, doubting, etc. ; with expressions of hostility, care- lessness, etc. ; with sin and nunca : as, no consiente que ningunos otros que los suyos me avasallen. (e) The adverb is sometimes
i M£s is not an adverb in such constructions, though por lo m&s is.
162 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
joined to a noun idiomatically: as, es nmy Espanol ; la siexnpre senora mia. (/) Ya, generally meaning already, is sometimes best rendered by since, indeed, now, etc. : as, ya que V. lo sabe, since you know it; ya se arrepentira V., you will indeed repent.
258. (a) The place of the adverb is generally after the verb (and after the participle in compound tenses): as, el discipulo ha estudiado siempre su lec- cion. (b) Except the negative no, the adverb rarely comes in between the subject and verb: mi amigo no ha llegado. (c) The adverbs of exclamation (como, cuanto, etc.), and ap6nas, asi que, cuando, de donde, donde, luego que, mi6ntras que, and some others pre- cede the verb and the subject: as, ; C6mo me ha en- ganado este hombre ! Luego que nos apartamos del camino real, etc. (d) Except with the verb, the adverb generally precedes the word it modifies.
VOCABULARY XXXII.
el instrumento, instrument. avasallar, to enslave.
salario, salary. condenar, to condemn.
violin, violin. curar (-se), to take account.
la cabalgadnra, baggage-horse, enfrenar, to bridle.
cebada, barley. extender, to reach.
cuerda, cord. habitable, habitable.
hermosura, beauty. harto, enough.
malicia, malice. a merced, gratis.
modestia, modesty. por . . . que, however.
necesidad, necessity. real, royal (state).
administrar, to administer. reparable, worthy of attention.
admitir, to admit. temeroso, afraid.
aguardar, to await. turbar, to confuse.
volver a ver, to see again.
THE ADVERBS. 163
EXERCISE XXXII.
1. Ciceron hablo sabia l j elocuentemente ; Cesar es- cribio elegantemente. 2. Era hombre para conseguir-
10, bien que fuese cosa mas grande. 3. Le aguardare esta noche en el cafe del Leon de Oro. 4. Hablando es como se aprende a hablar una lengua. 5. Mejor es el trabajo que no la ociosidad 6 la necesidad. 6. Harto le hemos aconsejado ; pero el se cura poco de consejos. 7. Mira hasta donde se extiende la malicia de los en- cantadores. 8. Para administrar bien los intereses de la sociedad es preciso conocerlos perfectamente. 9. La razon quiere que el hombre siga mas los prudentes consejos que no su propia voluntad. 10. No quere- mos mas (de) que dar cebada a nuestras cabalgaduras.
11. Yo he hecho mal en leerlos y peor en creerlos, y mas mal en imitarlos. 12. Mi madre es muy mujer de casa; se levanta tan de manana, lo siento mucho. 13. No creo que jamas estuvieron a salario, sino a merced. 14. El reo esta temeroso 2 de (no) ser hallado de la justicia. 15. Dudo mucho que nadie pueda condenar mis acciones. 16. Eespondio que no traia dinero (-s) porque el nunca habia leido en las historias de los caballeros andantes que ninguno lo (-s) hubiese traido.
THEME XXXII.
1. She was worthy of attention, as much for her beauty as for her modesty. 2. Among us there are scarcely heard those barbarous expressions. 3. It
1 Mente of eloouentemente understood with sabia. 8 Esta temeroso is the same as tema, fears.
164 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
is necessary to speak well, if we wish that they listen to us. 4. This is the reason why (for the which) I have not yet said it to him. 5. See here, to what the passions lead when reason does not bridle them. 6. In the whole house, large as it was, there was not a single habitable room. 7. As is the life so is almost always the death. 8. The merchant has read your letter with much attention. 9. I have not seen him more than once1 in all this time. 10. Among the string instruments, the violin pleases me most. 11. The counsel of the poor, however good it was, was never admitted. 12. He wished to go away where his eyes would never see her again. 13. I do not deny that what has happened to us is a ridiculous thing. 14. It is a garden whose owner does not consent that any one walk through it. 15. I do not know how I am able to say it without that shame confuses my tongue. 16. He has good and bad books, but more of the good (books).
LESSON XXXIII.
PREPOSITIONS.
259. A number of prepositions are used in compo- sition with other words (as inseparable prepositions) : as, abs-tracto, ante-ojo, anti-patia, circun-specto, con- sentir, de-generacion, e-mision, ex-clamar, ex-provin- cial, entre-tiempo, equi-ldtero, extra-ordinario, en- golfar, in-d6cil, etc.
1 Una vez; than before una either de or que ; before other numerals de.
rREPOSITIOKS. 165
260. The simple prepositions are :
a, to, at. hasta, till, until, even, to.
ante, before. mediante, by means of, througJi.
bajo, under. menos, except, but.
con, with, no obstante, notwithstanding.
conforme, according to. para, for (the purpose of), in
contra, against. order to, to.
de, of, from. por, by, for, through.
dentro, within. salvo, excepting.
desde, since, from. segun, according to, as.
durante, during. sin, without.
en, in. so (sub), under.
entre, between, among. sobre, upon, about.
excepto, except. tras, behind.
hacia, toward.
261. Some compound prepositions are: (a) Those ending in de (and preceded by only one word) : as, acerca de, about, concerning. dentro de, in, within. [der). ademas de, besides. despues de, after (time or or- al rededor de, around. [der). detras de, behind.
antes de, before (of time or or- encima de, on, upon.
a pesar de, notwithstanding. enfrente de, opposite.
cerca de, near. fuera de, out, outside, beyond.
debajo de, under. [place). lej"os de, far from.
delante de, before (refers to
(b) Those ending in a (and preceded by only one word): as,
conforme a, according to. junto a, near, close.
contrario a, contrary to. respecto a, with respect to.
frente a, in front of. tocante a, touching.
(c) Other compound prepositions are :
Para con, toward; juntamente con, together with; en cuento a, with respect to; en orden a, with regard to; por el lado de, on the side of; etc., etc.
262. A (to) is used as sign of the infinitive; before the indirect object; before the direct object referring to
166 PRACTICAL SPAKISH GRAMMAR.
a person ; after certain verbs and adjectives and in independent constructions: as,
Vamos a dar un paseo. Da el regalo a los niiios . Adolfo busca a Carlos. La ventana da al patio (overlooks the yard}. El criado juega a los naipes. Huele a (of) ambar. Fiel a sus amigos. A tres del mes. Hecho a martillo. Voy a Espana ; a Madrid.
263. De (of) is used as sign of the infinitive; after many verbs; to give the reason why; before the agent in passive construction; to represent the meaning in- volved or role taken ; after many adjectives ; after many nouns, and in independent construction :
Ha de venir ; acaba de venir ; se aparta de sus amigos. La ciudad se puebla de gente. Fadece de los ojos. Se trata de una nueva convencion. Lloro de gozo. Es aborrecido de todos. Le censuran de avaro. Trabaja de carpintero. Pobre de conceptos ; digno de elogio. Sordo de un oido. El hombre de la casaca verde. Dos pies de ancho. Logro el nombre de catolico. Infeliz de ti (unhappy thou}. Parece un angel de hermosa (for hermosura). No comia Don Quijote de puro pesaroso (weariness). De dia, etc.
264. En, in, on : En mi ausencia. En general. En la calle. Estoy en Paris ; en Espana. En (on) el puente. De rato en (to) rato. De puerta en puerta. En cuanto & mi (with regard to me).
265. Para, for (the purpose of), in order to (or that), to, denotes the end or purpose of an action: as, estu- dio para aprender. It denotes the use, intention, etc.; la tinta (ink) es para escribir; esto es para V. It denotes capacity, etc. : as, es hombre para mucho. It sometimes means direction : as, va para America. It sometimes refers to time: as, estar6mos devueltapara las Pascuas (the Easter holidays).
266. Por, %,/or, through, denotes motive, cause, or reason; also the means by which a thing is done: as, h&galo V. por caridad; lo hizo por malicia. It de-
PREPOSITIONS.
167
notes instrumentality; el libro fu6 escrito por 61, 6 im- preso por su hermano. Sometimes it means in place of: as, obro por 61. Note the following:
Murio por su patria. Trabaja por alcanzar un premio (para ganar). Preguntar por alguno. Por un ano. Ir por pan. Te- ner por bueno. Palabra por palabra. Pasar por la calle. £1 mundo fue hecho por Dios. Lo hizo por amor. Vendio su caballo por dos mil reales. A un duro por docena, por libra, etc. Paso por mi ventana (by my window}. Le tome por medico. La mesa tiene ocho pies de largo por cuatro de ancho (but y more usual than por).
VOCABULAEY XXXIII.
el abrigo, shelter.
abril, April.
ambar, amber.
campanario, belfry.
carpintero, carpenter.
extranjero, stranger.
extrano, foreigner.
malecon, dike.
mando, power.
martillo, hammer.
naipe, card.
perjuicio, prejudice.
rato, time (short).
rico, rich (man).
subdito subject (citizen).
trigo, wheat. la ausencia, absence.
autoridad, authority.
avenida, inundation.
capa, cloak.
copa, bowerlike branch.
disputa, dispute.
distancia, difference.
fachada, facade.
fragilidad, frailty.
magistratura, magistracy.
la pina, cone.
reverencia, veneration.
senda, path.
traba, trammel.
ventaja, advantage. apartar (-se) to separate, leave. comparecer, to appear (in court). construir (-se), to be constructed. coronar, to crown. desventurado, unfortunate. discurrir, to discuss. disgustar, to disgust. embarazar, to embarrass. encaminar (-se), to betake (one's
self).
enterar (-se), toinform(one 's self). mediano, mediocre. mudar, to change. notar, to notice. odiar, to hate. pensativo, thoughtful. perorar, to harangue. publico, public. sentenciar, to sentence. social, social. tras, behind.
168 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
EXERCISE XXXIII.
1. Ha obrado correspondientemente a su clase, (or) separadamente de los suyos. 2. El hijo menor estaba bajo la autoridad paterna. 3. De la magistrate ra al mando supremo hay gran distancia. 4. El mismo amor y reverencia le siguieron a Sicilia. 5. El reo compared 6 ante el juez y fue sentenciado. 6. Esta embarazado con los muchos negocios a que ha de aten- der. 7. El rey se veia odiado de sus siibditos, y per- seguido de los extranos. 8. ; Desventurados de ellos, si se apartan de la senda de la virtud ! 9. Escribio diez cartas en un cuarto de hora la noche pasada. 10. Entre confuso y pensativo el extranjero nos re- spondio. 11. El enfermo se levanto y se encamino ha- cia la puerta. 12. Para un escritor mediano se hallan cien detestables. 13. De nada valen las riquezas para con (in the presence of) la muerte. 14. Mude de tono por 6 para no disgustar a mi padre. 15. Pagare el trigo, segun el precio a que se venda en el proximo abril. 16. El pajaro busco un abrigo so las copas de los arboles (so, rarely used, means under).
THEME XXXIII.
1. From eight to nine he was reading public docu- ments. 2. It was crowned in February with a beauti- ful cone of white flowers. 3. The commerce with India is now free from its old trammels. 4. The of- ficer did not inform himself well concerning the dis- pute. 5. The fagade of the church is under the bell- tower (belfry). 6. A dike was constructed against the inundations of the river. 7. He was talking of
PREPOSITIOHS. 169
the advantages that (the) social life brings with it. 8. There is [a] great difference between (from) a rich and a poor (man). 9. He was haranguing from three till five in (of) the afternoon. 10. The general made a treaty with the enemy to (en) [the] prejudice of the state. 11. Quintana rightly counts Herrera among the first (best) Spanish poets. 12. Wait here; toward midday we shall see one another. 13. To (in order to) tell the truth, I have not breakfasted to-day. 14. The boy took his brother's cloak for his own, without noticing it. 15. The orator spoke (discussed) upon the frailty of our life. 16. The robber fled, and shut behind him the door of the room.
LESSON XXXIV.
PKEPOSITIOKS (CONCLUDED).
267. Without attempting explanations, I shall give some illustrations of the different ways of translating English prepositions into Spanish. About :
Iba bailando por la ciudad. Hablo de (or sobre) ese negocio.
Tratado (a treatise) sobre los idiotismos espanoles. Estaba
para decirselo a V.
Above :
No alcanzo a comprenderlo ; It is above my comprehension. Su liberalidad excede a sus recursos (means). After :
Despues de las tres. A la (moda) americana. Hace las cosas a su antojo. Iba en busca de un amigo ; I was looking after a friend. Segun su modo de escribir.
170 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
Against :
Me opuse a ello ; I set my face against it. Estare de vuelta para fines del mes ; 1 shall be back against (by) tlie end of the month.
Along :
A lo largo de la ribera. Venga V. conmigo ; come along with me. Por la calle.
At:
i Estan en casa * En Paris. No se como deter minar ; I am at a loss, etc. De ningun modo ; not at all. Entro por la ventana. Esta comiendo ; he is at dinner.
Before :
Delante de mi ventana. Ante el juez. Llegare antes de la semana que viene.
Behind :
Le deja en zaga. Viene V. tarde ; behind (your time).
Beneath :
Tales acciones son indignas de un caballero. Bajo (or so) capa de santo.
Beside :
Parecia fuera de si. Al lado mio.
Beyond :
Excede a toda alabanza. Fuera de mi alcance. Sin duda alguna.
By:
De noche. Por accidente. Impelido de la necesidad. TJno a uno. i Por donde le vino a V. ? ; how did you come by it ? Luego; by and by. Por mar. A la mano, close by. El banco de Balti- more esta junto a mi casa. Despreciado de todos.
Doivn :
Cuesta abajo ; down the hill. Echelo V. en tierra ; throw it down.
For:
Esta flor es para ella. Parto manana para Segovia. Por amor de mi. Por miedo. Actuo (/ act) por el. Durera por muchos anos. Lo compre por un peso. Me es imposible a mi.
PKEPOSITIOKS. 171
En cuante a mi ; as for me. Murio por su patria. El aposto por su hermano.
From :
Vengo de Fraucia. Lo hizo de miedo. Digale V. de mi parte (from or for me).
In:
For la manana ; es el sol el astro (planeta) mas brillante del universe. En la primavera. Ponga V. sus papeles en el cajon.
Into :
Bajar al jardin. Entraron en alianza.
Of:
Todos nosotros. Le pido a V. Tener buena fama ; to be well spoken of. Por supuesto : ignorar el hecho.
Off:
i Cuanto dista T Sobre el puerto ; off the port. De improvise ; offhand. Levantelo V. del suelo. Quitese V. el sombrero. Se la llevo ; he carried her off. Le perdone, or le deje ir ; I let him off. Pronto acabare ; I shall soon leave off.
On:
Quedese V. con la capa puesta ; keep on your cloak. Sobre la mesa. Vino (el) lunes pasado. Les encontro en el camino. Por ese motivo. De este lado y de aquel. En ciertas ocasiones. Al contrario. A pie. A caballo. Adelante ; come in, go on. Dependa V. de mi. Sobre mi palabra. No se tratan ; they are not on good terms. Les impuse esa obligacion. Sentado en el canape. Venga V. el doce de mayo. Se alimenta de pan.
Over :
El coche le paso encima (over him). Por todo el mundo. Al (or del) otro lado ; over the way. Se acabo ; it is all over. Vuelva V. a leerlo, or repaselo V. ; read it over. No sobro nada. Acabe V. ; give over. Encima de la puerta. Out of:
De miedo ; out of fear. Fuera de peligro. Fuera de casa. Esta sin dinero. Descompuesto ; out of order. Por (or de) ven-
172 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
ganza ; out of vengeance. Por curiosidad. Estar de mal humor ; to be out oj humor.
Through:
Pase por la calle del mercado. Le atraveso de parte a parte. Pase por entre la caterva. Por razon de el. Por medio de el. Por (or de) envidia. Por todo el pais. Se entregaron de ham- bre.
Till; until:
Que dare hasta pasado mafiana.
To:
De dia en dia. De puerta en puerta. Eso esta aun por venir. Esto es nuevo para (to) mi. Secretario de (to] la embajada. Victiina de (of, to) sus pasiones. Diez contra uno. Hasta el dia de hoy. Entregue la carta a ml padre.
Toward :
Hacia Madrid.
Under :
Debajo de la silla. Bajo la mesa. El navio esta a la vela. Es menor de edad. Bajo de juramento.
Up:
Hacia alia ; up that way. i Estan levantados 1 ; are they up ? Al segundo piso ; up two pairs of stairs.
With :
Con el cuchillo. Con dulzura. Rineron entre si. Armese V. de paciencia. Dotado de virtudes.
Within:
A tiro de pistola. El esta dentro de la prision.
Without:
Sin zapatos. Vine sin clla. Sin ezcepcion. Fuera de casa.
268. NOTE. — La muerte de Cesar el (not del) hombre mas va- liente. Llego a Bona, ciudad en Prusia. Ezcepto yo, tn, el. Segun creo. Estar por ; to b* abov.t, to have a mind. Estar para ; to be ready for. Estar en ; fc» be determined on, to under- stand. Este diner? e* para ti. para el, y para ella.
PREPOSITIONS.
173
269. Prepositions always precede the words they govern : i A qui6n escribi6 V. ?, to whom did you write ? (or whom did you write to 9) ; este es el libro de que hablaba, this is the book which I spoke of (or of which I spoke).
VOCABULARY XXXIV.
el animo, mind.
antojo, whim.
cajon. drawer.
camino de hierro, railway.
canape, couch.
comedor, dining-room.
contento, contentment.
juramento, oath.
martes, Tuesday.
monje, monk.
oriente, east.
parecer, opinion.
pintor, painter.
sentido, sense.
suelo, ground.
tiro, shot. la bala, ball (shot).
caterva, crowd.
embajada, embassy.
la estimation, esteem.
gala, ornament.
imagen, figure (of speech).
ribera, shore.
selva, forest.
vela, sail. bailar, to dance. bajar, to descend. conforme, according to. dotado, endowed. (de) enfrente, opposite. esforzado, vigorous. establecer, to establish. granjear, to win. igualar, to equal. mediant e, by means of. por donde, through. practicar, to practise.
EXERCISE XXXIV.
1. No se puede negar, que para un hombre como £1 semejante expresion no le estaba bien. 2. Hay treinta y seis millas de Baltimore a Washington. 3. El llego alii el doce de enero y volvera el martes veinte y ocho. 4. Ve a la sala; y cuando vuelvas, entra en el comedor d ver si la comida esta en la mesa. 5. Se paseaba por las calles sin sombrero. 6. A las diez de la mafiana
174 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
estabamos fuera del puerto. 7. La poesia vive de las imagenes materiales y saca de ellas su mayor gala y hermosura. 8. Estamos seguros y nos alegramos de que tenga esa intencion el gobierno. 9. Esta casa es mejor y tan grande como la de enf rente. 10. No los gozaba con la libertad que los gozara, si fueran mios. 11. Dan testimonio de que por aqui cerca debe de estar (or haber) alguna f uente. 12. El cielo, la mar, el viento todos juntos y cada uno de por si, prometian felicisimo viaje. 13. En su juventud siguio la guerra, donde se acredito de valeroso y esforzado capitan. 14. Lo primero en que puse los ojos, fue en cuatro ninos. 15. <; Por quien pregunta V. ? £ Por que pregunta su amigo de V. ?
THEME XXXIV.
1. My father's house stands (is) toward the north and not toward the east. 2. There is not upon (en) the earth, according to my opinion, contentment that equals the regaining lost freedom. 3. For so large a house the door is too small. 4. Charity, the least practised, is above all the virtues. 5. Our senses are the doors through which (por donde) the images of things enter our minds, by means of which we know them. 6. Even in (por) the mountains and forests are those who know (of) music. 7. Bossuet carried to the highest degree the talents of orator and of theologian. 8. He had returned to his village with [the] reputa- tion of [being] wise and very learned. 9. This man smells to me more like (£) a robber than a monk. 10. This portrait was made by the painter who is pass- ing along the street. 11. With the same [thing with] which he thought to make himself happy he makes
CONJUNCTIONS AND INTERJECTIONS. 175
himself miserable. 12. John earns five francs a day, and wins for himself the esteem of all by (con) his good manners. 13. In a battle, the balls are for the soldiers and the glory for the general. 14. The first railway established in Spain was that from Barcelona to Mataro, about the year 1848.
LESSON XXXV.
CONJUNCTIONS AND INTERJECTIONS.
270. The most used conjunctions are :
mas, but; ni, nor; ni . . . ni, neither . . . nor; 6 (u before o or ho), or; 6. . . 6, either . . .or; pero, but; que, that; si, if; sino, but; y, and (e before i or hi, except at the beginning of an inter- rogation: as, i y Ines T; — or hie where ie is diphthong: as, tigre y hiena ; nieves y hielos).
271. Other much-used conjunctions1 are :
a fin (de) que, in order that; a menos que, unless; antes que, before ; asi, so; aun, even; como, as; con que, so; con tal que, provided; conforme, as; mientras, whilst; no obstante, notwith. standing; para que, in order that; por consiguiente, conse- quently; por eso, therefore; por mie&o, for fear; porque, because; porque, why; pues, since, then; respecto, regarding; sea . . . sea, either . . . or; sin embargo, however; sobre, thereupon; tampoco, nor, neither; ya . . . ya, now . . . now; ya que, since*.
272. (a) If the clause begins with no, ni may be used but once, or be repeated : as, no descansa ni de dia ni de noche, or no descansa de dia ni de noche. But if the verb comes last, no is not used : as, ni de dia ni de noche descansa. (5) Pero and mas (each meaning but) are generally interchangeable. Sino, with same meaning, requires a negative to precede, whose
1 Many words and expressions not given here are sometimes used as conjunctions.
176 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
meaning sino [ contradicts : as, el no habla sino aleman ; no hablo frances sino ingles ; hablo ingles pero no hablo frances.
273. No attempt will be made to divide the inter- jections into classes, since the same exclamation may express joy, sadness, surprise, etc., according to the connection in which it is written or the tone in which it is uttered. The principal interjections are :
ah!, ah!; ay!, ay!; bah!, bah!; ca! denotes negation or in- credulity ; caspita! denotes surprise; ea!, encouragement, si- lence, etc. ; eh ! indicates a call or question ; guay ! denotes a threat ; hola!, a call to inferiors, or denotes joy or surprise ; huy!, dear me!, oh!; oh!, oh!; ojala!, 0 that !, would that !; ox!, used to frighten birds or fowl ; puf !, ugh ! ; quia !, same as ca ; sus!, cheer up!; tate!, take care!; uf!, oh! (weariness); zape!, scat!, or God forbid!
274. When adjectives are used as interjections, de follows them: as, jdesdichado de mi ! j infeliz de mi hijo !, oh my unhappy child!; and ay!, meaning woe! or alas!, is followed by de before words referring to persons : as, jay de ti !, alas for t/iee !; jay de mi hijo !, alas for my son f
275. (a) Many expressions are used as interjections, though generally otherwise used or taken from other languages: as,
bien !, well f; cuidado!, take care !; Dios mio !, goodness !; hola, poco a pocoj, holla, gently!; hurra!, hurrah!; muera!, down with!; otra, otra! encore! que lastima !, what a pity!; que ver- guenza !, what a shame!; quita !, pshaw!; viva!, hurrah!.
(6)Hete!, behold thouf, is used with personal pronouns as direct objects: as, heteme aqui !, behold me here !.
1 Verb generally understood : when expressed, pero or mas generally used.
CONJUNCTIONS AND INTERJECTIONS. 177
VOCABULARY XXXV.
el escribano, scribe. bandear (-se),to shift for one's self.
grito, cry. caminar, to walk.
hielo, ice. con(por)...que, however.
secuaz, follower. cuidar (-se), to take care of one's la crianza, breeding. health.
determinacion, determina- enfermar (-se), to become ill.
hiena, hyena. [tion. indispuesto, indisposed.
instancia, solicitation. , por mas, however (great).
nieve, snow. (de) prisa, fast (hastily).
arrancar, to root out. puesto que, since (although).
asiduo, assiduous. semejar, to resemble.
\ ay dolor !, alas ! tildar, to censure.
EXERCISE XXXV.
1. Me dijo que lo sabia, pero (or mas) parece que no es verdad. 2. La pobre mujer salio, no obstante que estaba indispuesta. 3. Lo dijo a fin de que cono- ciesen su determinacion. 4. Digo bien : si (for) no hay cosa que yo haga que no se tilde y rina. 5. Es menester que se cuide V. ; porque si no, se enf erma- ra. 6. Por (mas) horrible que sea el vicio, siempre en- cuentra secuaces. 7. No solo habla bien el sefior, sino que escribe muy elegantemente. 8. Dice que no tiene dinero, pues (and yet) le he dado ayer 10 duros.
9. No entiendo lo que V. dice, ni (lo que) quiere decir.
10. Mas semejaba a su padre que a su madre ni a su tia. 11. No tuvo ni hambre ni sed. 12. No descubre ni el menor indicio. 13. Puesto que no sabe nada y que nadie gusta de el, se ha hecho soldado. 14. Dio un grito que parecio se le habia arrancado el alma. 15. No quise tomar para mi mas que la cuarta parte por mas instancias que me hizo. 16. Con ser tan asi-
178 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
dua apenas gana la muchacha la vida. 17. ; Alabado (bendito) sea Dios !
THEME XXXV.
1. I rest because I am tired and have a little (of) time. 2. We may go now since our fathers give us permission. 3. I have given him the book that he may learn his lesson. 4. I did not walk very fast, but (or yet) I arrive in time. 5. However great a man may be, he should always be humble. 6. Both the knowledge of books and of men is necessary. 7. Good breeding is not [the] work of nature, but of a good education. 8. They were not content, nor did they wish to do what the captain had ordered. 9. He was hungry and not thirsty. 10. He who knows how to shift for himself is king, however little he may have. 11. Scarcely had they finished killing him when they repented. 12. Since the scribe does not come, it is necessary to write to him. 13. He works in order to be able to be useful to society. 14. What a horse these people lose which, on account of ignorance, they do not know how to make use of [it]. 15. But alas ! (the) truth is that if they know anything, it is only to deceive. 16. How1 unfortunate he is! How kind his father is !
'Que.
HISTORY OF THE SPANISH LANGUAGE. 179
SKETCH OF THE HISTORY OF THE SPANISH LANGUAGE,
ESPECIALLY IN ITS RELATION WITH LATDT.
THE history of a language is of necessity intimately associated with that of the people by whom it has been developed ; and so true is this of Spanish that no satisfactory view of its development can be had without at least some general, knowledge of the his- tory of Spain. Faint as is the light that shines on early Spanish history, it seems to reveal a homogeneous people there, called by the Greeks Iberians. If, as is generally assumed, the Basques, a people of about 620,000 souls, and living both in France and Spain (500,000 in Spain) about the west end of the Pyrenees Mountains, retaining their primitive language, are the descendants of the Iberians, we may, of course, learn much of what we may call the primitive his- torical language of the country. So different is the Basque, not simply from all surrounding but from all other known languages, and so exclusive and con- servative are the Basques as a people, that in the main at least we may assume both language and people of early Spain to have been quite similar to the Basque and the Basques of to-day. The language of the Iberians has scarcely left a well-defined trace in the Spanish of to-day (unless it be the aversion to the f, which exists only in foreign words in the Basque); but the general mental, moral, and physical make-up of the Iberians has doubtless wielded a great though now
180 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
untraceable influence over the Spanish, and especially upon its sounds. Fine-looking, healthy, vigorous, though not large; good workmen and soldiers, and re- markable sailors; at once conservative in mingling little with other peoples, and radical in their treatment of women (who have the same rights as man) ; super- stitious and at times bloodthirsty; cheerful and not free from coarseness; generally open-hearted and true, but not without cunning; ambitious for themselves and proud of their country and people; lovers of music and display in dress, but through all sensible till excited, then bigoted, obstinate, relentless, — such are the Basques; and such in general were almost without doubt the Iberians: and it was to these people that the Latin language, literature, and civilization came, and by whom chiefly they have been trans- formed into the Spanish language, literature, and civilization of to-day.
While not without a culture of their own, so over- whelming was the power of the superior culture of the Latin that the Iberians succeeded in imposing only a very few words on the new language, and even these deal " with the simplest natural objects or the simplest relations of life/' About 530 B.C. the Celts found their way from France into the northwestern part of Spain and formed with the Iberians one people under the name of Celtiberians, a people not without the culture of the times. The oldest colony in Spain was founded by the Phoenicians at Cadiz, and there were other flourishing Phoenician colonies in the seventh century B.C. The Greeks had no colonies there, except one or two on the east coast; but Greek as the commercial language of the Mediterranean
HISTORY OF THE SPANISH LANGUAGE. 181
countries was used in Spain, and not without influence on the language of the country.
The Carthagenians founded Cartagena (Carthago Nova) 230 B.C. So rapid was the progress of the Carthagenian in mastering the then wealthy country that they aroused the jealousy of the Romans, who, after conquering them in the second Punic war (218- 201), compelled them to leave the country and under- took the conquest and Latinizing of Spain. After many attempts in which they often seemed success- ful, the Komans under Augustus (27-25) conquered the country, and "by 19 B.C. regular, armed resist- ance to them, even from the mountain districts, seems to have ceased." The Roman skill in Latinizing for- eign peoples was brought to bear, and by the numer- ous ways that conquerors have of imposing their lan- guage (when it is the finer developed tongue) on the conquered, and especially by their soldiers and colon- ists, the Romans made theirs the language of the pen- insula. Latin was so mastered by the people of the peninsula that Cicero refers to a whole school of Latin-speaking poets at Cordova (which had a truly flourishing Latin period), and some of the greatest Latin writers (the two Senecas, Lucan, Quintilian, Martial, etc.) and the emperor Trajan were Spaniards, and the emperor Hadrian's ancestors lived in Spain. With the waning of the Roman power in Spain the classical Latin loosened its hold on the country, and the Latin of the Roman soldiers and uneducated col- onists (which differed materially from classic speech), modified by the people- (Spaniards) among whom it had been used, became the language of the country.
From the discordant elements mentioned above —
182 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
Iberian, Gel tic, Phoenician, Greek, Roman — there arose at first a number of similar Latin dialects (as Por- tuguese, Castilian, Catalan, etc.), rather than one lan- guage of the whole country. Some of the dialects, as the Catalan, persisted, and two (the Portuguese and the Castilian) rose to the dignity of languages. In spite of all adverse influences, Spain was more thor- oughly Latinized than any other province out of Italy, and the Spaniards, who before the Roman con- quest were the most cultured people on whom the Romans imposed their language, may have very prop- erly regarded themselves as Romans.
In 256 A.D. Spain was invaded and ravaged by the Franks, but they were soon driven from the country. Toward the fifth century commerce and civilization were on a firm footing, and some of the cities were among the finest in the Roman Empire. In the same year that Rome was sacked by Alaric (409 A.D.) the Alani, Suevi, and Vandals ravaged Spain. The Visi- goths entered Spain (414-415), drove out the Alani, Suevi, and Vandals, and on the ruins of the old Roman province founded the Gothic Kingdom, with Toledo as capital, which lasted from the middle of the fifth century to 711, when that kingdom fell be- fore the Arab or Saracen invasion. Though possessed of a certain culture of their own, the Visigoths could not finally banish the language they found there (though the Gothic may have ruled for a time in church and state); and when in the latter part of the sixth century they and their king Recared abandoned Arianism and went over to the Roman Catholic Church, the supremacy of the language of Rome was
HISTORY OF THE SPANISH LANGUAGE. 183
assured, though the Gothic alphabet was not given up till 1091.
The Arabs (in 711) conquered Spain and, being a comparatively humane, tolerant, and really highly cultured people, succeeded in imposing much of their language on those among whom they came. Many of the people of Spain withdrew from the South rather than submit to the Arab rule (the Arabs entered Spain from Northern Africa), and finally succeeded (in the year of the discovery of America, 1492), after nearly 800 years, in driving the Mohammedans (in- fidels or Moors, as the Spaniards called them) from the country.
Shortly before this the various provinces of Spain had been united by the marriage of Ferdinand and Isabella, and the supremacy of the Castilian, which Alfonso the Wise had made the literary language of the country, was politically established. The Castil- ian had thus become what it has ever since remained, the language of the government, court, and culture, and extended its rule for a time over the neighboring countries. After having crossed to America and es- tablished itself there, the Spanish, especially through its magnificent literature, domineered in Germany, Flanders, Italy, France, and even for a time in Eng- land. It played a role similar to that of the French in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. It was studied, written and spoken, and poetry was written in it, in many other lands as well as in Spain.
The French, through the church at first and after- ward through its own supremacy and the almost uni- versal rule of France, was, as was also the Italian, not without influence upon Spanish; and at present other
184 PEACTICAL SPANISH GKAMMAR.
countries as well, such as England, Germany, the vast Central and South American colonies, are contribut- ing at least a few words to the Spanish language (and politically the Constitution of the United States is having a marked influence upon the ideals and hopes of Spanish liberals). In spite of all this so varied in- crease of its word-treasure or vocabulary, Spanish has so transformed its acquisitions that they do not pre- vent it from remaining a very uniform language.
This is because the Latin, first heard in Spain per- haps when the Komans made a treaty with the Span- ish seaport town of Saguntum (years before Hanni- baFs time), persisted amid the cruelties of war and the severities of Eoman rule, and was more firmly es- tablished by the influence of the splendid Latin liter- ature, and of the Christian Church through the need for a common medium of communication (before which even the Goths and Arabs had to yield) ; so that in the main all foreign influences and additions to the language have been subjected to the linguistic laws of the predominant Latin element. Eemember- ing, then, that popular Latin is by far the most impor- tant element in the Spanish of to-day, let us note hastily and simply in outline some of the changes that Latin underwent to become Spanish. As early as the second half of the third century the accented syllable in popular Latin was generally long, the un- accented syllable or syllables short. In Spanish the accented syllable, which in general is the same as the Latin (popular) one, is the only long one. Although the final vowel of the Latin infinitive and of some other forms fell away and thus gave the Spanish a number of words ending in a consonant, the vast ma-
HISTOBY OF THE SPANISH LANGUAGE. 185
jority of Spanish words end in vowels, even though many of them, at least in some of their forms, did not end in vowels in Latin.
OF THE LATIN VOWELS IN SPANISH WOKDS,
a generally remains : as, mano (manum) ; amamos (amamus).
e generally remains: as, lleno (plenum)] creo (credo)] — or becomes ie : as, Men (dene); tiene (tenet) . siete (sept em).
^generally remains : as, hijo (filium); fin (finem); oir (audire); triste (tristem); — or becomes e: as, fe (fidem); pez (piscem).
o generally remains : as, don (donum); como (quo modo); — or becomes ue: as, bueno (bonum); fuego (focum); mueve (movet); nueve (novem).
u generally remains: as, duro (durum); pluma (plumam); dulce (dulcem); — or becomes o: as, lobo (lupum); plomo (plumbum); con (cum); somos (su- mus) ; soy (sum).
au generally becomes o: as, oro (aurum); cosa (causam).
Many diphthongs are now represented by a single letter : as, Eneas (^Eneas); Edipus (CEdipus). The accented long vowels in Latin generally remain in Spanish ; the accented short vowels generally undergo changes. While the unaccented long vowels in Latin generally remain, the unaccented short vowels often disappear.
Of the Latin consonants the general remark must be made that their position as initial, medial, or final had much to do with their fate in the Spanish. An
186 PRACTICAL SPAKISH GRAMMAR.
initial consonant generally remains unchanged : as, padre (patrem); madre (matrem).
Of the final consonants n, r, s remain : as, somos (sumus), etc. ; — t falls away, and nt becomes n : as, son (sunt) ; — st becomes s : as, es (est); — Zis lost when un- accented ; — d falls away : as, a (ad) ; — m remains sometimes as n : as, con (cum).
The medial consonants undergo important changes which can be mentioned here only in general terms. Medials often fall away : as, rio (rivum) ; — or undergo other transformations : as, abuelo (avolum); lirio (If* Hum)] pajaro (passer em)] cocer (coquere)] restaiiar (stagnare)] sueno (somnum); hombre (hominem),* fifteenth-century transformation ; milagro (miracu- lum)] trigo (triticum). Late in the fourteenth cen- tury h began to be written for /, and now many words have the h for /: as, hacer (facere).
DECLENSIONS.
Only the first, second, and third Latin declensions have remained in Spanish, and of these but one case, the accusative (both singular and plural): as, rosa (rosam), rosas ;' ano (annum), anos ; Have (clavem), llares; flor (florem), flores. The Latin fourth declen- sion was treated as the second : as, fruto (fructum), frutos, and the fifth as the third : as, fe (fidem) ; but dia (diem). Even the three declensions remaining in Spanish are now treated simply as three forms of one declension. A few nominative Latin forms have
1 s, being the more usual ending of the Latin ace. plur., was finally applied to all singular forms to make the Spanish plurals.
HISTORY OF THE SPANISH LAKGUAGE. 187
been retained : as, Jupiter, l&piz, doble, yo, tu, este, ese. M&rtes (dies Martis) is genitive. Datives are mi, ti, si, le ([il] li), les ([il] lis), while me, te, se, (^uien (quern), alguien are accusatives. Como (quo modo) and adverbs in mente are ablatives. Changes from one declension to another otherwise than as indicated seldom occur.
The definite-article forms are : el (t7[Zw»*]); la (E&]fa£0t})j and el (il\lam']) before feminines of two syllables beginning with a or ha; le (\_iT\li)] los ([il]- los); las (\iT\las), lo ([il]lu[d]). The indefinite ar- ticle is un (un[um']); una (una[m]).
The rules for the derivation of the adjectives are the same as for nouns of the same endings. M&s (magis), m6nos (minus) are used in comparison and a few Latin comparatives : as, mayor (maior) ; peor (paior) ; mejor (melior) ; menor (minor) ; — and a num- ber in isimo (isimus) have remained, but those in isimo with only an intensive force.
Numerals are uno (unum), una (unam); we find in the thirteenth century the forms dues (duos), duas (duas), whence dos of the modern Spanish. Other forms are cuatro (quattuor), etc.
The personal pronouns are : yo (ego) with accent change in Spanish, the accent being on the o of yo ; mi (mihi) ; me (me) ; tu (tu); ti (tibi); te (te)', nos, nosotros (nos, nos alteros) ; vos, vosotros (vos, vos al- teros) ; si (sibi)-; se (se), (the se in selo, etc., according to Schuchardt, comes from ipse); le dative ([il]li), both masculine and feminine; el (il\le\)9 etc. (see article).
The forms of possession mio (meum), etc., also the
188 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
shorter mi, etc., as well as cuyo (emus), are from the Latin.
The demonstrative el is similar in derivation to the definite article. Other forms are ese (ipse); este (iste); aquel (a compound with ecce).
As relatives and interrogatives que,1 qu6 represent qui, quod, quis, quid ; quien, qui6n (quern); cual, cual (qual[em'\) ; cuyo (emus).
Indefinite pronouns are otro (alterum) ; nada (rem natam); alguno (aliquem unum, probably); algo (all- quod); ninguno (necunum), etc.
CONJUGATION.
In general, the first conjugation of the Latin cor- responds to the first in Spanish, the second and third of the Latin to the Spanish second, and the fourth of the Latin to the Spanish third : as, first, amar (amare) ; second, temer (timere), leer (legere) ; third, partir (partire). Several forms of the Latin conju- gation have been lost, as the future indicative, im- perfect and perfect subjunctive, etc., and some other forms have changed their use (as the Latin present participle, used as a noun or adjective in Spanish). New forms are the future active and the conditional, which are made up of the present infinitive of the verb to be conjugated with the present and imperfect indicative of haber: as, amar he" (for habeo) (amare) ; amar habia (amaria). This use of the auxiliary dates, according to Forster, well back in Latin times, and he quotes the following : "qui sedent vel seder e Jiabe- bunt;" " si interrogatus fueris quomodo dicere habes;"
1 Old Spanish qui.
HISTORY OF THE SPANISH LANGUAGE. 189
" Deus satisfacere tibi Jiabet " — who sit or will have to sit ; if you shall be asked how you have to speak ; God has to (will) satisfy you.
Other new forms are the perfect, pluperfect,1 and future perfect (all three having haber as auxiliary), and the whole passive voice. The compound passive forms began even in early Latin periods to be used for the others : as, quce ibi sunt aspecta ( = aspiciini- tur) ; sicut a nobis prcesente tempore estpossessum (pos- sidetur), etc.; — and in Spanish they (the compound forms) have driven out the other forms, i.e. the regu- lar Latin passive.
By comparing a few verb-forms we may make the differences and similarities of the two languages more easily understood.
|
INFINITIVE. |
PRESENT INDICATIVE. |
|
Lat. amare |
amo, amas, amat, amamus, -atis, -ant |
|
Sp. amar |
amo, amas, ama, amamos, -ais, -an |
|
PRES. SUBJ. |
IMPERFECT IND. IMPERATIVE PRES. |
|
Lat. amem |
timebam partite |
|
Sp. ame |
temia partid |
|
GERUND. |
PERF. IND. PERFECT. |
|
Lat. amando |
timuerunt ama(v)i partim |
|
GER. or PRES. PART. PRET. PRETERITE. |
|
|
Sp. amando |
temieron ame parti |
From this comparison it becomes evident that m, as well as t final, falls away; that s remains ; that d, n, and r remain; that v falls away (though in the third person Lat. perfect partivit [pariiu\,8p. parti6, the v becomes u, then 6); that b is sometimes retained (in first conjugation imperfect), and sometimes lost (as
1 Under pluperfect we may understand here compound both of imperfect and of preterite.
190 PKACTICAL SPANISH GKAMMAB.
in imperfect of temer, temia, for timebam). The Lat. imperfect of the fourth conjugation ends in iebam, which gives the Sp. preterite ending ia (as partiebam, partia), and this ending by analogy was carried to the Spanish imperfect of the second as well as the third conjugation, as temia (timebam).
Nazco, nazca; parezco, parezca; conozco, conozca are cited as the only remaining traces of the Latin inchoative conjugation. The change from Latin ha- bui, sapid, posm, potui to hube, supe, puse, pude is noteworthy.
The Spanish form of the gerund (called the pres- ent participle in this book) is that of the ablative in Latin. After first being used as the ablative of in- strument and with prepositions as a present parti- ciple, it finally took the place of the Latin present participle in all cases.
The formation of adverbs, prepositions, conjunc- tions, and interjections may be illustrated by the fol- lowing words: ent6nces (ex tune); minca (nunquam)^ casi (quasi); si (*?'c); quiza, quizas (quis sapit); para (pro ad, this combination occurs in Middle Latin); pos ( post) in en pos de ; segun (secundum) ; sino (si noii); pero (per hoc); h6te (yed, hed, het); mira!, brava cosa ! (ironical).
The above will serve to show in some degree how important an element Latin is in Spanish. It should be borne in mind that not the popular Latin alone, but the classical (largely introduced by the scholars, who here, as in France, were a disturbing element in the development of the language), and even the Latin of the middle ages (which was neither a popular nor a classical speech) contributed much to the Spanish,
HISTORY OF THE SPANISH LANGUAGE. 191
It was the popular Latin, however, that not only gave the greater number of words, but determined the genius of the language ; and yet very many of the divergences in syntax, etc., of the Spanish from the Latin had their beginnings in Latin itself, and not al- ways in the popular tongue only; such are: the victory of accent over quantity; the use of ille very much as modern article ; of such words as caballus (caballo) instead of the more usual classic form eqmis ; the use of diminutives, now excessive in Spanish, as abuelo (avolus, dim. of avus)', of prepositions rather than the different case-forms to denote case-relations ; of magis (m&s) in comparison instead of the compara- tive terminations ; the formation of the future and conditional by the use of to have as auxiliary ; the use of compound forms instead of the regular passive forms, etc. Spanish is then one of the sister-languages which, since the time of Diez, the father of the phi- lology of these languages, have been called the Eo- mance languages, and included, according to Diez, Italian and Wallachian in the east, Spanish and Por- tuguese in the southwest, French and Provengal in the northwest, and the Catalan in eastern Spain ; to which the Kaetoromanic (spoken in Engadine, the extreme eastern. part of Switzerland) and Franco-Pro- venqal (spoken in the extreme western part of Swit- zerland and the neighboring part of France) are now added.
It has been very justly said that " the influence of the Goths and Arabs was felt in the development of the sounds and of the vocabulary of the language. Greek made its impression first through the Greek colonies (though they were very few and confined to
192 PEACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
the northeast coast), then through Latin and as the language of commerce of the countries about the Med- iterranean Sea, and through the spread of Christian- ity which carried with it Greek words in Latin forms. After the disappearance of the Iberian and Celtic, the Basque exerted a not unimportant influence."
Effort has been made to estimate the number of words some languages have given to Spanish, and it is supposed that Gothic (including the German) has contributed between three and four hundred words, such as : Goth, vitan (observe) = Spanish guiar, to guide; O.H.G. ivis, N.H.G. weise — Sp. guisa (obs.); Ags. east = Sp. este ; Ger. helm = Sp. yelmo (helmet).
The Basque, Celtic, and Iberian have together given the Spanish about one hundred words: as, Basque murua (hill), Sp. moron (hill); Basque bero-ur-ga, Sp. burga, warm medicinal spring; Iberian and Sp. celia (a kind of wheat-beer), obs.
The Arabic gave the Spanish between six and seven hundred words which are chiefly names of common objects, technical terms of natural science, medicine, mathematics, astronomy, music, and statecraft. Many of them begin with al (which is the Arabic article), though 1 is sometimes brought into a word: as, almi- rante (admiral). Some representative Arabic words in Spanish are : al-djabr, Sp. algebra; no'mdn-ibn Mondhir (king of Hira), Sp. an6mona (anemone); az-zait, Sp. aceite (oil); al-cotn, Sp. algodon (cotton). It is from the Arabic words and those of Pho3nician origin (somewhat like the Hebrew) that Spanish has, more by far than any of its sister Romance languages, an oriental appearance.
The following Greek words are given by way of
HISTORY OF THE SPANISH LAXtfTJAGE. 193
illustration: fivpcra (mod. Lat. byrsa), Sp. bolsa (purse) ; rf^iKpavia, Sp. migrana (headache); <f>a- pos, Sp. fanal (ship-light or light-house).
The following is Korting's summing-up of the characteristics of Spanish : " The purity and clearness of the vowels, viz. the absence of all modified and nasal vowels, gives to the Spanish richness of sound, the numerous final consonants energy; the regularity of the accent on the last or next to the last syllable gives preciseness and dignity; the frequent occurrence of the guttural sound of j ! roughness, the relatively frequent occurrence of the palatal ch ruggedness. Of all Eomance languages the Spanish, so far as its sounds are concerned, has perhaps remained most like the Latin and best preserved its (Latin's) vigor." The Spaniards themselves say of their native tongue that " it is the language of the gods."
Spanish is spoken in Europe by more than ten mil- lions (some seven millions in Spain speak Catalan, Galician, and Basque) and probably by more than twenty millions in America (North and South), and, as the language of our southern neighbors and of a large part of South America, is of real importance to us as Americans. There are about one hundred thousand Spanish-speaking persons in the French- African pro- vince of Oran, and about one hundred thousand Spanish-speaking Jews in the Turkish Empire. Span- ish is the most widely spoken of the Komance lan- guages.
It would be out of place to speak at any length here
8 The Spanish sound of j is not taken from the Arabic, but is a late development based rather on the Germanic element.
194 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
of the literature of the language, so a few words must suffice. Beginning with the poem of the " Cid " (middle of the twelfth century) and the works of Al- fonso the Wise (middle of the thirteenth century), the Spanish passed through a period of great splendor in the first half of the seventeenth century, when its influence was the most important of the times, and when Cervantes, Lope de Vega, and Calderon added the splendor of their productions to the national liter- ary treasure, After a long period of almost uninter- rupted literary inactivity since that time, the Spanish has recently shown unmistakable signs of literary vigor, and in the writings of Harzenbusch, Fernan Caballero (a woman), Zorrilla, Trueba, Jose de Espron- ceda, Valdes, Juan Valera (a critic, as well as romance- writer, who is introducing American writers of Span- ish to the literary world), Echegaray (a dramatist of unusual power) and others, Spain has entered upon what is not unlikely to prove a brilliant literary period. Since foreign books may be had at much less cost and inconvenience than formerly (the duty on all but English books being now removed), it is to be hoped that the recent revival of interest in Spanish, which has arisen from our nearer commercial relations with Spanish-speaking countries, may be made permanent both by intimate and permanent commercial and political relations with those countries, and by our enjoying and properly estimating the many masterly productions of the Spanish people, to whom we as Americans owe so much.
SPANISH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY.
195
SPANISH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY.
Abbreviations : /., feminine noun ; m., masculine noun.
a, for, to, at abandonar, to abandon abogado, m., advocate, lawyer abolir, to abolish aborrecer, to hate abrazar, to embrace abrigar, to shelter abrigo, m., shelter abril, m., April abrir, to open abuela, /., grandmother acabado, achieved acabar, to finish acaecer, to happen acaso, perhaps acaudalado, wealth accion,/., action acento, m., accent aceptar, to accept acerca de, about, concerning acercando (acercar), approach- acertar, to hit the mark [ing acoger, to receive acompaiiar, to accompany aconsejador, m., counsellor aconsejar, to advise, to counsel acontecer, to happen acordar (-se) to remember, to agree, to remind
acostar (-se), to go to bed [self)
acreditar (-se), to prove (one's
acribillado, drubbed
active, active
acudir, to come (to help), to
come (by appointment) acusar, to accuse adelanto, m., advancement aderezar, to prepare (victuals) administrar, administer admiracion, /. , wonder admirar, to admire admitir, to admit adonde, where adornado (adornar), adorned adquirir, to acquire advertir, to inform a fin de que, to the end that afirmar, to affirm agitar, to agitate agosto, m., August agradable, agreeable agradar, to please agradecer, to thank agricola, m. &/., agricultural agrio, sour agua, /. , water aguar, to mix with water aguardar, to wait
196
PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
ahora, now
aire, m., air, wind
ajeno (-a), another's
(al, to the)
alabanza. /. . praise
alabar, to praise
alargar, to pass, reach
alcance, m., pursuit
alcanzar, to reach
aldea,/., hamlet
alegrar, to please
alegrar (-se), to rejoice
alegre, joyful
alegria,/., joy
algo, anything, something
alguien, somebody, some one
alguno, some one, somebody,
aliento, ??z., breath [some
alia, there (motion)
alii, there (rest)
alma,/., soul
almacen, m., store
almendra,/., almond
almorzar, to breakfast
altanero, haughty
alto, m., halt
alto, high, tall
alzarse, to arise
amable, amiable
amar, to love
ambar, m., amber
ambicion, /. , ambition
ambicioso, ambitious
ambiguo, ambiguous
ambos, both
amenazar, to threaten
a menudo, often
americano, American
amigo, m., friend
amiga,/, friend
amigote, m., great friend
amiguillo, m., little friend
amistad,/., friendship
amo, m., master
amontonar, to amass
amor, m. , love
amparar, to protect
ancho, broad
(de ancho, of width)
anciana, /., old woman
anciano, m., old man
andante, errant
andar, to go
anillo, m., ring
animal, m., animal
ammo, m. , mind
ano, m.t year
anoche, last night
antes, before
antes <
antes que.
antiguo, old, ancient
antojo, m., whim
anunciar, to announce
apartarse, to separate
apearse, dismount
apenas. scarcely
apetito, m., appetite
apoderar, to get possession
aprender, to learn
aprieto, m. , difficult situation
aprobar, to approve [tage
aprovechar (-se), to take advan-
aquel, that (yonder) of time,
before or after any time aquello (-a), that aquel que, etc., he who, etc. aquello que, etc., that which aquese, that aqueste, this
lde' [before que, )
SPAJSTISH-EKGLISH VOCABULARY.
197
aqui, here arado, m., plough arbol, m., tree arma, /., arm (weapon) armonia,/., harmony arrancar, to root out arreglar, to put in order [ance arrepentimiento, m., repent- arrepentir (-se), to repent arroyo, m., brook arruinar, to ruin artes, /., intrigues, arts arzobispo, m., archbishop asador, m., spit (stick) asaltar, to assault asalto, m., assault asegurar, to assure asi, so, thus asiduo, asiduous asiento, m., seat asir, to seize asno, m., ass astro, m., star ' asunto, m., subject atacar, to attack atencion,/., attention atender, to mind, heed, attend atentamente, attentively atento, attentive a todo lo largo, all along atractivo, attractive atreverse, to venture aumentar, to augment aun, even aunque, although ausencia, /., absence ausente, absent autor, m., author autoridad,/., authority
auxilio, m., help
avanzado, advance
avanzar, to advance
avasallar, to enslave
ave, /., bird
avecica,/., little bird
avenida, /., inundation
avenir, to agree, to join
aventura, /., adventure
avergonzar, to be ashamed
avisar, to inform, advise
i ay dolor!, alas!
ayer, yesterday
ayuda,/., aid
azucar, m., sugar
azul, blue
bailar, to dance
baile, m., ball
bajar, to descend
bajo, under, low, softly
bala,/., ball (shot)
baladi, frivolous
ballena, /., whale
banado (-a), bathed
banarse, to bathe one's self
banco, m. , bank
bandearse, to shift for one's self
bandera, /., flag
banquero, m., banker
banquete, m., banquet
barbaridad,/., barbarity
barbaro, m., barbarian
bastar, to be enough
bastonazo, m., blow with a stick
batalla,/., battle
baul, m., trunk
beber, to drink
bello, beautiful
bendecir, to bless
198
PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
beneficentisimo. very beneficent beneficio, m., benefit, favor besamanos, m. , kissing of the
hand, salute biblioteca, /. , library bien, well bien, m., good bledo, m., wild amaranth boca, /., mouth bofetada, /., slap bolsa, /., purse bolsillo, m., pocket [ness bondad, /., goodness, kind- bomsimo, very good bonito, pretty bosque, m., woods botaniea. /., botany breve, short, brief brillante, brilliant bruto, m., brute bueno, good buenos dias, good-day buitre, m., vulture buque, m., ship burla, /. , jest, sport buscar, to look for
cabalgadura,/., baggage-horse caballero, m., horseman, knight [errant
caballero andante, m. , knight- caballo, m., horse cabello, m., hair caber, to be contained cabeza,/., head cabra, /., goat
cada, each, every [every
cada cual, cada uno, each, cadena, /., chain
caer, to fall
cafe, m., coffee, cafe
cajon, 77i., chest
calentura, /. , fever
calidad,/., quality
calido, hot
callar, to keep silent
calle, /. , street
calmante, narcotic
calor, m., heat
cama, /., bed
eambio, m.y exchange
oambiar, to change
caminar, to walk
camino, m., way, road
camino de hierro, m., railway
camisa, /. , shirt
campanario, m., belfry
campo, m., field, country
canape, m., couch
cancion, m., song
candor, m., candor
cansar, to weary
cantando, recounting
cantar, to sing
cantidad,/., quantity
canto, m., singing
capa, f. , cloak
capital,/., capital (city)
capitan, m., captain
cara, /. , face
carcel, /., prison
carestia, /., famine
carga, /., charge (obligation)
cargar, to charge (in account)
caritativo, charitable
carne, /., meat
carnero, m., sheep
carpintero, m., carpenter
SPAKISH-EJSTGLISH VOCABULAKY.
199
carruaje, m., carriage
carta,/., letter
casa, /., house
casar, to marry
casi, almost
casica, /. , little house
castigar, chastise
catedral, /. , cathedral
caterva, /. , crowd
cateto, m., side of right tri-
catolico, Catholic [angle
caudal, m., fund
causa,/., cause •
causar, to cause
cazar, to chase
cebada,/., barley
cegar, to blind
celeberrimo, very celebrated
cena, /., supper
cerca (de), near
cerrar, to close
chinela, /., slipper
ciego, blind
cLlo, m., heaven
ciencia, /. , science
cientifico, scientific
cierto, certain
cinco, five
cincuenta, fifty
circo, m., circus
cirujano, m., surgeon
ciudad, /., city
clase,/., class, rank
clasico, m., classic
clima, ra., climate
cocerse, to cook, to boil
coche, m., coach
cocina,/., kitchen
cofre, m., trunk
coger, to catch cogido (coger), caught colmar, to overwhelm colocacion, /., situation combatir, to combat comedia, /. , comedy comedor, m., dining-room comercio, m., commerce comer, to eat cometer, to commit comida,/. (repast), meal como, how compact o, compact compania, /., company comparar, to compare comparecer, to appear componer, to compose comprado (comprar), bought comprar, to buy comprender, to comprehend oomprobar, to prove (verify) comprometer, to compromise con, with
concernir, to concern concierto, m., concert concluir, to finish conde, m., the count condenar, to condemn condesa, /., countess condicion, /. , condition conducir, to conduct conducta,/., conduct confesar, to confess confianza, /., confidence confiar, to intrust conform, according to confundir, to confound confuso, confused congreso, m., congress
200
PRACTICAL SPANISH GEAMMAK.
conjuracion, /., conspiracy conjurar, to entreat conmigo, with me conocer, to know conocido (well) known conocimiento, m.t knowledge con...que, however conquistar, to conquer consecuencia, / , consequence conseguir, to obtain consejo, m., advice, counsel consentir, to consent considerar, to consider consigo, with himself, etc. consistir, to consist constancia,/., constancy [ed construir (-se),to be construct- consultar, to consult con tal que, provided that contar, to relate, to count contemporaneo , contemporary contentar, to content content o, content, satisfaction contentisimo, very well pleas- contento, m., contentment [ed contigo, with thee contrahaz,/., wrong side contrario, m., opposer controversia, /., controversy convencer, to convince conversacion,/., conversation convertir, to change convidar, to invite convite, m., invitation copa, /., bowerlike branch corazon, m., heart coronar, to crown coronel, m., colonel correo, m., post (office)
correr, to run
corriente, m., present (month)
corriente, current (present)
corrientemente, fluently
cortado (cortar), cut
cortaplumas, m., penknife
cortarse, to cut
corte,/, court city (capital)
cortesmente, politely
cosa, /., thing
cosecha, /., harvest
costar, to cost
costumbre, /. , custom
credito, m., credit
creer, to believe
criado, m., servant
crianza, /., breeding
cristiano, Christian
cuadrado, m., square
cuadro, m., picture
cual. . . cual, one. . . another
cual (el cual, etc.), who, which
cual, who?, which?
cual, such as
cualquiera, any, whatever,
whichever, wherever cuando, when cuando, when cuanto (-a, etc.), what, how
much, how many, as cuanto mas, the more cuanto menos, the less cuarenta, forty [quarter
cuarto, m. , farthing, room, cuatro, four cubrir. to cover cuchillo, m. , knife cuello, m., collar cuenta, /. , account
SPAKISH-EHGLISH VOCABULARY.
201
cuento, m., story cuerda, /., string cuerpo, m., body cuesta,/., hill Question,/., question cuidado, m.t care cuidarse, to take care culpa, /., blame cultivar, cultivate cumplirse, to complete, fulfil cura, m., priest curarse, to take account curioso, curious cuyo (-a), whose cuyo (-a, etc.), whose?
dama,/., lady
dando (-dar), giving
dano, m., loss
dar, to give
de, than (usually of)
deber, m.t duty
deber, to be obliged, owe
decaer, to decline
decidir, to decide
decir, to say, tell
decision,/., decision
dedo, m., finger
defender, to defend [self
degradar(-se),to degrade one's
dejar. to let, allow, leave,
delante de, before [cease
deleitar, to delight
delincuente, m., criminal
delinquir, to transgress
delirante, m., raver
delito, m., crime
demasido, too much
democratic©, democratic
dentro, within derecho, m., right desanimarse, to be discouraged desaparecer, to disappear desaprobar, to disapprove descanso, m., rest desconcertar, to disturb desconfiar (de), to distrust desconocido, unknown descontar, to discount describir, to describe descubrir, to discover descuidar, to neglect descuido, m., heedlessness desde, since
desdicha, / , misfortune desdichado !, unhappy ! desear, to desire deseo, m., desire desertor, m., deserter desgracia, / , disgrace desgraciado, unfortunate desiqualdad, /., inequality desistir, to desist desmayado, fainted desmayarse, to faint desordenado, lawless despacio, slowly despedir, dismiss despertar, to awake despoblar, to depopulate despreciable, despicable despreciar, to despise despues (de), after desterrar, to banish destino, m., destiny destreza, /., dexterity destruir, to destroy desventurado, unfortunate
202
PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
determinacion. /., determina- determinar, to determine [tion detestable, detestable detras de. behind deuda,/, debt devolver, to return devoto, m., devout (man) dia m., day dibujar, to draw dicho (decir), said dichoso, happy dictar, to dictate diez, ten
diferencia, /. , difference diferente, different diferir, to defer dificil, difficult dificultad, /. , difficulty diligencia, /. , diligence diligente, diligent dinero, m., money dios quiera, God grant diputado, m., deputy dirigir, to direct discurrir, to discuss disgustar, to disgust dispensar, to excuse disponer, to dispose, arrange disputa,/., dispute distancia, /., difference distinguir, to distinguish divertirse, to amuse (one's dividido, divided [self)
doble, double doce, twelve docena, /., dozen docil, tractable docto, learned doctrina,/., doctrine
doler, to pain doliente, sorrowful dolor, m., pain domingo, m., Sunday doncella, /. , maiden donde, where donde ? where? dormir, to sleep dos, two
dotado, endowed duda, /., doubt dudar, to doubt duena, /. , lady (married) dueiio, m., owner dulce, sweet durable, durable durante, during durar, to last duro, ?7i., dollar duro, hard
echar, to throw
edad,/., age
edificado, built
edificar, to build
efecto, m., effect
ejecucion, /., execution
ejemplo, m., example
ejercicio, m., exercise
ejercito, m., army
el, the
el, he
elegantemente, elegantly
elegir, to elect
ello, it
elocuencia, /. , eloquence
elocuentemente, eloquently
ella, she, her
embajada, /., embassy
SPANISH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY.
203
embarazar, to embarrass embarazo, m.y perplexity emborrachar, to get drunk empecer (obs.), to offend emperador, m., emperor empezar, to begin emplear to employ empleo, m.y place, employ- ment, rank
empresa, /. , undertaking en, in, on [self
encaminarse, to betake one's encantador, ra., enchanter encantar, to delight [with encontrar, to meet, to meet endeudado, in debt enero, ra., January enfadar, to vex enfermar (-se), to become ill enfermidad, /. , disease enfermo, m., a sick (man) enfrenar, to bridle (de) enfrente, opposite enganado, deceived enganar, to deceive enhoramala, /. , ill-luck enmendar, to improve, reform ensartado, strung, linked ensenar, to teach entender, to understand enteramente, entirely [self) enterarse, to inform (on'es entonces, then entrambos, both entrar, to enter entre, between entregado, given, handed entregar, to abandon, to hand over
entretender, to entertain entristecer, to sadden enviado, sent enviar, to send epidemia,/., epidemic, disease equivocar, to mistake erguir, to hold up errar, to err error, m., error erudito, learned escaparse, to run off esclavo, m., slave escoger, to choose esconder, to hide escopeta, /., gun escribano, m., scribe escribir, to write escrito (-a), written escritor, m.t writer escritura, /. , writing escuchar, to listen escudero, m., shield-bearer ese, that (by you) esforzado, vigorous esforzar, to make efforts esfuerzo, m. , effort esotro (-a), that other espacio, ra., space espada, /. , sword espanol, Spanish espantar, to frighten esparcir, to scatter especulation, /. , speculation esperanza, /. , hope esperar, to hope, expect espiritu, m., spirit esposa,/., wife esposicion, /. , exposition establecer, to establish
204
PRACTICAL SPAKISH GRAMMAR.
estacion, /., season estado, m., state estado, been estando, being estante, m., shelf estar, to be
estar bien, to become (suit) este, this estima, /., esteem estimacion, /., esteem estimado, esteemed estimar, to esteem esto, this
estotro (-a), this other estrago, m., ravage estrella, /., star estudiante, m., student estudiar, to study evidentemente, evidently evitar, to avoid exceso, m., excess exclamar, to exclaim experiencia , /. , experience explicar, to explain exponer, to expose expresion,/., expression extender, to reach extranjero, m., stranger extrano, m., foreigner extra vio, m ., frenzy
faccion,/., feature fachada, /., fa9ade facil, easy
facilitar, to facilitate factura,/., invoice falta,/., fault faltar, to fail faltriquera, /. , pocket
fama,/., fame famoso, famous fatiga,/., fatigue favor, m., favor favorable, favorable favorecido, favored faz,/., face fe, / , faith febrero, m., February feliz, happy (good) femenino, feminine feroz, ferocious ferro-carril, m., railway fiarse, to trust fidelisimo, very faithful fiestas (las), holidays figura,/., stature (form), char- acter (of play) filosofia,/., philosophy filosofo, m., philosopher fin, m.t end fingir, to feign flor,/., flower florear, to flourish floreciente, flourishing florero, m., flower-pot folleto, m., pamphlet fortaleza, /. , fortress fortuna, /., fortune fragilidad,/., frailty francos, French francos, m., Frenchman franco, frank frecuentar, frequent frifsimo, very cold frio, cold fruta,/., fruit fruto, m., fruit (on tree) fuego, m., fire
SPANISH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY.
205
fuente,/., spring fuera (de), out (of) fuerte, strong fuerza, /, force fulano, such a one fundada (/.), founded funesto, lamentable furia,/., fury furioso, furious fusilazo, m., a gun-shot
gala,/., ornament gana,/, desire, inclination ganapan, m.t porter ganar, to gain gastar, to spend general, m., general generalmente, generally genio, m., genius gente, f.t people gigante (-a), gigantic girar, to turn gloria,/., glory gobernar, to govern gobierno, m.t government gozar, to enjoy gramatica,/., grammar grande, large, great grande, m., grandee granjear, to win griego, Greek gris, gray grito, m.t cry guante, m., glove guardar, to keep, to watch guerra,/., war guerrero, m., warrior gustar, to please gusto, m.t pleasure
haber, to have habitable, habitable habitante, m.,f., inhabitant hablado, spoken hablar, to speak* hace, since, ago hacer, to do, to make hacer a la vela, to set sail hacha, /., hatchet hacia, towards hacienda,/, farm hallar, to find hambre,/., hunger harto, enough hasta, until, even hay, there are, there is hazana, /., exploit hebreo, Hebrew hecho, made helar, to freeze heno, m., hay heredar, to inherit herir, to wound hermana, /, sister hermano, m., brother hermoso, beautiful hermosura, / , beauty hielo, m., ice hiena, /., hyena hierro, m., iron hijo, son
hipotenusa,/, hypothenuse historia,/, history holgazan (-a), indolent hombre, m.> man hombron, m., big man homenaje, m., homage honesto, modest honrar, to honor
206
PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
hora, /., hour
hornillo, m., stove (kitchen) horroroso, frightful horrible, horrible hospital, m., hospital hostilidad,/., hostility hoy. to-day huerfano, m., orphan huerto, m., garden huevo, m., egg huir, to escape, fly humilde, humble huracan, m., hurricane
idea,/, idea idioma, m., language ido (-s), departed, gone iglesia, /. , church ignorancia,/., ignorance ignorante, m. , ignorant person ignorar, to be ignorant of ignal, equal igualar, to equal igualdad, /., equality ilustracion,/., enlightenment imagen,/., figure (of speech) imitar, to imitate impedir, to prevent importa, imports importe, m.t amount imposible, impossible impresion, /., impression improbable, improbable incendiar, to set on fire incesantemente, incessantly indicio, m., indication indispuesto, indisposed individuo, individual, person inducir, to lead (induce)
indultado, freed industrioso, industrious inevitable, inevitable infancia, /. , childhood infelicisimo, very unhappy infeliz, unhappy influjo, m., influence informal, to inform ingenio, m., mind ingles, English ingles, m., Englishman, Eng- lish language ingratitud, /. , ingratitude inmediatamente, immediately inmortal, immortal inocencia, f. , innocence insensate, m., stupid (one) instancia, m., solicitation instante, m. , instant instante (-al), immediately instruir, to instruct instrumento, m., instrument insula, /. , island intencion, intention intentar, to attempt interes, m., interest inter esante, interesting interrumpir, to interrupt invierno, m.y winter ir, to go
irracional, irrational italiano, Italian
jabali, m., wild boar jamas, never, ever joven, m., youth juego, m., game juez, m., judge jugar, to play
SPANISH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY.
207
julio, m., July
junio, m., June
junto, near, united (joined)
juramento, m., oath
jurar, to swear
justicia, /., justice
juventud,/., youth
la, the
la, her
laborioso, painstaking
labrador a,/., working woman
lacayo, m., servant
ladrar, to bark
ladron, m., robber
lagrima, /., tear
lamento, m., lamentation
lapiz, m., pencil (lead)
largo (-a), large, long
larguisimo, very large
lastima,/, pity
lastimar, to grieve
latino, Latin
lavarse, to wash
le, him (to him, her, it)
leal, loyal
leccion, /., lesson
lecho, m., bed
leer, to read
legua,/., league
legumbre, /., vegetable
leido, read
lejos, far
lengua,/., language, tongue
lenguaje, m., language
letra,/., letter
letras,/., learning
levantar, to raise
levantarse, to get up
levita, /., frock-coat ley,/., law leyendo, reading libertad,/., liberty -—libra,/., pound libreria, /., book-store libro, m., book licencia,/., license limpiar, to clean limpio, clean lista, /., list (bill of fare) literario (-a), literary llamar, to call Have,/., key llegado, arrived llegar, to arrive llenar, to fill lleno, full
llevar, to raise, to take (along) llorar, to weep, shed tears Hover, to rain lo, the lo, it
lobo, m., wolf loco, foolish, simple locura,/., folly
locucion,/., expression [upon lograr, to gain, succeed, hit lo que, what
luego, soon, presently, imme- luego que, as soon as [diately lugar, m., village, place lugubre, gloomy luna, /., moon lunes, m., Monday luz,/., light
madera,/., wood madre, /., mother
208
PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
maduramente, maturely maduro (-a), ripe maestro, m., master, teacher magistratura, /. , magistracy magnifico, magnificent mal, m., ill maldecir, to curse malecon, m., dike malicia, /., malice malo, bad mama, /., mamma manana, /., morning mandar,to command, to order, manera, /., manner [to send mando, m., power manifestado, shown [show manifestar, to manifest, to manjar, m., dish (food) mano, f. , hand mantel, m. , tablecloth mantener, to keep manzana, f. , apple mar,/., sea maravilla, /. , wonder maravillar, to admire maravillarse, to wonder marcharse, to go off marinero, m., sailor mariposa, f. , butterfly marroqui, m. , morocco leather martes, m., Tuesday martillo, m., hammer martir, m.,f., martyr marzo, m., March (lo) mas, most mas-que (de), more than mas vale, it is better masa, /., mass, rank matar, to kill material, m., material
mayo, m., May mayor, larger mayores, m.t forefathers me, me
mecer, to agitate a mediados, about the midst of mediano, mediocre mediante, by means of medico, m., doctor medio, m., means medio, half mejor, better memorias, /., regards memorial, m., memorandum- book, brief menester, necessary mengano, such a menor, smaller menos, less (except) mensaje, m., message mensajero, m., messenger mentir, to lie mentira, /., lie mercader, m., merchant mercadera,/., merchant's wife mercaderia, f. , goods a merced, gratis merecer, to merit merendar, to lunch merito, m., merit mes, m., month mesa,/., table metal, m., metal meter, to put mi, my mi, me
miedo, m., fear miente (-s), /, thoughts mientras mas, the more mientras que, whilst
SPANISH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY.
209
mil, thousand milagro, w., miracle millon, m., million mina,/., mine ministro, m., minister minuto, m., minute mio, mine mirada,/., glance mirar, to see
misantropia, /. , misanthropy miserable, miserable misericordia, /. , mercy mismo, self (emphatic), same mitad,/., half mocedad,/., youth modales, m. (pi.), manners moderacion, /. , moderation modestia, /., modesty modificarse, to be modified modo, m., mode, manner monje, m., monk monte, m., mountain morar, to dwell morder, to bite moreno, chestnut morir, to die moro, m., Moor mortal, mortal mostrar, to show motive, m., reason mover, to move movimiento, m., movement muchacha, /. , girl muchacho, m., boy mucho, much, many mudar, to change mueble, m., furniture muerte, /., death muerto, dead
muestra,/., sign
mujer, /., woman, wife
mundo, m., world
murmurar, to murmur
muro, m.y wall
museo, m., museum
musico, m., musician
muy, very [iard
muy espanol, a thorough Span-
nacer, #., to be born
nacer, m., appearance
nacio, was born
nacion, /., nation
nada, not anything, nothing
nadar, to swim
nadie, nobody, no one
naipe, m.t card
naranja, /., orange
nariz, /., nose
naturaleza, /. , nature
naufragar, to shipwreck
nave,/., ship
navegar, to navigate
necesario, necessary
necesidad, /. , necessity
neoesitar, to need
negar, to deny
negocio, m., affair, business
negro, black
nervioso, nervous
nevar, to snow
ni, nor
nicho, m., niche
nieve, /., snow
nineria,/., puerility
ninguno (-a), no one, nobody
ni...ni, neither.. .nor
nino, m., child
210
PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
no, no
noche, /., night
nombre, m., name [ever
no obstante, nevertheless, ho w-
norte, m. , north
nos, we, us
nosotros, we, us
notar, to notice
noticia, /., news
novedad, /., news
nube,/, cloud
nublado, cloudy
nuestro (-a), our
nueve, nine
nuevo, new
numero, m.t number
nunca, never
6, or
obedecer, to obey
obediente, obedient
obligar, oblige
obra, /., work
obrar, to act
obtenir, to obtain
ocasion, /. , occasion
oceano, m., ocean
ochenta, eighty
ocho, eight
ochocientos, eight hundred
ociosidad,/., idleness
ocupar, to busy K
odiar, to hate
ofender, to offend
oficial, m., officer
oficio, m., office (employment)
ofrecer, to offer
oido, m., ear
oir, to hear
ojala, would that !
ojo, m., eye
ola, /., wave
oler, to smell, to scent
olvidar, to forget
once, eleven
opera,/., opera
opinion,/., opinion, renown
oportuno, opportune, suitable
optimo, best
orador, m., orator
orden, m.,f., order
ordenar, to order
organo, m., organ (tool)
oriente, m., east
orno, m., oven
oro, m., gold
os, you
osar, to dare
oscuro, dark
otono, m. , fall
otro (-a), other, another
(en) otra parte, elsewhere
oveja, /., sheep (ewe)
pacer, to pasture
paciencia, /., patience
padec^r, to suffer
padre, m., father
padres, m., parents
pagar, to pay
pagina,/, page
pais, m., country
paja, /., straw
pajaro, m,, bird
paje, m., page
palabra, /., word
palacio, m., palace
palo, m., blow (with stick)
pan, m., bread
SPANISH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY.
211
paiio, m., cloth
pantalon, m., pantaloon
papa, m., papa
papel, m., paper
par, m., pair
para, for (in order to)
para que, in order that
parecer, m., opinion
parecer, to seem
pariente, m., relative
par que, m. , park
parte, /. , part
partida, /., party
partido, m., resolution
partir, to depart
pasado, passed
pasar, to pass
pasearse,to walk (for pleasure)
paseo, m., walk
pasion, /., passion
paterno, paternal
patria, /., native land
paz,/., peace
pecado, m., sin
pedir, to ask
pelear, to fight
peligro, m., peril
pelota, /. , ball (game)
pena,/., pain, punishment
peninsula,/., peninsula
pensamiento, m., thought
pensar, to think
pensativo, thoughtful
peor, worse
pequeno, little
percibir, to perceive, see
perder, to lose
perdido, lost
perfecto, perfect
perfidia,/., perfidy
periodico, m.t newspaper
perjuicio, m., prejudice
permanecer, to persist, remain
permitir, to permit
pero, but
perorar, to harangue
perrillo, m., little dog
perro, m., dog
perseguir, to pursue
persona,/., person
personaje, m., personage
pesante, heavy
pesar (-se), to weigh, distress
pescar, to fish
peseta, /. , peseta, franc (20 cts.)
peso, m., dollar
piano, m., piano
picaro, m., rogue
pie, m., foot
pieza,/., piece (play)
piloto, m., pilot
pina, /., cone
pino, m., pine
pintado described
pintarse, to paint
pintor, m., painter
pistola, /. , pistol
placer, to please
pla'to, m., dish
plaza, /. , place, market, square
pleito, m.t dispute, lawsuit
pluma,/., pen
plural, plural
pobre, poor (not rich, worthless)
pobreza,/., poverty
poblar, to populate
poco, little, few
poder, to be able
poderoso, powerful
podido, been able
212
PKACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
podrir, to rot poesia,/., poetry poeta, m., poet politica, /., politics polvo, m.t dust poner, to place, to put poner (-se), to put on por, by, in por donde, through por en cima, on top, over por mas, however (great) porque, because porque, why por...que, however porvenir, m., future posada,/., inn posesion, /., possession posible, possible postre, m., dessert postrero, later practicar, to practise precaution, /. , precaution precio, m., price precioso, precious precise, necessary preferir, to prefer pregunta, /., question preguntado, asked preguntar, to ask premiar, to reward prendado, smitten preparar, to prepare prescribir, to prescribe presencia,/., presence presentar, to present, to intro- duce
presente, present presente, m., present (time) presidente, m., president
prestar, to lend pretender, to pretend pretension, /. , pretension prevenir, to inform priesa, /., haste primavera, /. , spring (time) primer^ (-0), (-a), first primito, m., little cousin primo, first primo, ?%, cousin primoroso, fine principe, ra., prince a principios, early (de) prisa, fast prision, /., prison privar, to deprive probar, to prove proceder, to proceed procurado, procured procurar, to try prodigo, prodigal producir, to produce profesion, /., profession progreso, m., progress prohibir, to prohibit projimo, m., neighbor promesa, /. , promise promoter, to promise pronombre, in., pronoun pronto, soon propio, own
prorumpir, to break forth proseguir, to pursue prosperidad, /., prosperity proteger, to protect protestante, Protestant provenir, to arise proximidad, /., nearness prdximo, next
SPANISH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY.
213
prudencia, /. , prudence prudente, prudent prueba,/., trial, proof publico, public pudrir, to rot
pueblo, m., town, populace puente, m,, /., bridge puerta,/., door, gate puerto, m., port pues, since
puesto, m., place (position) puesto que, since puesto (caso) que, if punetazo, m., blow with fist punto, m., point pureza,/., purity que, than, who, which que, what, how quedarse, to remain quejarse, to complain querer, to want, will, wish,
like, love
querido, loved, dear que tal, how quien, who quien, who? quien... quien, one... another,
some... other quienquiera, whoever, whose-
ever, whomever quietud, /., quietness quince, fifteen quince dias, two weeks quintp (-a), fifth quitarse, to take off, away quiza, perhaps
rabia, /., anger racional, rational
radical, radical rato, m., time (short) rayo, m., flash (of lightning) razon, /. (reason), right ac- real, royal (state) [count real, m., Spanish coin (5 cts.) relrnno, m. , flock rebuznar, to bray recibido, received recibir, to receive recompensa, /., recompense reconocer, to recognize reconocimiento, m., gratitude recomendar, to recommend recorrer, to travel about rectitud,/., rectitude red,/., net rededor, m.t envious al rededor, de, about redondo, round referir, to report, mention reflexion,/., reflection reflexionar, to reflect reformador, m., reformer refrenar, to restrain regalar, to present regano, m., scolding reina,/., queen reinado, m., reign reino, m., kingdom reir, to laugh
reirse, to laugh (with derision) relacion, /., narration relampaguear, to lighten reliquia, /., relic reloj, m., watch relucir, to glitter remediar, to remedy remedio, m., resource
214
PRACTICAL SPAXISH GRAMMAR.
remendar, to mend remote, remote rendir, to render renir, to scold renta,/., income reo, m., criminal reparable, worthy of attention repetir, to repeat representar, to represent reprimir, to repress reprobar, to reprove requisite, m., requisite resarcir, to compensate resolverse, to resolve, decide respetar, to respect respeto, m., respect respirar, to breathe responder, to respond respuesta, /., answer, reply restablecer, to re-establish restante, m., rest retirar, to withdraw retirar (-se), to retire retrato, m., portrait revelar, to reveal reverencia, /., veneration reves, m., back, back part al reves, on the contrary revolution, /., revolution rey, m., king ribera, /. , shore ricazo, very rich rico, m., rich (man) ridicule, ridiculous rigor, m., rigor rio, m., river riqueza, /., wealth riquisimo, very rich risa,/., laughter
robar, to rob rodilla, /., knee romance, m., romance romper, to break rondar, to go round ropa,/., clothes rostro, m., face roto, defeated rubor, m.t blush ruego, m., request ruido, m., noise ruso, Russian
sabana, /., sheet
saber, to know
sabiduria,/., knowledge, wis-
sabio, wise [dom
sacar, to pull out
saciar, to satisfy
sacrificar, to sacrifice
sacrificio, m., sacrifice
sala,/., hall
salario, m., salary
salida,/., exit
salir, to go out
salud,/., health
saludable, salutary
saludar, to greet
santa,/., saint
santo, m., saint
san, m., saint
sastre, m. , tailor
satisfaccion, /. , satisfaction
satisfacer, to satisfy
satisfecho, satisfied
sauce, m., willow
se, self
seco, dry, meagre
secreto, m., secret
SPAKISH-EXGLISH VOCABULARY.
215
secuaz, m., follower
sed,/., thirst
seguir, to follow, continue
segundo, m., second
seguro, surely, safe
seis, six
sello, m., seal
selva,/., forest
semana, /., week
semejante, similar
semejar, to resemble
sena, /. , sign
serial,/, sign
senda, /., path
seiior, m., gentleman
senora, /. , lady, mistress
senorita, /., a little or young
lady
senorito, m., a little or young aentado, seated [man
sentarse, to sit down sentenciar, to sentence sentido, m., sense sentirse, to feel, perceive separar, to separate sepulcro, m., sepulchre ser, to be
servicio, m., service servir, to serve sesenta, sixty setentrionale, north setiembre, m., September sexto, sixth si, if
si, self, yes siempre, always siete, seven
siglo, m., age, century siguiente, following silencio, m., silence
silla,/., chair
simple, simple
sin, without
sin embargo, notwithstanding
sino, except, but
soberbio, proud
sobre, besides, upon
sobresalir, to excel
sobrina,/., niece
sobrino, m., nephew
social, social
sociedad, /., society
socorro, m., help
sofa, m., sofa
sol, m., sun
solamente, only
soldado, m., soldier
soledad,/., loneliness
soler, to be accustomed
solicito, solicitous
solo, alone
solo, only
sombrero, m., hat
sonar, to dream of
sopa, /., soup
soplar, to blow
sordo, deaf
sorprender, to surprise
sosegado, quiet
su, his, her, its, your, their
suavidad, /., gentleness
subdito, m., subject
subir, to ascend, mount
suceder, to happen
sucedido, happened
sucesivemente, )
pocoapoco, pttle by little
suceso, m., event, success
sud. m., south
suelo, m., ground
216 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
suefio, m., sleep termino, m., limit
suerte,/., lot, sort tesoro, m., treasure
sufrir, to suffer testamento, testament
suma,/., sum, amount testimonio, testimony
superar, to surpass tiempo, m., time
suplica, /., petition tierra,/., eaith, land
suplicar, to supplicate tildar, tc censure
supuesto, granted tio, m., uncle
sustento, m.y sustenance tiro, m., shot suyo, his, her, its, your, their, tocar, to touch, to play
yours, theirs todavia, yet
tal, such (such a) todo, whole, all, every
talento, m., talent tomar, to take
tal vez, often (perhaps) tono, m., tone
tambien, also traba, /., trammel tambien...como, as well... as trabajar, to work
tan, so, as trabajo, m., work, labor
tan (-to)...como, as.. .as tradncir, translate tanta mas...que, the more.. .as traer, to bring, to wear
tanto, so much traido, brought
tardar, to tarry traidor (-a), treacherous tarde,/., afternoon (evening) traje, m., dress (suit)
tarde, late trampa, /. , trap, fraud
tarea,/., task tranquilidad,/., tranquillity
te, m., tea tras, behind
teatro, m., theatre traspasado, afflicted
tema, m., theme tratado, m., treatise
temblar, to tremble tratar, to try, to make a treaty
temer, to fear treinta, thirty
temeroso, afraid tremulo, tremulous
tempestad, /., storm tren, m., train
templo, m., temple tres, three
temporal, m., storm trescientos, three hundred
temprano, early tribu, m., tribe tenderse, to stretch (one's self) trigo, m., wheat
tener, to hold, have tristeza, /., grief, sadness
teologo, m., theologian trocar, to exchange
tercero, third tronar, to thunder
terminar, to terminate tropa,/. , troop, body of soldiers
SPAKISH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY..
217
tu, thy tu. thou tumba,/., tomb turbar, to confuse tuyo, thy (thine)
un, m. , a or an una, /. , a 0r an una docena, a dozen una vez, once unido (-a), united uno, one unos, one's usar, to use uso, m., use usted (V.), you ntil, useful utilidad,/., profit
vaca, f., cow vale, farewell valer, to be worth valeroso, courageous valiente, valiant valle, m., valley valuar, appreciate valor, m., courage vano, vain
vapor, m., steam, steamboat vapuleo, m., whipping variar, to vary varios (-as), several, various vecino, m., neighbor, inhabi- tant
vehementemente, with force veinte, twenty vela,/., sail velar, to watch
vencedor, m., conqueror
veneer, to conquer
vender, to sell
venganza,/., vengeance
vengar, to avenge
venido, to come
venir, to come
venta, /., sale
ventaja,/., advantage
ventana,/., window
ver, to see
verano, m.y summer
de veras, really
verdad, /. , truth
verdaderamente, really
verdadero, true
vergiienza,/., shame
vero, true
vestido, m., dress, garment
vestido, dressed
vestir, to dress
vez,/., time
una vez, once
viajar, to travel
viaje, m., trip, voyage
vicio, m., vice
victoria, /. , victory
vida,/, life
viento, m., wind
las de Villadiego, French leave
vino, m., wine
violin, m., violin
virtud, /., virtue
virtuoso, virtuous
vista, /. , prospect, eye
visitar, to visit
visto (ver), seen
viveres, m., victuals
218 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
vivir, to live vulgarmente, commonly
vivo, vivo, living
vivo, lively y, and
volar, to fly ya, already, yet, now
volumen, ra., volume yacer, to lie (down)
voluntad, /. , will yerba, /. , grass
volver, to return yerno, m., son-in-law
(voy[-ir], I go) yo, I
vos (you), ye
vosotros, you zapato, m.y shoe
voz,/., voice zutano, such a
vuestro, your
VOCABULARY OF SPANISH PBOPEK NAMES. 219
VOCABULAEY OF SPANISH PROPER NAMES,
AS USED IN PRECEDING PAGES.
Africa, Africa Alejandro, Alexander aleman, m., German Alemania,/., Germany Alpes (los), Alps America,/., America Arabe, w., Arab Atesidora, proper name
Barcelona, Barcelone Bona, Bonn Becquer, Becquer Berna, Bern Brasil, m., Brazil Bretana, /. , Brittany
Cairo, m., Cairo Canada, m., Canada Carlos, Charles Cervantes, Cervantes Castilla,/., Castile China,/., China chino, Chinese Ciceron, Cicero Colon, Columbus Copernico, Copernicus Cortes, Cortes
Espana,/, Spain [States
Estados Unidos (los), United Europa,/., Europe
Felipe, Philip Florida,/, Florida Francia,/, France Frederico, Frederic
Granada,/., Granada
Habana,/, Havana Victor Hugo, Victor Hugo hugonote, Huguenot
Inglaterra,/., England Juan, John
Luis, Louis Londres, London
Madrid, Madrid Malaga, Malaga Maria, Mary Mariquilla, little Mary Mateo, m. , Matthew
Dulcinea, Dulcinea
Nueva York, New York
220
PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
Pablo, Paul Pedro, Peter Pepita, Josephine Portugal, m., Portugal Prusia,/., Prussia
Bin, m., Rhine Rodano, m., the Rhone Romano, m., Roman
Salvador, Saviour, Salvador Sena, /. , the Seine
Sicilia,/., Sicily Sierra,/., Sierra Suiza,/., Switzerland
Tasso, m., Tasso Teresa, Theresa Toledo, Toledo
Viena, Vienna Villadiego, Villadiego
Wostenholm, Wostenholm
ENGLISH-SPANISH VOCABULARY.
221
ENGLISH-SPANISH VOCABULARY.
Abbreviations : /., feminine noun; m., masculine noun ; v., verb.
a or an, un (-0), (-a) abandon, v., abandonar, de- jar, entregar abolish, «., abolir [como about, cerca de, acerca de, above, sobre accept, v., aceptar accompany, v., acompanar according to, conforme account, cuenta,/., razon,/. accuse, v., acusar ache, dolor, m. ache, #., doler achieved, acabado act, v., obrar action, accion, /. admire, v., admirar admit, v., admitir adorned, adornado advanced, avanzado advantage, ventaja, /. adventure, aventura,/. advice, consejo, m. advise, v., aconsejar affair, negocio, m. afraid (fear), miedo, m. after, despues (de) afternoon, tarde,/. against, contra age, edad,/. agitate, v., agitar
ago, hace
agree, v., avenirse
agreeable, agradable
aid, ayuda, /.
aid, «., ayudar
alas ! ay dolor !
Alfred, Alfredo
all, todo
all along, a todo lo largo
almond, almendra,/.
almost, casi
alone, solo
along, por
allow, «., permitir
already, ya
also, tambien
although, aunque
always, siempre
amass, v., amontonar
America, America
American, americano
among, entre
ancient, antiguo
and, y, e
Andrew, Andres
animal, animal, m.
announce, v., anunciar
another, otro
answer, v., responder
answer, respuesta, /.
any, algun
222
PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
anything, algo any (whatever), cualquiera appear, v., parecer apple, manzana, /. arise, v., provenir arm (weapon), arma,/. arm (one's self), v., armarse army, ejercito, m. arrange, v., arreglar arrive, v., llegar arrived, llegado arts, artes, /.
as ... as, I tanto . . . como as much as, ) as long as, mientras que ashamed, verguenza, /. ask, 0., pedir, preguntar ass, donkey, asno, m. assault, asalto, m. assault, v., asaltar assure, v., asegurar astonished, admirado at, a
at all, ya attempt, intentar Athenaeum, Ateneo attention, atencion, f. attentive, atento attractive, atractivo augment, v., aumentar author, autor, m. avoid, v.} evitar await, v., esperar awake, v., despertar
bad, malo badly, mal ball (shot), bala,/. banish, v., desterrar bank, banco, m.
banker, banquero, m.
barbarous, barbaro
Barcelona, Barcelona
bathe (one's self), v., banarse
battle, batalla, /.
be, v. , ser, estar
be able, v. , poder
beautiful, hermoso
beauty, nermosura, /.
be born, #., nacer
because, porque
bed, cama, /., lecho, m.
before, antes, delante (de),
antes de (or que) beg, supiicar
begin, v.. empezar, echarse behind, tras
be ignorant of, v., ignorar being, estando belfry, campanario, m. believe, v., creer benefit, beneficio, m. Berne, Berna besides, sobre betray, v., vender (it is) better, mas vale between, por entre, de bill, cuenta, /. bird, pajaro, m., ave,/ black, negro blame, culpa,/. bless, v., bendecir blind, v., cegar blow, v., soplar [m.
blow (with stick), bastonazo, blue, azul
boar (wild), jabali, m. Bonn, Bona book, libro, m.
ENGLISH-SPANISH VOCABULARY.
223
book-store, libreria, /.
Bordeaux, Burdeos
Bossuet, Bosuet
Bostoo, Boston
both, ambos (-as)
both ... and, tanto . . . como
Bothnia, Bothnia
boy, nmehacho, m.
Brazil, Brasil, m.
bray, v., rebuznar
bread, pan, m.
breakfast, V., almorzar
breath, aliento, m.
breeding, crianza, /.
bridle, «., enfrenar
brilliant, brillante
bring, v. , traer
broad, ancho
brother, hermano, m.
built, edificado
business, negocio, m.
busy, v., ocupar
but, pero, sino
butterfly, mariposa,/.
buy, v., comprar
by, por
call, v., llamar
Canada, Canada, m.
candor, candor, m.
capital, capital,/.
captain, capitan, m.
care, cuidado, m.
carry, v., llevar
Catholic, catolico
caught, cogido
cause, «., causar
cease, v., dejar
certain, cierto [mente
certainly, por cierto, cierta-
Cervantes, Cervantes chain, cadena,/. chair, silla,/. change, «?., convertir charity, caridad chase, v,, cazar child, nino, m., nina,/. children, ninos, hijos childhood, infancia,/. Chinese, chino Christian, cristiano church, iglesia, /. circus, circo, m. city, ciudad,/. classic, clasico, m. clean, limpio clear, claro climate, clima, m. cloak, capa, /. close, v., cerrar cloth, pano, m. clothes, ropa,/. cloud, nube,/. coach, coche, m. coat (frock), levita, /. cold, frio
combat, v., combatir come, v., venir come, llegado (participle) comedy, comedia,/. commerce, comercio, m. companion, companero, m. compare, v., comparar compete, «., competir concerning, acerca de concert, concierto, m.
( condicion, /. condition, jsituacion,/.
conduct, conducta, /.
224
PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
cone, pina,/. confidence, confianza,/. confuse, v., turbar congress, congreso, m.
( conquistar conquer, *.,jvencer
consent, v.t consentir consider, v., considerar conspiracy, conjuracion, /. constancy, constancia, /. construct, v., construirse contain, v., contener contemporary, contemporaneo content, contento content, v., content ar contentment, contento, m. conversation, conversacion, /. convince, v. , convencer cook, #., cocer cost, v., costar couch, lecho, m. counsel, consejo, m. counsel, v., aconsejar count, conde, m. count, v., contar countess, condesa,/. country, pais, m., campo, m. courageous, valeroso court-city, corte,/. cousin, primo, m. criminal, delincuente, m., reo, crown, v., coronar [m.
cultivate, v., cultivar curious, curioso cut, 0., cortarse danger, peligro, m. day, dia, m. dead, muerto death, muerte,/.
debt, deuda,/. deceive, v., enganag deceived, enganado decline, v., decaer degrade (one's self), v. , degradar [(-se)
degree, grado, m. delight, v., encantar deliver, v. , entregar deny, v., negar depart, ®., partir deputy, diputado, m. described, pintado desire, deseo, m. desire, v., desear desist, #., desistir despicable, despreciable destiny, destino, m.y suerte, /. destroy, v. , destruir determine, v., determinar dexterity, destreza, /. dictate, v., dictar die, v., morir, perecer difference, distancia,/. difficult, dificil
difficulty, dificultad,/., aprieto, dike, malecon, m. [m.
diligent, diligente dimmish, v. , decaer dine, 0., comer dinner, comida, /. disappear, v., desaparecer discount, «., discontar discover, v., descubrir discuss, «., discurrir discussion, controversia, /. disease, enfermedad, /. disgust, v., disgustar dish (food), manjar, m., plato, dispose, v., disponer [m.
ENGLISH-SPANISH VOCABULARY.
225
dispute, disputa,/. distrust, v., deiconfiar divided, dividido do, v., hacer doctor, medico, m. doctrine, doctrina,/. document, papel, m. dog, perro, m. dollar, peso, m. door, puerta, /. double, doble doubt, duda, /. doubt, v., dudar dozen, docena,/. dramatic, dramatico dress, traje, m., vestido, m. dressed, vestido drink, «., beber duchess, duquesa,/. durable, durable during, durante dust, polvo, m. duty, deber, m. dwell, v., morar
early, temprano earn, v., ganar earth, tierra,/. east, oriente m. easy, facil eat, v., comer education, educacion,/. Edward, Eduardo effect, efecto, m. effort, esfuerzo, m. egg, huevo, m. eight, ocho either... or, 6... 6 elect, v., elegir elephant, elefante, m.
eleven, once
eloquence, elocuencia, /. elsewhere, (en) otra parte emperor, emperador, m. employment, empleo, m. encounter, v., encontrar end, fin, m. enemy, enemigo, m. England, Inglaterra English, ingles Englishman, ingles enough, bastante enter, v., entrar equal, igual equal, igualar equality, igualdad, /. error, error, m. escape, salida, /. establish, v.t establecer estate, hacienda,/, esteem, estima,/., estimacion,/. esteem, «., estimar esteemed, estimado Europe, Europa,/. even, tambien, aun, hasta evening, tarde, /. event, suceso, m. ever, jamas, nunca every, cada excellent, excelente except, menos, sino excess, exceso, m. exchange, cambio, m. exclaim, v., exclamar excuse, v., dispensar exercise, ejercicio, m. exposition, exposicion,/. expression (word), voz,/ eye, ojo, m.
226
PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR,
facade, fachada, /. face, rostro, m. facilitate, v., facilitar (in) fact, (en) efecto, m. faith, fe,/. faithful, fiel fall, v., caer fall, otono, m. fame, fama, /. famine, carestia,/. farm, hacienda, /. fast (de), prisa,/. father, padre, m. fatigue, fatiga, /. favor, favor, m. favorable, favorable fear, miedo, m. fear, v., temer feature, faccion,/. February, febrero, m. feel, v., sentirse feminine, femenino ferocious, feroz fever, calentura, /. field, campo, m. fifteen, quince fifth, quinto fifty, cincuenta find, hallar, encontrar fine, bello finger, dedo, m. finish, fl., acabar fire, fuego, m. first, primo, primer o fish, fl., pescar five, cinco flag, bandera, /. flourishing, floreciente flower, flor, /.
flower-pot, florero, m.
fly (to escape), «., huir
follow, -y., seguir
foot, pie, m.
for, para, por, a
for, porque
force, fuerza, /.
(with) force, vehementemente
forest, selva, /.
forget, v. , olvidar
formerly (before), antes
fortress, fortaleza, /.
fortune, for tuna,/.
forty, cuarenta
founded, fundado
four, cuatro
frailty, fragilidad, /.
France, Francia,/.
franc, franco, m.
frank, franco
free, libre
freeze, -y., helar
French (man), frances
friend, amigo, m., amiga,/,
frightful, horroroso
frivolous, frivolo, baladi
from, de
fruit, fruta,/., fruto, m.
full, lleno
fulfil, v., complirse
fun, burla,/.
funds, caudales, m.
future, porvenir, m.
gain, «., ganar
Galatea, Galatea
game, juego, m.
garden, huerto, m.
gate, puerta,/.
garment, vestido, m.
ENGLISH-SPANISH VOCABULARY.
227
general, general, m. generally, generalmente genius, genio, m. gentleman, senor, m., eabal- [lero, m.
gentleness, suavidad, /. German, aleman Germany, Alemania, f. get, 0., lograr
get drunk, v., emborracharse get possession, v., apoderarse get out, v., salir - get up, v., levantarse girl, muchacha, /. give, v. , dar gloomy, lugubre glory, gloria,/, glove, guante, m. go, v. , IT, andar goat, cabra,/. go away, v. , irse God grant, Dios quiera gold, oro, m. good, bueno good-day, buenos dias goodness, bondad, /. goods, mercaderia, /. go out, v., salir go to bed, v., acostarse government, gobierno, m. grandee, grande, m. grandmother, abuela, /. granted, supuesto greatest, mayor Greece, Grecia,/. Greek, griego
habitable, habitable hair, cabello, m. half, medio hamlet, aldea, /.
hand, mano, /.
handed, entregado
hand over, v., entregar
happen, v., pasar, suceder
happy, feliz, dichoso
harangue, v., perorar
harvest, cosecha, /.
haste, priesa,/.
hat, sombrero, m.
hatchet, hacha,/.
Havana, Habana,/.
have, 0., tener, haber
he, el
head, cabeza, /.
headache, dolor (m.) de cabeza
health, salud, /.
hear, v., oir
heart, corazon, m.
heat, calor, m.
heaven, cielo, m.
heedlessness, descuido, m.
help, ayuda,/.
her, la, ella
her, su, suyo.
here, aqui, aca
Herrera, Herrera
he who, aquel que
hide, v., esconder
high, alto
highest, sumo
him, le
his, su, suyo
history, historia,/.
hit upon, v. , lograr
hold, v., tener
homage, homenaje, m.
home (at), en casa
hope, v., esperer
horse, caballo, m.
hot, calido
228
PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
hour, hora,/.
house, casa,/.
how, como
how ! que !
however, por...que, con... que
how much, cuanto
Huguenot, hugonote
humble, humilde
hunger, hambre,/.
hunt, v., cazar
I, yo
idea, idea, /
idleness, ociosidad,/.
idle, holgazan
idler, holgazarano, m.
if, si, cuando
ignorance, ignorancia, /.
ill, mal, adv., malo, adj.
ill-luck, enhoramala, /.
image, imagen, /.
immediately, inmediatamente
immortal, inmortal
in, en, por
incessantly, iricesantemente
India, Indias (las)
indication, indicio, m.
inequality, desigualdad, /
inevitable, inevitable
infirm, enfermizo
influence, influjo, m.
inform, v., informarse, ente-
rarse, avisar innocence, inocencia,/. inspire, v., inspirar instead of, en vez de instruct, v., instruir instrument, instrument©, m. interest, interes, m. interrupt, v., interrumpir
introduce, v., presentar inundation, avenida, /. invite, v., convidar iron, hierro, m. it, ello, lo its, su, suyo January, enero, m. Jerez, Jerez jest, burla, / John, Juan little John, Juanito joined, junto Joseph, Jose judge, juez, m. July, Julio, m. June, junio, m.
keep, v. , mantener, tener
keep on, irse
key, Have,/
kill, D., matar
kind of weather, tiempo, m.
kindness, bondad,/
king, rey, m.
kingdom, reino, m.
kitchen, cocina,/
knee, rodilla, /.
on the knees, de rodillas
knife, cuchillo, m.
knight-errant, caballero andan-
knock, v., tocar [te, m.
know, v., saber, conocer
knowledge, conocimiento, m.
known, conocido
labor, trabajo, m. lady, senora, /, dama, /. lady (young), seiiorita language, lengua, /.
EHGLISH-SPAHISH VOCABULAKY. 229
large, grande lunch, v., merendar
last, v., durar Madeira, Madeira
last night, anoche magnificent, magnifico
late, tarde maiden, doncella,/.
Latin, latino make, ®., hacer
laugh, v.j reir make a treaty, v., tratar
laughter, risa,/. make use of, servirse de
law, ley,/. Malaga, Malaga
lawyer, abogado, m. man, hombre, m.
lead, 0., conducir , manner, manera, /.
learn, v., aprender, saber manners, costumbres, /., moda-
learning, letras, /. many, mucho [les, m.
learned, docto, erudito, leido march, v., marchar
French leave, las de Villadiego March, marzo, m.
lend, v., prestar marry, v., casarse
less, menos Mary, Maria
lesson, leccion,/. master, amo, m., senor, m.
let (allow), v., dejar Mataro, Mataro
letter, carta, /. matter (what is the matter), que
letter of exchange, letra de Matthew, Mateo, m. [tiene VJ
cambio maturely, maduramente
liberty, libertad,/. May, mayo, m.
lie, v., mentir me, me, mi
life, vida, /. meal (repast), comida, /.
like, «., querer means, medio, m.
listen, «., escuchar by means of, mediante
little, pequeno, poco meat, came, /. little by little, sucesivemente, Mediterranean, Mediterraneo,w. live, v., vivir [poco a poco meet, «., encontrar
lock, v.t cerrar mend, v., remendar
look, v., buscar, mirar mention, v., referir
London, Londres mentioned, dicho
long, largo merchant, mercader, m.
lose, v., perder merit, v., merecer
loss, dano, m. messenger, mensagero, m.
lot, suerte, /. metal, metal, m.
love, 0., amar midday, mediodia, m.
love, amor, m. mind, ingenio, m., animo, m.
loyal, leal mine, mio,
230
PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
minute, minuto, m.
miserable, miserable
misfortune, desdicha,desgracia,
mistress, seiiora,/ [/.
moderation, moderacion, /.
modesty, modestia, f.
be modified, v., modificarse
Monday, Innes, m.
money, dinero, m.
monk, monje, m.
month, mes, m.
the more, mientras mas
morning, manana, f.
mother, madre,/.
mount, v., subir
mountain, monte, m.
mouth, boca,/.
much, mucho
music, musica, /.
musician, musico, m.
must, v., deber
my, mi
name, nombre, m. name, v. , llamarse native land, patria,/. nature, naturaleza,/. navigate, v., navegar near, cerca (de), junto necessary, menester, necesario need, v., necesitar (has need), ha menester negro, negro, m. neighbor, vecino, m. neither, tampoco neither... nor, ni...ni never, jamas, nunca new, nuevo
news, noticia, /., novedad,/. newspaper, periodic© , m.
next, que viene, proximo
niche, nicho, m,
niece, sobrina. /.
night, noche, /.
nine, nueve
no, no
nobody, nadie
noon, mediodian, m.
no one, ninguno
nor, ni
north, norte, m.
not, no
not yet, no todavia
nose, nariz, /.
nothing, nada
notice, v , notar
now, ahora, ya
number, numero, m.
obey, «., obedecer
oblige, v.y obligar
observe, v. , observar
obtain, v., obtener, conseguir
ocean, oceano, m.
be occupied, «., pasar
of, de
offer, v., ofrecer
officer, oficial, m.
often, a menudo, muchas vezes
old, viejo, antiguo
old man, anciano, m.
on, en, sobre,
on account of, por
once, una vez
one, un (-0), (-a)
only, solo, sino
open, v.f abrir
opinion, parecer, m.
opportune, oportuno
or, 6
orange, naranja,/.
ENGLISH-SPANISH VOCABULARY.
231
orator, orador, m. order, v., mandar in order that, para que in order to, para ought, v. , deber our, nuestro overcome, v., superar owner, dueno, m. owe, v., deber page, pagina,/.
pain, dolor, m.
painter, pintor, m.
pair, par, m.
paper, papel, m.
part, parte, /.
party, partida,/.
pass, v. , pasar
pass (hand), *>., pasar, alargar
passion, pasion, /.
Paul, Pablo
pay, v., pagar
pay attention to, v., atender
peace, paz,/.
pear, pera,/.
pen, pluma, /.
pencil (lead), lapiz, m.
penin sula, peninsula, /.
people, gente, /.
perfect, perfecto
peril, peligro, m.
permission, licencia, /.
perplexity, embarazo, m.
person, persona, /.
peseta (20 cts.), peseta,/, philosopher, filosofo, m.
physician, medico, m. piano, piano, m. picture, cuadro, retrato, m. pine, pino, m.
pilot, piloto, m. place, v., poner [empleo, m. place, puesto, m., lugar, m., play, -»., tocar, representar please, v., gustar, alegrar, pleasure, gusto, m. [placer plough, arado, m. pocket, faltriquera, /. poet, poeta, m. poor, pobre portrait, retrato, m. Portugal, Portugal, m. possible, posible post, correo, m. poverty, pobreza,/. power, mano, f. , mando, m>.9 powerful, poderoso [poder, m. practice, v., practicar praise, v., alabar prefer, «., preferl/ prejudice, perjuicio, m. prepare, v. , preparar, aderezar present, presente present (month), corriente, m. present, v., presentar pretension, pretension, /. pretty, bonito prevent, 0., impedir priest, cur a, m. prison, prision,/. prodigal, prodigo produce, «., producir profit, utilidad, /. promise, promesa, f. promise, v.t promoter proof, prueba,/. prospect, vista,/. Protestant, protest ante provided that, con tal que prudence, prudencia,/.
232
PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
prudent, prudente prudently, prudentemente public, pnblico purity, pureza, /. purse, bolsa, /. put, $., poner, meter put in order, «., arreglar put on, V., ponerse
quantity, cantidad, /. question, cuestion, /. quiet, sosegado, sereno Quintan a, Quintana
railway, camino de hierro, m. rain, $., Hover rarely, rara vez read, «., leer
reach, v.t echar mano a, llegar really, verdaderamente reason, motivo, m., razon, f. receive, v., recibir received, recibido recounting, cantando rectitude, rectitud, /. regain, v., alcanzar rejoice, v., alegrarse regret, «., sentir relate, v.t contar, referir relative, pariente, m. and/, relic, reliquia, /. remain, v., quedarse render, #., rendir repeat, v., repetir repent, v., arrepentirse [m. repentance, arrepentimiento, reply, respuesta, /. represent, «., representar reprove, t>.,reprobar
reputation, opinion,/,
require, v., necesitar
resolution, partido, m.
resource, remedio, m.
respond, «., responder
rest, v., descansar
rest, restante, m.
retire, «., retirarse
return, «., volverse
Rhine, Rin, m.
Rhone, Rodano, m.
rich (man), rico, m.
ridicule, v., burlarse [risa
ridiculous, ridiculo, digno de
right, derecho, m., razon,/.
rightly, con razon
river, rio, m.
road, camino, m.
rob, v., robar
robber, ladron, m.
Roman, Romano, m.
romance, romance, m.
Rome, Roma
room, pieza, /. , cuarto, m.
sacrifice, sacrificio, m.
sadness, tristeza,/.
safe, seguro
sail, v., navegar
sailor, mariner o, m.
saint, santo (-a), m.,f.
sale, venta,/.
sally forth, v., salir
salutary, saludable
same, mismo
satisfy, «., satisfacer
Saviour, Salvador, m,
say, v., decir
scarcely, apenas
science, ciencia, /.
ESTGLISH-SPAHISH VOCABULARY.
233
scold, v., renir
scribe, escribano, m.
sea, mar, m.,f.
season, estacion,/.
seated, sentado
second, segundo, m.
Sedan, Sedan
see, «., ver, mirar
seek, v., buscar
seem, v., parecer
Seine, Sena,/.
self, se, si, mismo
select, v., escoger
sell, v., vender
send, v., enviar
sense, sentido, m.
sent, entregado
separate, •»., separarse
September, setiembre, m.
sepulchre, sepulcro, m.
servant, lacayo, criado, ra.
serve, v., servir
set sail, hacer a la vela
seven, siete
several, varios (-as)
shame, verguenza,/.
she, ella
shield-bearer, escudero, m.
sheep, carnero, m.
sheet, sabana,/
shelter, v., abrigar
shift for one's self, bandearse
ship, buque, m., nave,/.
shoe, zapato, m.
should (must), v., deber
show, «., manifestar
shut, «., cerrar [m.
side (of right triangle), cateto,
sign, muestra, /.
silence, silencio. m.
silver, plata,/.
since, pues, puesto que, desde,
despues de, despues, como single, solo sister, hermana, /. sit down, v., sentarse situation, colocacion, /., em- six, seis [pleo, m. sixth, sexto slave, esclavo, m. sleep, ®., dormir sleepy (sleep), sueno, m. small, pequeno smell, v., oler snow, v., nevar so, tan, si social, social society, sociedad,/. softly, bajo soldier, soldado, m. some, something, also, algnno some one, alguien, alguno somewhere, en cualquiera
parte
son, hijo, m. soon, luego sooner, antes soul, alma, /. sour, agrio south, sud, m. Spain, Espafia,/. Spanish, espanol speak, v.t hablar speedy, presto spend, v., gastar, pasar spirit, espiritu, m. spoken, hablado spring (time), primavera,/. square, cuadrado, m. sqiu're, escudero, m.
234
PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
star, astro, m., estrella,/.
state, estado, m.
The United States, Los Estados
stature, figura,/. [Unidos
steam (boat), vapor, m.
still, todavia
store, almacen, m.
story (narration), historia, /.
storm, temporal, m.
storm, v., asaltar
stove, hornillo, m.
street, calle,/.
stretch, v., tender se
string, cuerda,/.
strong, fuerte
student, estudiante, m.
study, «., estudiar
stupid (one), insensate
subject, asunto, m.
such, tal
such great, tanto
suffer, v., sufrir, permitir
suitable, oportuno
sum (amount), suma, /.
summer, verano, m.
sun, sol, m.
Sunday, domingo, m.
supplicate, v., suplicar
sure, cierto, seguro (estoy cierto
surely, seguro
surgeon, cirujano, m.
surpass, «., superar
surprise, admiration,/.
surprise,^., sorprender
swear, v. , jurar
sweet, dulce
swim, v., nadar
sword, espada,/.
table, mesa,/.
tailor, sastre, m.
take off or away, quitar (-se)
take, v., tomar, llevar, quitar
talent, talento, m.
tall, alto, grande
task, tarea,/.
taste, gusto, m.
tear,- lagrima, /.
teachable, docile
tell, v., decir
ten, diez
than, que, de
thanks, gracias, /.
that, que
that, para que
that, ese, aquel, aquello
that which, aquello que
the, el, la, lo
theatre, teatro, m.
then, entonces
their, su, suyo
theme, tema, m.
theologian, teologo, m.
there, alia, alii
thing, cosa, f.
think, v., pensar, creer
third, tercero
thirst, sed,/.
this, este, esto (esta,/.)
thou, tu
thought, pensamiento, m.
thousand, mil
three, tres
through which, por donde
thus, asi
thy, tu, tuyo
time, tiempo, m., hora,/.
time (one), vez, /.
ENGLISH-SPANISH VOCABULARY.
235
tire, cansar to, a
to-day, hoy together, junto (-s) to-morrow, xnanana, /. tone, tono, m. tongue, lengua,/. too much, demasiado tooth, diente, m.
toward, contra towards, hacia
town, pueblo, m.
tractable, docil
trammel, traba,/.
translate, 0., traducir
travel, 0., viajar
treacherous, traidor
treasure, tesoro, m.
treat, «., tratar
tree, arbol, m.
tremble, v., temblar
true, verdadero
trunk, baul, m., cofre, m.
trust, -»., fiarse
truth, verdad, /.
try, v., procurar
Tuesday, martes, m.
twelve, doce
two, dos
two weeks, quince dias
uncle, tio, m.
under, bajo,
understand, v., entender
undertaking, empresa, /.
unfortunate, desgraciado
unhappiness, infelicidad, /.
unhappy, infeliz, desdichado
United States, Estados Unidos
until, hasta que
upon, sobre
us, nos use, «., usar useful, util
Valdes, Valdes (author)
Lope de Vega, Lope de Vega
very, muy, mismo
vice, vicio, m.
victory, victoria,/.
village, aldea,/., lugar, m.
violin, violin, m.
virtue, virtud, /.
visit, fl., visitar
voice, voz,/.
voyage, viaje, m.
wait, v., esperar
caminar
wall, muro, m. war, guerra, /. wash, 0., lavar watch, reloj, m. watch, •»., velar water, agua,/. way, camino, m. we, nosotros wealth, riqueza,jp wear, v., traer wear out, «., usar weary, 0., cansar week, semana, /. weigh, v., pesar well, bien what, lo que what(ever), lo que what?, que? wheat, trigo, m. when, cuando where, donde, donde t
236
PEACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR.
which, que, cual
white, bianco
who, que
who, cual, el cual, etc., cual ?
who, quien, quien?
whole, todo
be worth, v., valer
whose, cuyo
(of) width, (de) ancho
will, voluntad,/.
win, v., granjear
wind, viento, m.
window, ventana,/.
wine, vino, m.
winter, invierno, m.
wise, sabio
wish, 0., querer
with, con
within, dentro (de)
with it, consigo
without, sin
woman, mujer,/.
wonder, admiracion, /.
woods, bosque, 'm.
word, palabra, /.
work, v., trabajar
work, trabajo, m., obra,/.
worn out, usado
worthless, pobre
worthy of attention , reparable
wretched, infeliz
write, v., escribir
write out, v., componer
written, escrito
ye (you), vos
year, ano, m.
yes, si
yesterday, ayer
yet, todavia, ya, pero
you, Usted,V., m.,/., vosotros,
young, joven [vos
your, su, suyo, vuestro
youth, mocedad,/.
GENERAL INDEX.
JKf References are to sections except where page is specially indicated.
a, 1; pronounced, 5.
a before personal nouns, Les. II, page 29 (note 2); with infinitive, Les. XXX, 239 (k), 262.
accent (acute), 37(a) ; graphic, 37; tonic, 34.
acertar, etc., Les. XVIII, 176, 177.
acordar, 178, 179.
adjectives, Les. IV; compari- son of, Les. V; pronominal, Les XI, 117 (note 2), 255 (d), 274.
adquirir, 210.
adverbs, Les. XXXII; of affir- mation and negation, 256; comparison of, 257; peculiar- ities of, 257; place of, 258.
afraid, 172.
age, 172.
alegrar (-se), 173, 174.
algo, 120, 121, 255 (<?).
alguien, 120, 122.
alguno, 66, 120, 122.
al, 45.
alphabet, 1.
alto, 69.
amar, Les. VII, 94, Les. X, 119, Les. XI, 138; conjugated like hablar, Les. XII.
ambos, 120, 123.
andar, 180, 181.
antojar (-se), 184(6).
aquel, 104, 105 (a), 111.
aquella, 105 (a).
aquello, 105 (a).
are (you are speaking, etc.), 49.
article, Les. I, 99 (note), 101, 109, 113, 114; with noun,Les. Ill; for possessive, 94, 101(6).
ashamed, 172.
asir, 211.
atender, etc., Les. XIX, 185.
augmentatives, 62.
auxiliary verbs, 143, 160, 161, 162, 254.
b, 1, 9.
bajo, 69.
be (to), 73, 100 (note), 172 (6).
bueno, 66, 69.
by, 163, see prepositions.
c, 1; pronounced, 10, 33.
237
238
GENERAL HSTDEX.
caber, 193.
cada, 120, 124.
caer, 187.
capital letters, 3.
cardinals, Les. VI.
case, 40, page 10 (note 2).
ch, name, 1; pronounced, 11;
in verbs, 152. cocer, 189. cold, 172. comer, Les. VIII, 103; like
temer, 145, 146. comparative degree, 68. comparison of adjectives, Les.
V.
comparison of adverbs, 257. compound tenses, Les. XV,
154, 155, Les. XXV. con, 252 (d). conditional mood, 239. conducir, 205. conjugation, (first) Les. XII,
(second and third) Les.
XIII. conjunctions, 239 (a) (b) (c\
241, 243 (&), (taking sub.
mood) 244, Les. XXXV. consonants, 9-32, 4 (c), 33;
double, 33. const ar, 184 (b). could, 239 (Ji). eual (cual), 111, 114, 117. cualquiera, 66, 120, 125. cuanto, 120, 126, 255 (e). cuyo, 111, 115; cnyo, 117.
d, 1; pronounced, 12.
dar, 182.
de, 75, page 30 (note 1), 93
(a), 100, 101, 163, 172 (d); with infinitive, Les. XXX, 263.
deber (deber de), 155 (a).
decir, 206, 242 (g).
defective verbs, second con- jugation, Les. XX; third conjugation, Les. XXII; list of, pp. 113, etc.
del, 45.
demonstrative adjectives, Les. IX.
demonstrative pronouns, Les. IX.
diaeresis, 4 (e), 37 (c).
did, see do, also 231 (/).
diminutives, 62.
diphthongs, 7.
do, 49, 227, 228.
don, 58 (note 3).
donde, 116.
dormir, 212.
e, 1; pronounced, 5.
el, 46.
el que, 111.
en, page 30 (note 3), 252 (e\
264.
erguir, 213. errar, 184 (a). esa, 105 (a), 110 (b). ese, 104, 105 (a). eso, 108.
esta, 105 (a), 110 (b). estar, Les. IV, 67, Les. V, 73,
Les. XVI, 162, 166, 167,
254 (b).
este, 104, 105 (a). esto, 105 (a), 108, 110.
GENERAL INDEX.
239
euphonic changes in regular
verbs, Les. XIV. exclamation sign of. 39(&),117
(note), 258 (c).
f, 1; pronounced, 13. fulano, 120, 127. future perfect tense, 237. future subjunctive, 246. future tense, 233; compound,
237.
g, 1; pronounced, 14. gender, 2, Les. I, Les. II, 41,
50-54.
gerund, 253 (note 1). grande, 66, 69.
h, 1; pronounced, 15, 4 (d). haber, 78, Les. VI, Les. XV,
155 (a) (d), 156, 157, 158,
159, 254 (&).
hablar, Les. XII, 141, 144. hacer, 190. hungry, 172.
i, 1; pronounced, 5, 152, 153.
imperative mood, Les. XXVI.
imperfect tense, 231; com- pound, 235.
impersonal expressions with subjunctive, 243 (e).
impersonal verbs, Les. XXII.
indefinite pronouns, Les. XI.
inferior, 69.
infimo, 69.
infinitive mood, Les. XXIX, XXX.
infinitive with prepositions,
251, 252. infinitive without prepositions,
250.
instruir, 208. interjections, Les. XXXV,
243 (a).
interrogation, sign of, 39 (a), 49. interrogative pronouns, Les.
X, 241. interrogatively, verbs used, Les.
XXIII, 224. ir, 214, 243 (e).
irregular verbs, Les. XVIII- XXII.
first conjugation, XVIII. second conjugation, XIX,
XX. third conjugation, XXI,
XXII. list of, pages 113-127.
j, 1; pronounced, 16. jugar, 183.
k, 1; pronounced, 17.
I, 1; pronounced, 18, 33. let, 283 (c).
letters, capital, 3; gender of, 2; list of, 1 ; remarks on, 4.
II, name, 1; pronounced, 19; in verbs, 152.
lo, 70 (note 5), 82, 83, 91, 103.
m, 1; pronounced, 20. malo, 66, 69. mas, 68.
240
GENERAL IKDEX.
matter with, 172 (e).
maximo, 69.
mayor, 69.
mejor, 69.
menor, 69.
menos, 68.
might, 239 (i), 142.
mil, 75 (b) (c).
minimo, 69.
mismo, 120, 128.
month, days of, 77.
morir, 214.
mover, 186.
mucho, 120, 129, 255 (e).
n, 1; pronounced, 21, 33.
n, name,l; pronounced, 22; in verbs, 152.
nada, 120 and note, 130,255(6).
nadie, 120 and note, 131.
namely, 110 (a).
names, proper, 54, page 219; of countries, 59(a),page 219.
negation, 223, 256, 257 (d).
negative, page 49 (note 1), 223 (&)(c)(d)(6),224(&), 238(6), 257 (d), 258 (b).
negatively, verbs used, Les. XXIII, 223.
ninguno, 66.
nouns, Les. II; as diminutive and augmentative, Les. Ill; with article, Les. Ill; com- pound, 52; personal, Les. II, note 2.
number, Les. II, 42, 55, 56.
numerals, Les. VI.
o, 1; pronounced, 5.
oir, 216.
oler, 194.
optimo, 69.
ordinals, Les. VI.
otro, 120, 132, 137 (note).
own, 102.
p, 1; pronounced, 23. para, 252 (/) (/'), 265. participle, past, 254, 160, 161. participle, present, 140, 253. passive voice, Les. XVI, 92,
170, 254 (b).
past anterior tense, 236. past participle, 160, 161, 9fcL pedir, 204. peor, 69. pequeno, 69. perfect tense, 234. pesar, 184 (b). pesimo, 69. placer, 195. pluperfect tense, 235. poco, 120, 133, 255 (e). poder, 196. podrir, 217. poner, 197. por, 163, 252 (h), 266. possessive adjectives, Les.
VIII, 94.
possessive pronouns, Les. VIII • postrero, 66. prepositions, Les. XXIII,
XXIV; with infinitive, Les.
XXX, 254 (c); place of, 269;
Eng. prepn. into Spanish,
Les. XXXIV; in question,
119 (a). present participle, 140, 253.
GENERAL LtfDEX.
241
present tense, 226-230; com- pound of, 234.
preterite tense, 232 ; compound of, 236.
primero, 66.
pronominal adjectives, Les. XI, 255 (d), 274.
pronouns, demonstrative, Les. IX; for the article, 94; indefi- nite, Les. XI; interrogative, Les. X; personal, Les. VII; possessive, Les. VIII; re- flexive, 84, 92; relative, Les. X, 245; repeated, 88 (note).
pronunciation, 1-37; rules for, 34-36.
proper names, 54, page 219; of countries, 59(a), page 219.
pudrir, 217.
punctuation, 39 (a) (b), 111 (note 1).
q, 1 ; pronounced, 24. que, 75, 252 (h), 249 (c). 'que(que), 111, 113, 117. querer, 192. quien (quien), 111, 113 (note),
117. quienquiera, 120, 134.
r, 1; pronounced, 25, 33. recibir, Les. XIII, 110 (c), 147,
148.
reflexive verbs, Les. XVII. regular verbs, Les. XII, XIII;
euphonic changes in, Les.
XIV. reir, 207.
relative pronouns, Les. X,245. rr, name, 1; pronounced, 25.
s, 1; pronounced, 26.
saber, 198, 242 (b).
salir, 218.
santo, 66 (santa, 66).
satisfacer, 191.
se, 84, 92, 170 (note 1).
seiior, senora, 58.
sentir, etc., Les. XXI, 203.
sequence of tenses. 247.
ser, Les. I, 47, Les. II, 56, Les. Ill, 73, Les. XVI, 160, 164, 165, 254 (b).
should, 142, 239 (j).
si, 239 (a).
some, 61.
Spanish language (sketch of);, pages 179-194.
subjunctive, first and second imperfect distinguished, 243; in relative sentences, 245; used dependently, 241, etc., Les. XXVII, XXVIII; used independently, 240; with conjunctions, 244; with im- personal expressions, 243 (e).
superior, 69.
superlative, 71, 72, Exercise V (sentence 9, note).
supremo, 69.
syllables, division of, 38.
t, 1 ; pronounced, 27.
table of contents, pages v, vi.
tal, 120, 135.
temer, Les. XIII, 145, 146.
tener, Les. Ill, 155 (a) (b), Les. XVII, 172, 174, 175, 254 (b).
tenses, compound, Les. XV, XXV; sequence of, 247; sim- ple, Les. XXIV, XXV.
242
GENERAL INDEX.
tercero, 66.
than, 75 (a).
tilde, 37 (b).
time of day, 78.
tocar, Les. XIV.
todo, 65 (note 4), 120, 136.
traer, 188.
triphthongs, 8.
n, 1 ; pronounced, 5, 4 (c).
una, 66, page 25 (note).
uno, page 25 (note), 120, 137;
see article, 66; see numerals,
75 (d). usted (V.), 48, 81, 85 (note 3).
v, 1; pronounced, 28.
valer, 199.
varies, 120, 138.
venir, 209.
ver, 200.
verbs, Les. XII-XXXI; alpha- betical list of irregular and defective, page 113-127; de- fective, second conjugation, Les. XX; defective, third
conjugation, Les. XXII; ending in car, gar, zar, 149; ending in cer, cir, 150; end- ing in ger, gir, guir, 151; verb-forms, Les. XII; prin- cipal parts, 140, 141, 142, 143. See also under tenses, etc.
vocabulary, English-Spanish, page 221; Spanish-English, page 195; Spanish proper names, page 219.
vowels, 3-6; long, 6; quality of, 6; short, 6; sounds, 4 (a).
w, 1; pronounced, 29. x, 1; pronounced, 30.
y, 1; pronounced, 5, 31, 75 (e),
153.
yacer, 201. year, 77. you, 48.
z, 1; pronounced, 32.
THIS BOOK IS DUE ON THE LAST DATE STAMPED BELOW
AN INITIAL FINE OF 25 CENTS
WILL BE ASSESSED FOR FAILURE TO RETURN THIS BOOK ON THE DATE DUE. THE PENALTY WILL INCREASE TO SO CENTS ON THE FOURTH DAY AND TO $1.OO ON THE SEVENTH DAY OVERDUE.
•C 27 1S38
REC'D LD
FEB 5'65-9Af
JUN 25 1941
APR 10 1943
.;,!.
SEP 1 1 1961
YA 00123 U.C. BERKELEY LIBRARIES
:>£>
ZZI19Z
THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY